amazonka-redshift 1.4.4 → 1.4.5

raw patch · 70 files changed

+1722/−1703 lines, 70 filesdep ~amazonka-coredep ~amazonka-redshiftdep ~amazonka-testPVP ok

version bump matches the API change (PVP)

Dependency ranges changed: amazonka-core, amazonka-redshift, amazonka-test

API changes (from Hackage documentation)

Files

• README.md +9/−14
• amazonka-redshift.cabal +12/−20
• gen/Network/AWS/Redshift.hs +13/−3
• gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress.hs +16/−14
• gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/AuthorizeSnapshotAccess.hs +11/−7
• gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/CopyClusterSnapshot.hs +14/−26
• gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/CreateCluster.hs +69/−158
• gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/CreateClusterParameterGroup.hs +15/−22
• gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/CreateClusterSecurityGroup.hs +12/−16
• gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/CreateClusterSnapshot.hs +13/−18
• gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/CreateClusterSubnetGroup.hs +13/−17
• gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/CreateEventSubscription.hs +21/−34
• gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/CreateHSMClientCertificate.hs +10/−6
• gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/CreateHSMConfiguration.hs +14/−10
• gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/CreateSnapshotCopyGrant.hs +13/−17
• gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/CreateTags.hs +9/−5
• gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DeleteCluster.hs +15/−28
• gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DeleteClusterParameterGroup.hs +6/−8
• gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DeleteClusterSecurityGroup.hs +5/−3
• gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DeleteClusterSnapshot.hs +12/−12
• gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DeleteClusterSubnetGroup.hs +5/−1
• gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DeleteEventSubscription.hs +5/−1
• gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DeleteHSMClientCertificate.hs +5/−1
• gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DeleteHSMConfiguration.hs +5/−1
• gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DeleteSnapshotCopyGrant.hs +6/−2
• gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DeleteTags.hs +8/−4
• gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DescribeClusterParameterGroups.hs +24/−22
• gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DescribeClusterParameters.hs +25/−25
• gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DescribeClusterSecurityGroups.hs +24/−26
• gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DescribeClusterSnapshots.hs +31/−35
• gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DescribeClusterSubnetGroups.hs +23/−21
• gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DescribeClusterVersions.hs +22/−28
• gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DescribeClusters.hs +24/−26
• gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DescribeDefaultClusterParameters.hs +13/−13
• gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DescribeEventCategories.hs +12/−8
• gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DescribeEventSubscriptions.hs +16/−14
• gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DescribeEvents.hs +26/−48
• gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DescribeHSMClientCertificates.hs +21/−19
• gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DescribeHSMConfigurations.hs +22/−20
• gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DescribeLoggingStatus.hs +6/−4
• gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DescribeOrderableClusterOptions.hs +21/−23
• gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DescribeReservedNodeOfferings.hs +19/−17
• gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DescribeReservedNodes.hs +17/−15
• gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DescribeResize.hs +29/−35
• gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DescribeSnapshotCopyGrants.hs +23/−25
• gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DescribeTableRestoreStatus.hs +25/−15
• gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DescribeTags.hs +32/−35
• gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DisableLogging.hs +6/−4
• gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/DisableSnapshotCopy.hs +10/−8
• gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/EnableLogging.hs +10/−23
• gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/EnableSnapshotCopy.hs +14/−18
• gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/ModifyCluster.hs +50/−108
• gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/ModifyClusterIAMRoles.hs +12/−8
• gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/ModifyClusterParameterGroup.hs +8/−8
• gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/ModifyClusterSubnetGroup.hs +10/−6
• gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/ModifyEventSubscription.hs +19/−25
• gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod.hs +11/−13
• gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/PurchaseReservedNodeOffering.hs +12/−10
• gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/RebootCluster.hs +9/−5
• gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/ResetClusterParameterGroup.hs +10/−10
• gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/RestoreFromClusterSnapshot.hs +56/−96
• gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot.hs +21/−15
• gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress.hs +15/−13
• gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/RevokeSnapshotAccess.hs +11/−7
• gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/RotateEncryptionKey.hs +9/−7
• gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/Types.hs +196/−23
• gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/Types/Product.hs +398/−368
• gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/Types/Sum.hs +1/−0
• gen/Network/AWS/Redshift/Waiters.hs +3/−6
• src/Network/AWS/Redshift/Internal.hs +40/−0

@@ -8,32 +8,27 @@  ## Version -`1.4.4`+`1.4.5`   ## Description -Amazon Redshift __Overview__--This is an interface reference for Amazon Redshift. It contains documentation for one of the programming or command line interfaces you can use to manage Amazon Redshift clusters. Note that Amazon Redshift is asynchronous, which means that some interfaces may require techniques, such as polling or asynchronous callback handlers, to determine when a command has been applied. In this reference, the parameter descriptions indicate whether a change is applied immediately, on the next instance reboot, or during the next maintenance window. For a summary of the Amazon Redshift cluster management interfaces, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/using-aws-sdk.html Using the Amazon Redshift Management Interfaces>.--Amazon Redshift manages all the work of setting up, operating, and scaling a data warehouse: provisioning capacity, monitoring and backing up the cluster, and applying patches and upgrades to the Amazon Redshift engine. You can focus on using your data to acquire new insights for your business and customers.--If you are a first-time user of Amazon Redshift, we recommend that you begin by reading the The <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/gsg/getting-started.html Amazon Redshift Getting Started Guide>--If you are a database developer, the <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/dg/welcome.html Amazon Redshift Database Developer Guide> explains how to design, build, query, and maintain the databases that make up your data warehouse.- Documentation is available via [Hackage](http://hackage.haskell.org/package/amazonka-redshift) and the [AWS API Reference](https://aws.amazon.com/documentation/).  The types from this library are intended to be used with [amazonka](http://hackage.haskell.org/package/amazonka),-which provides mechanisms for specifying AuthN/AuthZ information and sending requests.+which provides mechanisms for specifying AuthN/AuthZ information, sending requests,+and receiving responses. -Use of lenses is required for constructing and manipulating types.-This is due to the amount of nesting of AWS types and transparency regarding+Lenses are used for constructing and manipulating types,+due to the depth of nesting of AWS types and transparency regarding de/serialisation into more palatable Haskell values. The provided lenses should be compatible with any of the major lens libraries [lens](http://hackage.haskell.org/package/lens) or [lens-family-core](http://hackage.haskell.org/package/lens-family-core).++See [Network.AWS.Redshift](http://hackage.haskell.org/package/amazonka-redshift/docs/Network-AWS-Redshift.html)+or [the AWS documentation](https://aws.amazon.com/documentation/) to get started.+  ## Contribute 

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ name:                  amazonka-redshift-version:               1.4.4+version:               1.4.5 synopsis:              Amazon Redshift SDK. homepage:              https://github.com/brendanhay/amazonka bug-reports:           https://github.com/brendanhay/amazonka/issues@@ -13,28 +13,19 @@ cabal-version:         >= 1.10 extra-source-files:    README.md fixture/*.yaml fixture/*.proto src/.gitkeep description:-    Amazon Redshift __Overview__--    This is an interface reference for Amazon Redshift. It contains documentation for one of the programming or command line interfaces you can use to manage Amazon Redshift clusters. Note that Amazon Redshift is asynchronous, which means that some interfaces may require techniques, such as polling or asynchronous callback handlers, to determine when a command has been applied. In this reference, the parameter descriptions indicate whether a change is applied immediately, on the next instance reboot, or during the next maintenance window. For a summary of the Amazon Redshift cluster management interfaces, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/using-aws-sdk.html Using the Amazon Redshift Management Interfaces>.--    Amazon Redshift manages all the work of setting up, operating, and scaling a data warehouse: provisioning capacity, monitoring and backing up the cluster, and applying patches and upgrades to the Amazon Redshift engine. You can focus on using your data to acquire new insights for your business and customers.--    If you are a first-time user of Amazon Redshift, we recommend that you begin by reading the The <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/gsg/getting-started.html Amazon Redshift Getting Started Guide>--    If you are a database developer, the <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/dg/welcome.html Amazon Redshift Database Developer Guide> explains how to design, build, query, and maintain the databases that make up your data warehouse.-    .     The types from this library are intended to be used with     <http://hackage.haskell.org/package/amazonka amazonka>, which provides-    mechanisms for specifying AuthN/AuthZ information and sending requests.+    mechanisms for specifying AuthN/AuthZ information, sending requests,+    and receiving responses.     .-    Use of lenses is required for constructing and manipulating types.-    This is due to the amount of nesting of AWS types and transparency regarding+    Lenses are used for constructing and manipulating types,+    due to the depth of nesting of AWS types and transparency regarding     de/serialisation into more palatable Haskell values.     The provided lenses should be compatible with any of the major lens libraries     such as <http://hackage.haskell.org/package/lens lens> or     <http://hackage.haskell.org/package/lens-family-core lens-family-core>.     .-    See "Network.AWS.Redshift" or <https://aws.amazon.com/documentation/ the AWS Documentation>+    See "Network.AWS.Redshift" or <https://aws.amazon.com/documentation/ the AWS documentation>     to get started.  source-repository head@@ -115,11 +106,12 @@         , Network.AWS.Redshift.Waiters      other-modules:-          Network.AWS.Redshift.Types.Product+          Network.AWS.Redshift.Internal+        , Network.AWS.Redshift.Types.Product         , Network.AWS.Redshift.Types.Sum      build-depends:-          amazonka-core == 1.4.4.*+          amazonka-core == 1.4.5.*         , base          >= 4.7     && < 5  test-suite amazonka-redshift-test@@ -139,9 +131,9 @@         , Test.AWS.Redshift.Internal      build-depends:-          amazonka-core == 1.4.4.*-        , amazonka-test == 1.4.4.*-        , amazonka-redshift == 1.4.4.*+          amazonka-core == 1.4.5.*+        , amazonka-test == 1.4.5.*+        , amazonka-redshift == 1.4.5.*         , base         , bytestring         , tasty

@@ -11,15 +11,18 @@ -- Stability   : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) ----- Amazon Redshift __Overview__+-- __Amazon Redshift__ ----- This is an interface reference for Amazon Redshift. It contains documentation for one of the programming or command line interfaces you can use to manage Amazon Redshift clusters. Note that Amazon Redshift is asynchronous, which means that some interfaces may require techniques, such as polling or asynchronous callback handlers, to determine when a command has been applied. In this reference, the parameter descriptions indicate whether a change is applied immediately, on the next instance reboot, or during the next maintenance window. For a summary of the Amazon Redshift cluster management interfaces, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/using-aws-sdk.html Using the Amazon Redshift Management Interfaces>.+-- __Overview__ --+-- This is an interface reference for Amazon Redshift. It contains documentation for one of the programming or command line interfaces you can use to manage Amazon Redshift clusters. Note that Amazon Redshift is asynchronous, which means that some interfaces may require techniques, such as polling or asynchronous callback handlers, to determine when a command has been applied. In this reference, the parameter descriptions indicate whether a change is applied immediately, on the next instance reboot, or during the next maintenance window. For a summary of the Amazon Redshift cluster management interfaces, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/using-aws-sdk.html Using the Amazon Redshift Management Interfaces> .+-- -- Amazon Redshift manages all the work of setting up, operating, and scaling a data warehouse: provisioning capacity, monitoring and backing up the cluster, and applying patches and upgrades to the Amazon Redshift engine. You can focus on using your data to acquire new insights for your business and customers. ----- If you are a first-time user of Amazon Redshift, we recommend that you begin by reading the The <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/gsg/getting-started.html Amazon Redshift Getting Started Guide>+-- If you are a first-time user of Amazon Redshift, we recommend that you begin by reading the <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/gsg/getting-started.html Amazon Redshift Getting Started Guide> . -- -- If you are a database developer, the <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/dg/welcome.html Amazon Redshift Database Developer Guide> explains how to design, build, query, and maintain the databases that make up your data warehouse.+-- module Network.AWS.Redshift     (     -- * Service Configuration@@ -480,6 +483,9 @@      -- * Types +    -- ** Common+    , module Network.AWS.Redshift.Internal+     -- ** ParameterApplyType     , ParameterApplyType (..) @@ -503,6 +509,7 @@     , Cluster     , cluster     , cRestoreStatus+    , cEnhancedVPCRouting     , cClusterSnapshotCopyStatus     , cClusterRevisionNumber     , cPubliclyAccessible@@ -746,6 +753,7 @@     -- ** PendingModifiedValues     , PendingModifiedValues     , pendingModifiedValues+    , pmvEnhancedVPCRouting     , pmvMasterUserPassword     , pmvPubliclyAccessible     , pmvAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod@@ -805,6 +813,7 @@     , sStatus     , sRestorableNodeTypes     , sAccountsWithRestoreAccess+    , sEnhancedVPCRouting     , sSnapshotIdentifier     , sEncryptedWithHSM     , sMasterUsername@@ -931,6 +940,7 @@ import           Network.AWS.Redshift.DisableSnapshotCopy import           Network.AWS.Redshift.EnableLogging import           Network.AWS.Redshift.EnableSnapshotCopy+import           Network.AWS.Redshift.Internal import           Network.AWS.Redshift.ModifyCluster import           Network.AWS.Redshift.ModifyClusterIAMRoles import           Network.AWS.Redshift.ModifyClusterParameterGroup

@@ -18,13 +18,15 @@ -- Stability   : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) ----- Adds an inbound (ingress) rule to an Amazon Redshift security group. Depending on whether the application accessing your cluster is running on the Internet or an Amazon EC2 instance, you can authorize inbound access to either a Classless Interdomain Routing (CIDR)\/Internet Protocol (IP) range or to an Amazon EC2 security group. You can add as many as 20 ingress rules to an Amazon Redshift security group.+-- Adds an inbound (ingress) rule to an Amazon Redshift security group. Depending on whether the application accessing your cluster is running on the Internet or an Amazon EC2 instance, you can authorize inbound access to either a Classless Interdomain Routing (CIDR)/Internet Protocol (IP) range or to an Amazon EC2 security group. You can add as many as 20 ingress rules to an Amazon Redshift security group. ----- If you authorize access to an Amazon EC2 security group, specify /EC2SecurityGroupName/ and /EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId/. The Amazon EC2 security group and Amazon Redshift cluster must be in the same AWS region. ----- If you authorize access to a CIDR\/IP address range, specify /CIDRIP/. For an overview of CIDR blocks, see the Wikipedia article on <http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing Classless Inter-Domain Routing>.+-- If you authorize access to an Amazon EC2 security group, specify /EC2SecurityGroupName/ and /EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId/ . The Amazon EC2 security group and Amazon Redshift cluster must be in the same AWS region. ----- You must also associate the security group with a cluster so that clients running on these IP addresses or the EC2 instance are authorized to connect to the cluster. For information about managing security groups, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-security-groups.html Working with Security Groups> in the /Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide/.+-- If you authorize access to a CIDR/IP address range, specify /CIDRIP/ . For an overview of CIDR blocks, see the Wikipedia article on <http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing Classless Inter-Domain Routing> .+--+-- You must also associate the security group with a cluster so that clients running on these IP addresses or the EC2 instance are authorized to connect to the cluster. For information about managing security groups, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-security-groups.html Working with Security Groups> in the /Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide/ .+-- module Network.AWS.Redshift.AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress     (     -- * Creating a Request@@ -53,6 +55,8 @@  -- | --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'authorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress' smart constructor. data AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress = AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress'     { _acsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId  :: !(Maybe Text)@@ -65,13 +69,13 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'acsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId'+-- * 'acsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId' - The AWS account number of the owner of the security group specified by the /EC2SecurityGroupName/ parameter. The AWS Access Key ID is not an acceptable value.  Example: @111122223333@ ----- * 'acsgiEC2SecurityGroupName'+-- * 'acsgiEC2SecurityGroupName' - The EC2 security group to be added the Amazon Redshift security group. ----- * 'acsgiCIdRIP'+-- * 'acsgiCIdRIP' - The IP range to be added the Amazon Redshift security group. ----- * 'acsgiClusterSecurityGroupName'+-- * 'acsgiClusterSecurityGroupName' - The name of the security group to which the ingress rule is added. authorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress     :: Text -- ^ 'acsgiClusterSecurityGroupName'     -> AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress@@ -83,9 +87,7 @@     , _acsgiClusterSecurityGroupName = pClusterSecurityGroupName_     } --- | The AWS account number of the owner of the security group specified by the /EC2SecurityGroupName/ parameter. The AWS Access Key ID is not an acceptable value.------ Example: '111122223333'+-- | The AWS account number of the owner of the security group specified by the /EC2SecurityGroupName/ parameter. The AWS Access Key ID is not an acceptable value.  Example: @111122223333@ acsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId :: Lens' AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress (Maybe Text) acsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId = lens _acsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId (\ s a -> s{_acsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId = a}); @@ -152,9 +154,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'acsgirsClusterSecurityGroup'+-- * 'acsgirsClusterSecurityGroup' - Undocumented member. ----- * 'acsgirsResponseStatus'+-- * 'acsgirsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. authorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressResponse     :: Int -- ^ 'acsgirsResponseStatus'     -> AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressResponse@@ -168,7 +170,7 @@ acsgirsClusterSecurityGroup :: Lens' AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressResponse (Maybe ClusterSecurityGroup) acsgirsClusterSecurityGroup = lens _acsgirsClusterSecurityGroup (\ s a -> s{_acsgirsClusterSecurityGroup = a}); --- | The response status code.+-- | -- | The response status code. acsgirsResponseStatus :: Lens' AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressResponse Int acsgirsResponseStatus = lens _acsgirsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_acsgirsResponseStatus = a}); 

@@ -20,7 +20,9 @@ -- -- Authorizes the specified AWS customer account to restore the specified snapshot. ----- For more information about working with snapshots, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-snapshots.html Amazon Redshift Snapshots> in the /Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide/.+--+-- For more information about working with snapshots, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-snapshots.html Amazon Redshift Snapshots> in the /Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide/ .+-- module Network.AWS.Redshift.AuthorizeSnapshotAccess     (     -- * Creating a Request@@ -48,6 +50,8 @@  -- | --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'authorizeSnapshotAccess' smart constructor. data AuthorizeSnapshotAccess = AuthorizeSnapshotAccess'     { _asaSnapshotClusterIdentifier :: !(Maybe Text)@@ -59,11 +63,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'asaSnapshotClusterIdentifier'+-- * 'asaSnapshotClusterIdentifier' - The identifier of the cluster the snapshot was created from. This parameter is required if your IAM user has a policy containing a snapshot resource element that specifies anything other than * for the cluster name. ----- * 'asaSnapshotIdentifier'+-- * 'asaSnapshotIdentifier' - The identifier of the snapshot the account is authorized to restore. ----- * 'asaAccountWithRestoreAccess'+-- * 'asaAccountWithRestoreAccess' - The identifier of the AWS customer account authorized to restore the specified snapshot. authorizeSnapshotAccess     :: Text -- ^ 'asaSnapshotIdentifier'     -> Text -- ^ 'asaAccountWithRestoreAccess'@@ -129,9 +133,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'asarsSnapshot'+-- * 'asarsSnapshot' - Undocumented member. ----- * 'asarsResponseStatus'+-- * 'asarsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. authorizeSnapshotAccessResponse     :: Int -- ^ 'asarsResponseStatus'     -> AuthorizeSnapshotAccessResponse@@ -145,7 +149,7 @@ asarsSnapshot :: Lens' AuthorizeSnapshotAccessResponse (Maybe Snapshot) asarsSnapshot = lens _asarsSnapshot (\ s a -> s{_asarsSnapshot = a}); --- | The response status code.+-- | -- | The response status code. asarsResponseStatus :: Lens' AuthorizeSnapshotAccessResponse Int asarsResponseStatus = lens _asarsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_asarsResponseStatus = a}); 

@@ -20,9 +20,11 @@ -- -- Copies the specified automated cluster snapshot to a new manual cluster snapshot. The source must be an automated snapshot and it must be in the available state. --+-- -- When you delete a cluster, Amazon Redshift deletes any automated snapshots of the cluster. Also, when the retention period of the snapshot expires, Amazon Redshift automatically deletes it. If you want to keep an automated snapshot for a longer period, you can make a manual copy of the snapshot. Manual snapshots are retained until you delete them. ----- For more information about working with snapshots, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-snapshots.html Amazon Redshift Snapshots> in the /Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide/.+-- For more information about working with snapshots, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-snapshots.html Amazon Redshift Snapshots> in the /Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide/ .+-- module Network.AWS.Redshift.CopyClusterSnapshot     (     -- * Creating a Request@@ -50,6 +52,8 @@  -- | --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'copyClusterSnapshot' smart constructor. data CopyClusterSnapshot = CopyClusterSnapshot'     { _ccsSourceSnapshotClusterIdentifier :: !(Maybe Text)@@ -61,11 +65,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'ccsSourceSnapshotClusterIdentifier'+-- * 'ccsSourceSnapshotClusterIdentifier' - The identifier of the cluster the source snapshot was created from. This parameter is required if your IAM user has a policy containing a snapshot resource element that specifies anything other than * for the cluster name. Constraints:     * Must be the identifier for a valid cluster. ----- * 'ccsSourceSnapshotIdentifier'+-- * 'ccsSourceSnapshotIdentifier' - The identifier for the source snapshot. Constraints:     * Must be the identifier for a valid automated snapshot whose state is @available@ . ----- * 'ccsTargetSnapshotIdentifier'+-- * 'ccsTargetSnapshotIdentifier' - The identifier given to the new manual snapshot. Constraints:     * Cannot be null, empty, or blank.     * Must contain from 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.     * First character must be a letter.     * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.     * Must be unique for the AWS account that is making the request. copyClusterSnapshot     :: Text -- ^ 'ccsSourceSnapshotIdentifier'     -> Text -- ^ 'ccsTargetSnapshotIdentifier'@@ -77,31 +81,15 @@     , _ccsTargetSnapshotIdentifier = pTargetSnapshotIdentifier_     } --- | The identifier of the cluster the source snapshot was created from. This parameter is required if your IAM user has a policy containing a snapshot resource element that specifies anything other than * for the cluster name.------ Constraints:------ -   Must be the identifier for a valid cluster.+-- | The identifier of the cluster the source snapshot was created from. This parameter is required if your IAM user has a policy containing a snapshot resource element that specifies anything other than * for the cluster name. Constraints:     * Must be the identifier for a valid cluster. ccsSourceSnapshotClusterIdentifier :: Lens' CopyClusterSnapshot (Maybe Text) ccsSourceSnapshotClusterIdentifier = lens _ccsSourceSnapshotClusterIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_ccsSourceSnapshotClusterIdentifier = a}); --- | The identifier for the source snapshot.------ Constraints:------ -   Must be the identifier for a valid automated snapshot whose state is 'available'.+-- | The identifier for the source snapshot. Constraints:     * Must be the identifier for a valid automated snapshot whose state is @available@ . ccsSourceSnapshotIdentifier :: Lens' CopyClusterSnapshot Text ccsSourceSnapshotIdentifier = lens _ccsSourceSnapshotIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_ccsSourceSnapshotIdentifier = a}); --- | The identifier given to the new manual snapshot.------ Constraints:------ -   Cannot be null, empty, or blank.--- -   Must contain from 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.--- -   First character must be a letter.--- -   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.--- -   Must be unique for the AWS account that is making the request.+-- | The identifier given to the new manual snapshot. Constraints:     * Cannot be null, empty, or blank.     * Must contain from 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.     * First character must be a letter.     * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.     * Must be unique for the AWS account that is making the request. ccsTargetSnapshotIdentifier :: Lens' CopyClusterSnapshot Text ccsTargetSnapshotIdentifier = lens _ccsTargetSnapshotIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_ccsTargetSnapshotIdentifier = a}); @@ -147,9 +135,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'ccsrsSnapshot'+-- * 'ccsrsSnapshot' - Undocumented member. ----- * 'ccsrsResponseStatus'+-- * 'ccsrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. copyClusterSnapshotResponse     :: Int -- ^ 'ccsrsResponseStatus'     -> CopyClusterSnapshotResponse@@ -163,7 +151,7 @@ ccsrsSnapshot :: Lens' CopyClusterSnapshotResponse (Maybe Snapshot) ccsrsSnapshot = lens _ccsrsSnapshot (\ s a -> s{_ccsrsSnapshot = a}); --- | The response status code.+-- | -- | The response status code. ccsrsResponseStatus :: Lens' CopyClusterSnapshotResponse Int ccsrsResponseStatus = lens _ccsrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_ccsrsResponseStatus = a}); 

@@ -18,13 +18,18 @@ -- Stability   : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) ----- Creates a new cluster. To create the cluster in virtual private cloud (VPC), you must provide cluster subnet group name. If you don\'t provide a cluster subnet group name or the cluster security group parameter, Amazon Redshift creates a non-VPC cluster, it associates the default cluster security group with the cluster. For more information about managing clusters, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html Amazon Redshift Clusters> in the /Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide/ .+-- Creates a new cluster.+--+--+-- To create the cluster in Virtual Private Cloud (VPC), you must provide a cluster subnet group name. The cluster subnet group identifies the subnets of your VPC that Amazon Redshift uses when creating the cluster. For more information about managing clusters, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html Amazon Redshift Clusters> in the /Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide/ .+-- module Network.AWS.Redshift.CreateCluster     (     -- * Creating a Request       createCluster     , CreateCluster     -- * Request Lenses+    , ccEnhancedVPCRouting     , ccAdditionalInfo     , ccPubliclyAccessible     , ccHSMConfigurationIdentifier@@ -69,9 +74,12 @@  -- | --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'createCluster' smart constructor. data CreateCluster = CreateCluster'-    { _ccAdditionalInfo                   :: !(Maybe Text)+    { _ccEnhancedVPCRouting               :: !(Maybe Bool)+    , _ccAdditionalInfo                   :: !(Maybe Text)     , _ccPubliclyAccessible               :: !(Maybe Bool)     , _ccHSMConfigurationIdentifier       :: !(Maybe Text)     , _ccClusterSecurityGroups            :: !(Maybe [Text])@@ -103,57 +111,59 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'ccAdditionalInfo'+-- * 'ccEnhancedVPCRouting' - An option that specifies whether to create the cluster with enhanced VPC routing enabled. To create a cluster that uses enhanced VPC routing, the cluster must be in a VPC. For more information, see <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/enhanced-vpc-routing.html Enhanced VPC Routing> in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. If this option is @true@ , enhanced VPC routing is enabled.  Default: false ----- * 'ccPubliclyAccessible'+-- * 'ccAdditionalInfo' - Reserved. ----- * 'ccHSMConfigurationIdentifier'+-- * 'ccPubliclyAccessible' - If @true@ , the cluster can be accessed from a public network. ----- * 'ccClusterSecurityGroups'+-- * 'ccHSMConfigurationIdentifier' - Specifies the name of the HSM configuration that contains the information the Amazon Redshift cluster can use to retrieve and store keys in an HSM. ----- * 'ccAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod'+-- * 'ccClusterSecurityGroups' - A list of security groups to be associated with this cluster. Default: The default cluster security group for Amazon Redshift. ----- * 'ccEncrypted'+-- * 'ccAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod' - The number of days that automated snapshots are retained. If the value is 0, automated snapshots are disabled. Even if automated snapshots are disabled, you can still create manual snapshots when you want with 'CreateClusterSnapshot' .  Default: @1@  Constraints: Must be a value from 0 to 35. ----- * 'ccClusterSubnetGroupName'+-- * 'ccEncrypted' - If @true@ , the data in the cluster is encrypted at rest.  Default: false ----- * 'ccHSMClientCertificateIdentifier'+-- * 'ccClusterSubnetGroupName' - The name of a cluster subnet group to be associated with this cluster. If this parameter is not provided the resulting cluster will be deployed outside virtual private cloud (VPC). ----- * 'ccNumberOfNodes'+-- * 'ccHSMClientCertificateIdentifier' - Specifies the name of the HSM client certificate the Amazon Redshift cluster uses to retrieve the data encryption keys stored in an HSM. ----- * 'ccElasticIP'+-- * 'ccNumberOfNodes' - The number of compute nodes in the cluster. This parameter is required when the __ClusterType__ parameter is specified as @multi-node@ .  For information about determining how many nodes you need, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html#how-many-nodes Working with Clusters> in the /Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide/ .  If you don't specify this parameter, you get a single-node cluster. When requesting a multi-node cluster, you must specify the number of nodes that you want in the cluster. Default: @1@  Constraints: Value must be at least 1 and no more than 100. ----- * 'ccPreferredMaintenanceWindow'+-- * 'ccElasticIP' - The Elastic IP (EIP) address for the cluster. Constraints: The cluster must be provisioned in EC2-VPC and publicly-accessible through an Internet gateway. For more information about provisioning clusters in EC2-VPC, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html#cluster-platforms Supported Platforms to Launch Your Cluster> in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. ----- * 'ccKMSKeyId'+-- * 'ccPreferredMaintenanceWindow' - The weekly time range (in UTC) during which automated cluster maintenance can occur. Format: @ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi@  Default: A 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time per region, occurring on a random day of the week. For more information about the time blocks for each region, see <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html#rs-maintenance-windows Maintenance Windows> in Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. Valid Days: Mon | Tue | Wed | Thu | Fri | Sat | Sun Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window. ----- * 'ccAvailabilityZone'+-- * 'ccKMSKeyId' - The AWS Key Management Service (KMS) key ID of the encryption key that you want to use to encrypt data in the cluster. ----- * 'ccVPCSecurityGroupIds'+-- * 'ccAvailabilityZone' - The EC2 Availability Zone (AZ) in which you want Amazon Redshift to provision the cluster. For example, if you have several EC2 instances running in a specific Availability Zone, then you might want the cluster to be provisioned in the same zone in order to decrease network latency. Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone in the region that is specified by the endpoint. Example: @us-east-1d@  Constraint: The specified Availability Zone must be in the same region as the current endpoint. ----- * 'ccIAMRoles'+-- * 'ccVPCSecurityGroupIds' - A list of Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) security groups to be associated with the cluster. Default: The default VPC security group is associated with the cluster. ----- * 'ccClusterType'+-- * 'ccIAMRoles' - A list of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) roles that can be used by the cluster to access other AWS services. You must supply the IAM roles in their Amazon Resource Name (ARN) format. You can supply up to 10 IAM roles in a single request. A cluster can have up to 10 IAM roles associated with it at any time. ----- * 'ccClusterVersion'+-- * 'ccClusterType' - The type of the cluster. When cluster type is specified as     * @single-node@ , the __NumberOfNodes__ parameter is not required.     * @multi-node@ , the __NumberOfNodes__ parameter is required. Valid Values: @multi-node@ | @single-node@  Default: @multi-node@ ----- * 'ccAllowVersionUpgrade'+-- * 'ccClusterVersion' - The version of the Amazon Redshift engine software that you want to deploy on the cluster. The version selected runs on all the nodes in the cluster. Constraints: Only version 1.0 is currently available. Example: @1.0@ ----- * 'ccClusterParameterGroupName'+-- * 'ccAllowVersionUpgrade' - If @true@ , major version upgrades can be applied during the maintenance window to the Amazon Redshift engine that is running on the cluster. When a new major version of the Amazon Redshift engine is released, you can request that the service automatically apply upgrades during the maintenance window to the Amazon Redshift engine that is running on your cluster. Default: @true@ ----- * 'ccTags'+-- * 'ccClusterParameterGroupName' - The name of the parameter group to be associated with this cluster. Default: The default Amazon Redshift cluster parameter group. For information about the default parameter group, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-parameter-groups.html Working with Amazon Redshift Parameter Groups>  Constraints:     * Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.     * First character must be a letter.     * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. ----- * 'ccPort'+-- * 'ccTags' - A list of tag instances. ----- * 'ccDBName'+-- * 'ccPort' - The port number on which the cluster accepts incoming connections. The cluster is accessible only via the JDBC and ODBC connection strings. Part of the connection string requires the port on which the cluster will listen for incoming connections. Default: @5439@  Valid Values: @1150-65535@ ----- * 'ccClusterIdentifier'+-- * 'ccDBName' - The name of the first database to be created when the cluster is created. To create additional databases after the cluster is created, connect to the cluster with a SQL client and use SQL commands to create a database. For more information, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/dg/t_creating_database.html Create a Database> in the Amazon Redshift Database Developer Guide.  Default: @dev@  Constraints:     * Must contain 1 to 64 alphanumeric characters.     * Must contain only lowercase letters.     * Cannot be a word that is reserved by the service. A list of reserved words can be found in <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/dg/r_pg_keywords.html Reserved Words> in the Amazon Redshift Database Developer Guide. ----- * 'ccNodeType'+-- * 'ccClusterIdentifier' - A unique identifier for the cluster. You use this identifier to refer to the cluster for any subsequent cluster operations such as deleting or modifying. The identifier also appears in the Amazon Redshift console. Constraints:     * Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.     * Alphabetic characters must be lowercase.     * First character must be a letter.     * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.     * Must be unique for all clusters within an AWS account. Example: @myexamplecluster@ ----- * 'ccMasterUsername'+-- * 'ccNodeType' - The node type to be provisioned for the cluster. For information about node types, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html#how-many-nodes Working with Clusters> in the /Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide/ .  Valid Values: @ds1.xlarge@ | @ds1.8xlarge@ | @ds2.xlarge@ | @ds2.8xlarge@ | @dc1.large@ | @dc1.8xlarge@ . ----- * 'ccMasterUserPassword'+-- * 'ccMasterUsername' - The user name associated with the master user account for the cluster that is being created. Constraints:     * Must be 1 - 128 alphanumeric characters.     * First character must be a letter.     * Cannot be a reserved word. A list of reserved words can be found in <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/dg/r_pg_keywords.html Reserved Words> in the Amazon Redshift Database Developer Guide.+--+-- * 'ccMasterUserPassword' - The password associated with the master user account for the cluster that is being created. Constraints:     * Must be between 8 and 64 characters in length.     * Must contain at least one uppercase letter.     * Must contain at least one lowercase letter.     * Must contain one number.     * Can be any printable ASCII character (ASCII code 33 to 126) except ' (single quote), " (double quote), \, /, @, or space. createCluster     :: Text -- ^ 'ccClusterIdentifier'     -> Text -- ^ 'ccNodeType'@@ -162,7 +172,8 @@     -> CreateCluster createCluster pClusterIdentifier_ pNodeType_ pMasterUsername_ pMasterUserPassword_ =     CreateCluster'-    { _ccAdditionalInfo = Nothing+    { _ccEnhancedVPCRouting = Nothing+    , _ccAdditionalInfo = Nothing     , _ccPubliclyAccessible = Nothing     , _ccHSMConfigurationIdentifier = Nothing     , _ccClusterSecurityGroups = Nothing@@ -190,11 +201,15 @@     , _ccMasterUserPassword = pMasterUserPassword_     } +-- | An option that specifies whether to create the cluster with enhanced VPC routing enabled. To create a cluster that uses enhanced VPC routing, the cluster must be in a VPC. For more information, see <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/enhanced-vpc-routing.html Enhanced VPC Routing> in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. If this option is @true@ , enhanced VPC routing is enabled.  Default: false+ccEnhancedVPCRouting :: Lens' CreateCluster (Maybe Bool)+ccEnhancedVPCRouting = lens _ccEnhancedVPCRouting (\ s a -> s{_ccEnhancedVPCRouting = a});+ -- | Reserved. ccAdditionalInfo :: Lens' CreateCluster (Maybe Text) ccAdditionalInfo = lens _ccAdditionalInfo (\ s a -> s{_ccAdditionalInfo = a}); --- | If 'true', the cluster can be accessed from a public network.+-- | If @true@ , the cluster can be accessed from a public network. ccPubliclyAccessible :: Lens' CreateCluster (Maybe Bool) ccPubliclyAccessible = lens _ccPubliclyAccessible (\ s a -> s{_ccPubliclyAccessible = a}); @@ -202,29 +217,19 @@ ccHSMConfigurationIdentifier :: Lens' CreateCluster (Maybe Text) ccHSMConfigurationIdentifier = lens _ccHSMConfigurationIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_ccHSMConfigurationIdentifier = a}); --- | A list of security groups to be associated with this cluster.------ Default: The default cluster security group for Amazon Redshift.+-- | A list of security groups to be associated with this cluster. Default: The default cluster security group for Amazon Redshift. ccClusterSecurityGroups :: Lens' CreateCluster [Text] ccClusterSecurityGroups = lens _ccClusterSecurityGroups (\ s a -> s{_ccClusterSecurityGroups = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The number of days that automated snapshots are retained. If the value is 0, automated snapshots are disabled. Even if automated snapshots are disabled, you can still create manual snapshots when you want with < CreateClusterSnapshot>.------ Default: '1'------ Constraints: Must be a value from 0 to 35.+-- | The number of days that automated snapshots are retained. If the value is 0, automated snapshots are disabled. Even if automated snapshots are disabled, you can still create manual snapshots when you want with 'CreateClusterSnapshot' .  Default: @1@  Constraints: Must be a value from 0 to 35. ccAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod :: Lens' CreateCluster (Maybe Int) ccAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod = lens _ccAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod (\ s a -> s{_ccAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod = a}); --- | If 'true', the data in the cluster is encrypted at rest.------ Default: false+-- | If @true@ , the data in the cluster is encrypted at rest.  Default: false ccEncrypted :: Lens' CreateCluster (Maybe Bool) ccEncrypted = lens _ccEncrypted (\ s a -> s{_ccEncrypted = a}); --- | The name of a cluster subnet group to be associated with this cluster.------ If this parameter is not provided the resulting cluster will be deployed outside virtual private cloud (VPC).+-- | The name of a cluster subnet group to be associated with this cluster. If this parameter is not provided the resulting cluster will be deployed outside virtual private cloud (VPC). ccClusterSubnetGroupName :: Lens' CreateCluster (Maybe Text) ccClusterSubnetGroupName = lens _ccClusterSubnetGroupName (\ s a -> s{_ccClusterSubnetGroupName = a}); @@ -232,33 +237,15 @@ ccHSMClientCertificateIdentifier :: Lens' CreateCluster (Maybe Text) ccHSMClientCertificateIdentifier = lens _ccHSMClientCertificateIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_ccHSMClientCertificateIdentifier = a}); --- | The number of compute nodes in the cluster. This parameter is required when the __ClusterType__ parameter is specified as 'multi-node'.------ For information about determining how many nodes you need, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html#how-many-nodes Working with Clusters> in the /Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide/.------ If you don\'t specify this parameter, you get a single-node cluster. When requesting a multi-node cluster, you must specify the number of nodes that you want in the cluster.------ Default: '1'------ Constraints: Value must be at least 1 and no more than 100.+-- | The number of compute nodes in the cluster. This parameter is required when the __ClusterType__ parameter is specified as @multi-node@ .  For information about determining how many nodes you need, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html#how-many-nodes Working with Clusters> in the /Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide/ .  If you don't specify this parameter, you get a single-node cluster. When requesting a multi-node cluster, you must specify the number of nodes that you want in the cluster. Default: @1@  Constraints: Value must be at least 1 and no more than 100. ccNumberOfNodes :: Lens' CreateCluster (Maybe Int) ccNumberOfNodes = lens _ccNumberOfNodes (\ s a -> s{_ccNumberOfNodes = a}); --- | The Elastic IP (EIP) address for the cluster.------ Constraints: The cluster must be provisioned in EC2-VPC and publicly-accessible through an Internet gateway. For more information about provisioning clusters in EC2-VPC, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html#cluster-platforms Supported Platforms to Launch Your Cluster> in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.+-- | The Elastic IP (EIP) address for the cluster. Constraints: The cluster must be provisioned in EC2-VPC and publicly-accessible through an Internet gateway. For more information about provisioning clusters in EC2-VPC, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html#cluster-platforms Supported Platforms to Launch Your Cluster> in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. ccElasticIP :: Lens' CreateCluster (Maybe Text) ccElasticIP = lens _ccElasticIP (\ s a -> s{_ccElasticIP = a}); --- | The weekly time range (in UTC) during which automated cluster maintenance can occur.------ Format: 'ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi'------ Default: A 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time per region, occurring on a random day of the week. For more information about the time blocks for each region, see <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html#rs-maintenance-windows Maintenance Windows> in Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.------ Valid Days: Mon | Tue | Wed | Thu | Fri | Sat | Sun------ Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window.+-- | The weekly time range (in UTC) during which automated cluster maintenance can occur. Format: @ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi@  Default: A 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time per region, occurring on a random day of the week. For more information about the time blocks for each region, see <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html#rs-maintenance-windows Maintenance Windows> in Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. Valid Days: Mon | Tue | Wed | Thu | Fri | Sat | Sun Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window. ccPreferredMaintenanceWindow :: Lens' CreateCluster (Maybe Text) ccPreferredMaintenanceWindow = lens _ccPreferredMaintenanceWindow (\ s a -> s{_ccPreferredMaintenanceWindow = a}); @@ -266,66 +253,31 @@ ccKMSKeyId :: Lens' CreateCluster (Maybe Text) ccKMSKeyId = lens _ccKMSKeyId (\ s a -> s{_ccKMSKeyId = a}); --- | The EC2 Availability Zone (AZ) in which you want Amazon Redshift to provision the cluster. For example, if you have several EC2 instances running in a specific Availability Zone, then you might want the cluster to be provisioned in the same zone in order to decrease network latency.------ Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone in the region that is specified by the endpoint.------ Example: 'us-east-1d'------ Constraint: The specified Availability Zone must be in the same region as the current endpoint.+-- | The EC2 Availability Zone (AZ) in which you want Amazon Redshift to provision the cluster. For example, if you have several EC2 instances running in a specific Availability Zone, then you might want the cluster to be provisioned in the same zone in order to decrease network latency. Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone in the region that is specified by the endpoint. Example: @us-east-1d@  Constraint: The specified Availability Zone must be in the same region as the current endpoint. ccAvailabilityZone :: Lens' CreateCluster (Maybe Text) ccAvailabilityZone = lens _ccAvailabilityZone (\ s a -> s{_ccAvailabilityZone = a}); --- | A list of Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) security groups to be associated with the cluster.------ Default: The default VPC security group is associated with the cluster.+-- | A list of Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) security groups to be associated with the cluster. Default: The default VPC security group is associated with the cluster. ccVPCSecurityGroupIds :: Lens' CreateCluster [Text] ccVPCSecurityGroupIds = lens _ccVPCSecurityGroupIds (\ s a -> s{_ccVPCSecurityGroupIds = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | A list of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) roles that can be used by the cluster to access other AWS services. You must supply the IAM roles in their Amazon Resource Name (ARN) format. You can supply up to 10 IAM roles in a single request.------ A cluster can have up to 10 IAM roles associated at any time.+-- | A list of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) roles that can be used by the cluster to access other AWS services. You must supply the IAM roles in their Amazon Resource Name (ARN) format. You can supply up to 10 IAM roles in a single request. A cluster can have up to 10 IAM roles associated with it at any time. ccIAMRoles :: Lens' CreateCluster [Text] ccIAMRoles = lens _ccIAMRoles (\ s a -> s{_ccIAMRoles = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The type of the cluster. When cluster type is specified as------ -   'single-node', the __NumberOfNodes__ parameter is not required.--- -   'multi-node', the __NumberOfNodes__ parameter is required.------ Valid Values: 'multi-node' | 'single-node'------ Default: 'multi-node'+-- | The type of the cluster. When cluster type is specified as     * @single-node@ , the __NumberOfNodes__ parameter is not required.     * @multi-node@ , the __NumberOfNodes__ parameter is required. Valid Values: @multi-node@ | @single-node@  Default: @multi-node@ ccClusterType :: Lens' CreateCluster (Maybe Text) ccClusterType = lens _ccClusterType (\ s a -> s{_ccClusterType = a}); --- | The version of the Amazon Redshift engine software that you want to deploy on the cluster.------ The version selected runs on all the nodes in the cluster.------ Constraints: Only version 1.0 is currently available.------ Example: '1.0'+-- | The version of the Amazon Redshift engine software that you want to deploy on the cluster. The version selected runs on all the nodes in the cluster. Constraints: Only version 1.0 is currently available. Example: @1.0@ ccClusterVersion :: Lens' CreateCluster (Maybe Text) ccClusterVersion = lens _ccClusterVersion (\ s a -> s{_ccClusterVersion = a}); --- | If 'true', major version upgrades can be applied during the maintenance window to the Amazon Redshift engine that is running on the cluster.------ When a new major version of the Amazon Redshift engine is released, you can request that the service automatically apply upgrades during the maintenance window to the Amazon Redshift engine that is running on your cluster.------ Default: 'true'+-- | If @true@ , major version upgrades can be applied during the maintenance window to the Amazon Redshift engine that is running on the cluster. When a new major version of the Amazon Redshift engine is released, you can request that the service automatically apply upgrades during the maintenance window to the Amazon Redshift engine that is running on your cluster. Default: @true@ ccAllowVersionUpgrade :: Lens' CreateCluster (Maybe Bool) ccAllowVersionUpgrade = lens _ccAllowVersionUpgrade (\ s a -> s{_ccAllowVersionUpgrade = a}); --- | The name of the parameter group to be associated with this cluster.------ Default: The default Amazon Redshift cluster parameter group. For information about the default parameter group, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-parameter-groups.html Working with Amazon Redshift Parameter Groups>------ Constraints:------ -   Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.--- -   First character must be a letter.--- -   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.+-- | The name of the parameter group to be associated with this cluster. Default: The default Amazon Redshift cluster parameter group. For information about the default parameter group, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-parameter-groups.html Working with Amazon Redshift Parameter Groups>  Constraints:     * Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.     * First character must be a letter.     * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. ccClusterParameterGroupName :: Lens' CreateCluster (Maybe Text) ccClusterParameterGroupName = lens _ccClusterParameterGroupName (\ s a -> s{_ccClusterParameterGroupName = a}); @@ -333,69 +285,27 @@ ccTags :: Lens' CreateCluster [Tag] ccTags = lens _ccTags (\ s a -> s{_ccTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The port number on which the cluster accepts incoming connections.------ The cluster is accessible only via the JDBC and ODBC connection strings. Part of the connection string requires the port on which the cluster will listen for incoming connections.------ Default: '5439'------ Valid Values: '1150-65535'+-- | The port number on which the cluster accepts incoming connections. The cluster is accessible only via the JDBC and ODBC connection strings. Part of the connection string requires the port on which the cluster will listen for incoming connections. Default: @5439@  Valid Values: @1150-65535@ ccPort :: Lens' CreateCluster (Maybe Int) ccPort = lens _ccPort (\ s a -> s{_ccPort = a}); --- | The name of the first database to be created when the cluster is created.------ To create additional databases after the cluster is created, connect to the cluster with a SQL client and use SQL commands to create a database. For more information, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/dg/t_creating_database.html Create a Database> in the Amazon Redshift Database Developer Guide.------ Default: 'dev'------ Constraints:------ -   Must contain 1 to 64 alphanumeric characters.--- -   Must contain only lowercase letters.--- -   Cannot be a word that is reserved by the service. A list of reserved words can be found in <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/dg/r_pg_keywords.html Reserved Words> in the Amazon Redshift Database Developer Guide.+-- | The name of the first database to be created when the cluster is created. To create additional databases after the cluster is created, connect to the cluster with a SQL client and use SQL commands to create a database. For more information, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/dg/t_creating_database.html Create a Database> in the Amazon Redshift Database Developer Guide.  Default: @dev@  Constraints:     * Must contain 1 to 64 alphanumeric characters.     * Must contain only lowercase letters.     * Cannot be a word that is reserved by the service. A list of reserved words can be found in <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/dg/r_pg_keywords.html Reserved Words> in the Amazon Redshift Database Developer Guide. ccDBName :: Lens' CreateCluster (Maybe Text) ccDBName = lens _ccDBName (\ s a -> s{_ccDBName = a}); --- | A unique identifier for the cluster. You use this identifier to refer to the cluster for any subsequent cluster operations such as deleting or modifying. The identifier also appears in the Amazon Redshift console.------ Constraints:------ -   Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.--- -   Alphabetic characters must be lowercase.--- -   First character must be a letter.--- -   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.--- -   Must be unique for all clusters within an AWS account.------ Example: 'myexamplecluster'+-- | A unique identifier for the cluster. You use this identifier to refer to the cluster for any subsequent cluster operations such as deleting or modifying. The identifier also appears in the Amazon Redshift console. Constraints:     * Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.     * Alphabetic characters must be lowercase.     * First character must be a letter.     * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.     * Must be unique for all clusters within an AWS account. Example: @myexamplecluster@ ccClusterIdentifier :: Lens' CreateCluster Text ccClusterIdentifier = lens _ccClusterIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_ccClusterIdentifier = a}); --- | The node type to be provisioned for the cluster. For information about node types, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html#how-many-nodes Working with Clusters> in the /Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide/.------ Valid Values: 'ds1.xlarge' | 'ds1.8xlarge' | 'ds2.xlarge' | 'ds2.8xlarge' | 'dc1.large' | 'dc1.8xlarge'.+-- | The node type to be provisioned for the cluster. For information about node types, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html#how-many-nodes Working with Clusters> in the /Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide/ .  Valid Values: @ds1.xlarge@ | @ds1.8xlarge@ | @ds2.xlarge@ | @ds2.8xlarge@ | @dc1.large@ | @dc1.8xlarge@ . ccNodeType :: Lens' CreateCluster Text ccNodeType = lens _ccNodeType (\ s a -> s{_ccNodeType = a}); --- | The user name associated with the master user account for the cluster that is being created.------ Constraints:------ -   Must be 1 - 128 alphanumeric characters.--- -   First character must be a letter.--- -   Cannot be a reserved word. A list of reserved words can be found in <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/dg/r_pg_keywords.html Reserved Words> in the Amazon Redshift Database Developer Guide.+-- | The user name associated with the master user account for the cluster that is being created. Constraints:     * Must be 1 - 128 alphanumeric characters.     * First character must be a letter.     * Cannot be a reserved word. A list of reserved words can be found in <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/dg/r_pg_keywords.html Reserved Words> in the Amazon Redshift Database Developer Guide. ccMasterUsername :: Lens' CreateCluster Text ccMasterUsername = lens _ccMasterUsername (\ s a -> s{_ccMasterUsername = a}); --- | The password associated with the master user account for the cluster that is being created.------ Constraints:------ -   Must be between 8 and 64 characters in length.--- -   Must contain at least one uppercase letter.--- -   Must contain at least one lowercase letter.--- -   Must contain one number.--- -   Can be any printable ASCII character (ASCII code 33 to 126) except \' (single quote), \" (double quote), \\, \/, \', or space.+-- | The password associated with the master user account for the cluster that is being created. Constraints:     * Must be between 8 and 64 characters in length.     * Must contain at least one uppercase letter.     * Must contain at least one lowercase letter.     * Must contain one number.     * Can be any printable ASCII character (ASCII code 33 to 126) except ' (single quote), " (double quote), \, /, @, or space. ccMasterUserPassword :: Lens' CreateCluster Text ccMasterUserPassword = lens _ccMasterUserPassword (\ s a -> s{_ccMasterUserPassword = a}); @@ -423,6 +333,7 @@           = mconcat               ["Action" =: ("CreateCluster" :: ByteString),                "Version" =: ("2012-12-01" :: ByteString),+               "EnhancedVpcRouting" =: _ccEnhancedVPCRouting,                "AdditionalInfo" =: _ccAdditionalInfo,                "PubliclyAccessible" =: _ccPubliclyAccessible,                "HsmConfigurationIdentifier" =:@@ -472,9 +383,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'ccrsCluster'+-- * 'ccrsCluster' - Undocumented member. ----- * 'ccrsResponseStatus'+-- * 'ccrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. createClusterResponse     :: Int -- ^ 'ccrsResponseStatus'     -> CreateClusterResponse@@ -488,7 +399,7 @@ ccrsCluster :: Lens' CreateClusterResponse (Maybe Cluster) ccrsCluster = lens _ccrsCluster (\ s a -> s{_ccrsCluster = a}); --- | The response status code.+-- | -- | The response status code. ccrsResponseStatus :: Lens' CreateClusterResponse Int ccrsResponseStatus = lens _ccrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_ccrsResponseStatus = a}); 

@@ -20,9 +20,11 @@ -- -- Creates an Amazon Redshift parameter group. ----- Creating parameter groups is independent of creating clusters. You can associate a cluster with a parameter group when you create the cluster. You can also associate an existing cluster with a parameter group after the cluster is created by using < ModifyCluster>. ----- Parameters in the parameter group define specific behavior that applies to the databases you create on the cluster. For more information about parameters and parameter groups, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-parameter-groups.html Amazon Redshift Parameter Groups> in the /Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide/.+-- Creating parameter groups is independent of creating clusters. You can associate a cluster with a parameter group when you create the cluster. You can also associate an existing cluster with a parameter group after the cluster is created by using 'ModifyCluster' .+--+-- Parameters in the parameter group define specific behavior that applies to the databases you create on the cluster. For more information about parameters and parameter groups, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-parameter-groups.html Amazon Redshift Parameter Groups> in the /Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide/ .+-- module Network.AWS.Redshift.CreateClusterParameterGroup     (     -- * Creating a Request@@ -51,6 +53,8 @@  -- | --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'createClusterParameterGroup' smart constructor. data CreateClusterParameterGroup = CreateClusterParameterGroup'     { _ccpgTags                 :: !(Maybe [Tag])@@ -63,13 +67,13 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'ccpgTags'+-- * 'ccpgTags' - A list of tag instances. ----- * 'ccpgParameterGroupName'+-- * 'ccpgParameterGroupName' - The name of the cluster parameter group. Constraints:     * Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens     * First character must be a letter.     * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.     * Must be unique withing your AWS account. ----- * 'ccpgParameterGroupFamily'+-- * 'ccpgParameterGroupFamily' - The Amazon Redshift engine version to which the cluster parameter group applies. The cluster engine version determines the set of parameters. To get a list of valid parameter group family names, you can call 'DescribeClusterParameterGroups' . By default, Amazon Redshift returns a list of all the parameter groups that are owned by your AWS account, including the default parameter groups for each Amazon Redshift engine version. The parameter group family names associated with the default parameter groups provide you the valid values. For example, a valid family name is "redshift-1.0". ----- * 'ccpgDescription'+-- * 'ccpgDescription' - A description of the parameter group. createClusterParameterGroup     :: Text -- ^ 'ccpgParameterGroupName'     -> Text -- ^ 'ccpgParameterGroupFamily'@@ -87,22 +91,11 @@ ccpgTags :: Lens' CreateClusterParameterGroup [Tag] ccpgTags = lens _ccpgTags (\ s a -> s{_ccpgTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The name of the cluster parameter group.------ Constraints:------ -   Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens--- -   First character must be a letter.--- -   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.--- -   Must be unique withing your AWS account.------ This value is stored as a lower-case string.+-- | The name of the cluster parameter group. Constraints:     * Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens     * First character must be a letter.     * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.     * Must be unique withing your AWS account. ccpgParameterGroupName :: Lens' CreateClusterParameterGroup Text ccpgParameterGroupName = lens _ccpgParameterGroupName (\ s a -> s{_ccpgParameterGroupName = a}); --- | The Amazon Redshift engine version to which the cluster parameter group applies. The cluster engine version determines the set of parameters.------ To get a list of valid parameter group family names, you can call < DescribeClusterParameterGroups>. By default, Amazon Redshift returns a list of all the parameter groups that are owned by your AWS account, including the default parameter groups for each Amazon Redshift engine version. The parameter group family names associated with the default parameter groups provide you the valid values. For example, a valid family name is \"redshift-1.0\".+-- | The Amazon Redshift engine version to which the cluster parameter group applies. The cluster engine version determines the set of parameters. To get a list of valid parameter group family names, you can call 'DescribeClusterParameterGroups' . By default, Amazon Redshift returns a list of all the parameter groups that are owned by your AWS account, including the default parameter groups for each Amazon Redshift engine version. The parameter group family names associated with the default parameter groups provide you the valid values. For example, a valid family name is "redshift-1.0". ccpgParameterGroupFamily :: Lens' CreateClusterParameterGroup Text ccpgParameterGroupFamily = lens _ccpgParameterGroupFamily (\ s a -> s{_ccpgParameterGroupFamily = a}); @@ -153,9 +146,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'ccpgrsClusterParameterGroup'+-- * 'ccpgrsClusterParameterGroup' - Undocumented member. ----- * 'ccpgrsResponseStatus'+-- * 'ccpgrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. createClusterParameterGroupResponse     :: Int -- ^ 'ccpgrsResponseStatus'     -> CreateClusterParameterGroupResponse@@ -169,7 +162,7 @@ ccpgrsClusterParameterGroup :: Lens' CreateClusterParameterGroupResponse (Maybe ClusterParameterGroup) ccpgrsClusterParameterGroup = lens _ccpgrsClusterParameterGroup (\ s a -> s{_ccpgrsClusterParameterGroup = a}); --- | The response status code.+-- | -- | The response status code. ccpgrsResponseStatus :: Lens' CreateClusterParameterGroupResponse Int ccpgrsResponseStatus = lens _ccpgrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_ccpgrsResponseStatus = a}); 

@@ -20,7 +20,9 @@ -- -- Creates a new Amazon Redshift security group. You use security groups to control access to non-VPC clusters. ----- For information about managing security groups, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-security-groups.html Amazon Redshift Cluster Security Groups> in the /Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide/.+--+-- For information about managing security groups, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-security-groups.html Amazon Redshift Cluster Security Groups> in the /Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide/ .+-- module Network.AWS.Redshift.CreateClusterSecurityGroup     (     -- * Creating a Request@@ -48,6 +50,8 @@  -- | --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'createClusterSecurityGroup' smart constructor. data CreateClusterSecurityGroup = CreateClusterSecurityGroup'     { _creTags                     :: !(Maybe [Tag])@@ -59,11 +63,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'creTags'+-- * 'creTags' - A list of tag instances. ----- * 'creClusterSecurityGroupName'+-- * 'creClusterSecurityGroupName' - The name for the security group. Amazon Redshift stores the value as a lowercase string. Constraints:     * Must contain no more than 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.     * Must not be "Default".     * Must be unique for all security groups that are created by your AWS account. Example: @examplesecuritygroup@ ----- * 'creDescription'+-- * 'creDescription' - A description for the security group. createClusterSecurityGroup     :: Text -- ^ 'creClusterSecurityGroupName'     -> Text -- ^ 'creDescription'@@ -79,15 +83,7 @@ creTags :: Lens' CreateClusterSecurityGroup [Tag] creTags = lens _creTags (\ s a -> s{_creTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The name for the security group. Amazon Redshift stores the value as a lowercase string.------ Constraints:------ -   Must contain no more than 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.--- -   Must not be \"Default\".--- -   Must be unique for all security groups that are created by your AWS account.------ Example: 'examplesecuritygroup'+-- | The name for the security group. Amazon Redshift stores the value as a lowercase string. Constraints:     * Must contain no more than 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.     * Must not be "Default".     * Must be unique for all security groups that are created by your AWS account. Example: @examplesecuritygroup@ creClusterSecurityGroupName :: Lens' CreateClusterSecurityGroup Text creClusterSecurityGroupName = lens _creClusterSecurityGroupName (\ s a -> s{_creClusterSecurityGroupName = a}); @@ -138,9 +134,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'crsClusterSecurityGroup'+-- * 'crsClusterSecurityGroup' - Undocumented member. ----- * 'crsResponseStatus'+-- * 'crsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. createClusterSecurityGroupResponse     :: Int -- ^ 'crsResponseStatus'     -> CreateClusterSecurityGroupResponse@@ -154,7 +150,7 @@ crsClusterSecurityGroup :: Lens' CreateClusterSecurityGroupResponse (Maybe ClusterSecurityGroup) crsClusterSecurityGroup = lens _crsClusterSecurityGroup (\ s a -> s{_crsClusterSecurityGroup = a}); --- | The response status code.+-- | -- | The response status code. crsResponseStatus :: Lens' CreateClusterSecurityGroupResponse Int crsResponseStatus = lens _crsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_crsResponseStatus = a}); 

@@ -18,9 +18,11 @@ -- Stability   : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) ----- Creates a manual snapshot of the specified cluster. The cluster must be in the 'available' state.+-- Creates a manual snapshot of the specified cluster. The cluster must be in the @available@ state. ----- For more information about working with snapshots, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-snapshots.html Amazon Redshift Snapshots> in the /Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide/.+--+-- For more information about working with snapshots, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-snapshots.html Amazon Redshift Snapshots> in the /Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide/ .+-- module Network.AWS.Redshift.CreateClusterSnapshot     (     -- * Creating a Request@@ -48,6 +50,8 @@  -- | --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'createClusterSnapshot' smart constructor. data CreateClusterSnapshot = CreateClusterSnapshot'     { _ccsTags               :: !(Maybe [Tag])@@ -59,11 +63,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'ccsTags'+-- * 'ccsTags' - A list of tag instances. ----- * 'ccsSnapshotIdentifier'+-- * 'ccsSnapshotIdentifier' - A unique identifier for the snapshot that you are requesting. This identifier must be unique for all snapshots within the AWS account. Constraints:     * Cannot be null, empty, or blank     * Must contain from 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens     * First character must be a letter     * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens Example: @my-snapshot-id@ ----- * 'ccsClusterIdentifier'+-- * 'ccsClusterIdentifier' - The cluster identifier for which you want a snapshot. createClusterSnapshot     :: Text -- ^ 'ccsSnapshotIdentifier'     -> Text -- ^ 'ccsClusterIdentifier'@@ -79,16 +83,7 @@ ccsTags :: Lens' CreateClusterSnapshot [Tag] ccsTags = lens _ccsTags (\ s a -> s{_ccsTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | A unique identifier for the snapshot that you are requesting. This identifier must be unique for all snapshots within the AWS account.------ Constraints:------ -   Cannot be null, empty, or blank--- -   Must contain from 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens--- -   First character must be a letter--- -   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens------ Example: 'my-snapshot-id'+-- | A unique identifier for the snapshot that you are requesting. This identifier must be unique for all snapshots within the AWS account. Constraints:     * Cannot be null, empty, or blank     * Must contain from 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens     * First character must be a letter     * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens Example: @my-snapshot-id@ ccsSnapshotIdentifier :: Lens' CreateClusterSnapshot Text ccsSnapshotIdentifier = lens _ccsSnapshotIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_ccsSnapshotIdentifier = a}); @@ -135,9 +130,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'crersSnapshot'+-- * 'crersSnapshot' - Undocumented member. ----- * 'crersResponseStatus'+-- * 'crersResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. createClusterSnapshotResponse     :: Int -- ^ 'crersResponseStatus'     -> CreateClusterSnapshotResponse@@ -151,7 +146,7 @@ crersSnapshot :: Lens' CreateClusterSnapshotResponse (Maybe Snapshot) crersSnapshot = lens _crersSnapshot (\ s a -> s{_crersSnapshot = a}); --- | The response status code.+-- | -- | The response status code. crersResponseStatus :: Lens' CreateClusterSnapshotResponse Int crersResponseStatus = lens _crersResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_crersResponseStatus = a}); 

@@ -20,7 +20,9 @@ -- -- Creates a new Amazon Redshift subnet group. You must provide a list of one or more subnets in your existing Amazon Virtual Private Cloud (Amazon VPC) when creating Amazon Redshift subnet group. ----- For information about subnet groups, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-cluster-subnet-groups.html Amazon Redshift Cluster Subnet Groups> in the /Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide/.+--+-- For information about subnet groups, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-cluster-subnet-groups.html Amazon Redshift Cluster Subnet Groups> in the /Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide/ .+-- module Network.AWS.Redshift.CreateClusterSubnetGroup     (     -- * Creating a Request@@ -49,6 +51,8 @@  -- | --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'createClusterSubnetGroup' smart constructor. data CreateClusterSubnetGroup = CreateClusterSubnetGroup'     { _ccsgTags                   :: !(Maybe [Tag])@@ -61,13 +65,13 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'ccsgTags'+-- * 'ccsgTags' - A list of tag instances. ----- * 'ccsgClusterSubnetGroupName'+-- * 'ccsgClusterSubnetGroupName' - The name for the subnet group. Amazon Redshift stores the value as a lowercase string. Constraints:     * Must contain no more than 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.     * Must not be "Default".     * Must be unique for all subnet groups that are created by your AWS account. Example: @examplesubnetgroup@ ----- * 'ccsgDescription'+-- * 'ccsgDescription' - A description for the subnet group. ----- * 'ccsgSubnetIds'+-- * 'ccsgSubnetIds' - An array of VPC subnet IDs. A maximum of 20 subnets can be modified in a single request. createClusterSubnetGroup     :: Text -- ^ 'ccsgClusterSubnetGroupName'     -> Text -- ^ 'ccsgDescription'@@ -84,15 +88,7 @@ ccsgTags :: Lens' CreateClusterSubnetGroup [Tag] ccsgTags = lens _ccsgTags (\ s a -> s{_ccsgTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The name for the subnet group. Amazon Redshift stores the value as a lowercase string.------ Constraints:------ -   Must contain no more than 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.--- -   Must not be \"Default\".--- -   Must be unique for all subnet groups that are created by your AWS account.------ Example: 'examplesubnetgroup'+-- | The name for the subnet group. Amazon Redshift stores the value as a lowercase string. Constraints:     * Must contain no more than 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.     * Must not be "Default".     * Must be unique for all subnet groups that are created by your AWS account. Example: @examplesubnetgroup@ ccsgClusterSubnetGroupName :: Lens' CreateClusterSubnetGroup Text ccsgClusterSubnetGroupName = lens _ccsgClusterSubnetGroupName (\ s a -> s{_ccsgClusterSubnetGroupName = a}); @@ -147,9 +143,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'ccsgrsClusterSubnetGroup'+-- * 'ccsgrsClusterSubnetGroup' - Undocumented member. ----- * 'ccsgrsResponseStatus'+-- * 'ccsgrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. createClusterSubnetGroupResponse     :: Int -- ^ 'ccsgrsResponseStatus'     -> CreateClusterSubnetGroupResponse@@ -163,7 +159,7 @@ ccsgrsClusterSubnetGroup :: Lens' CreateClusterSubnetGroupResponse (Maybe ClusterSubnetGroup) ccsgrsClusterSubnetGroup = lens _ccsgrsClusterSubnetGroup (\ s a -> s{_ccsgrsClusterSubnetGroup = a}); --- | The response status code.+-- | -- | The response status code. ccsgrsResponseStatus :: Lens' CreateClusterSubnetGroupResponse Int ccsgrsResponseStatus = lens _ccsgrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_ccsgrsResponseStatus = a}); 

@@ -20,9 +20,11 @@ -- -- Creates an Amazon Redshift event notification subscription. This action requires an ARN (Amazon Resource Name) of an Amazon SNS topic created by either the Amazon Redshift console, the Amazon SNS console, or the Amazon SNS API. To obtain an ARN with Amazon SNS, you must create a topic in Amazon SNS and subscribe to the topic. The ARN is displayed in the SNS console. --+-- -- You can specify the source type, and lists of Amazon Redshift source IDs, event categories, and event severities. Notifications will be sent for all events you want that match those criteria. For example, you can specify source type = cluster, source ID = my-cluster-1 and mycluster2, event categories = Availability, Backup, and severity = ERROR. The subscription will only send notifications for those ERROR events in the Availability and Backup categories for the specified clusters. -- -- If you specify both the source type and source IDs, such as source type = cluster and source identifier = my-cluster-1, notifications will be sent for all the cluster events for my-cluster-1. If you specify a source type but do not specify a source identifier, you will receive notice of the events for the objects of that type in your AWS account. If you do not specify either the SourceType nor the SourceIdentifier, you will be notified of events generated from all Amazon Redshift sources belonging to your AWS account. You must specify a source type if you specify a source ID.+-- module Network.AWS.Redshift.CreateEventSubscription     (     -- * Creating a Request@@ -55,6 +57,8 @@  -- | --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'createEventSubscription' smart constructor. data CreateEventSubscription = CreateEventSubscription'     { _cesEnabled          :: !(Maybe Bool)@@ -71,21 +75,21 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'cesEnabled'+-- * 'cesEnabled' - A Boolean value; set to @true@ to activate the subscription, set to @false@ to create the subscription but not active it. ----- * 'cesSourceType'+-- * 'cesSourceType' - The type of source that will be generating the events. For example, if you want to be notified of events generated by a cluster, you would set this parameter to cluster. If this value is not specified, events are returned for all Amazon Redshift objects in your AWS account. You must specify a source type in order to specify source IDs. Valid values: cluster, cluster-parameter-group, cluster-security-group, and cluster-snapshot. ----- * 'cesSeverity'+-- * 'cesSeverity' - Specifies the Amazon Redshift event severity to be published by the event notification subscription. Values: ERROR, INFO ----- * 'cesEventCategories'+-- * 'cesEventCategories' - Specifies the Amazon Redshift event categories to be published by the event notification subscription. Values: Configuration, Management, Monitoring, Security ----- * 'cesSourceIds'+-- * 'cesSourceIds' - A list of one or more identifiers of Amazon Redshift source objects. All of the objects must be of the same type as was specified in the source type parameter. The event subscription will return only events generated by the specified objects. If not specified, then events are returned for all objects within the source type specified. Example: my-cluster-1, my-cluster-2 Example: my-snapshot-20131010 ----- * 'cesTags'+-- * 'cesTags' - A list of tag instances. ----- * 'cesSubscriptionName'+-- * 'cesSubscriptionName' - The name of the event subscription to be created. Constraints:     * Cannot be null, empty, or blank.     * Must contain from 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.     * First character must be a letter.     * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. ----- * 'cesSNSTopicARN'+-- * 'cesSNSTopicARN' - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon SNS topic used to transmit the event notifications. The ARN is created by Amazon SNS when you create a topic and subscribe to it. createEventSubscription     :: Text -- ^ 'cesSubscriptionName'     -> Text -- ^ 'cesSNSTopicARN'@@ -102,33 +106,23 @@     , _cesSNSTopicARN = pSNSTopicARN_     } --- | A Boolean value; set to 'true' to activate the subscription, set to 'false' to create the subscription but not active it.+-- | A Boolean value; set to @true@ to activate the subscription, set to @false@ to create the subscription but not active it. cesEnabled :: Lens' CreateEventSubscription (Maybe Bool) cesEnabled = lens _cesEnabled (\ s a -> s{_cesEnabled = a}); --- | The type of source that will be generating the events. For example, if you want to be notified of events generated by a cluster, you would set this parameter to cluster. If this value is not specified, events are returned for all Amazon Redshift objects in your AWS account. You must specify a source type in order to specify source IDs.------ Valid values: cluster, cluster-parameter-group, cluster-security-group, and cluster-snapshot.+-- | The type of source that will be generating the events. For example, if you want to be notified of events generated by a cluster, you would set this parameter to cluster. If this value is not specified, events are returned for all Amazon Redshift objects in your AWS account. You must specify a source type in order to specify source IDs. Valid values: cluster, cluster-parameter-group, cluster-security-group, and cluster-snapshot. cesSourceType :: Lens' CreateEventSubscription (Maybe Text) cesSourceType = lens _cesSourceType (\ s a -> s{_cesSourceType = a}); --- | Specifies the Amazon Redshift event severity to be published by the event notification subscription.------ Values: ERROR, INFO+-- | Specifies the Amazon Redshift event severity to be published by the event notification subscription. Values: ERROR, INFO cesSeverity :: Lens' CreateEventSubscription (Maybe Text) cesSeverity = lens _cesSeverity (\ s a -> s{_cesSeverity = a}); --- | Specifies the Amazon Redshift event categories to be published by the event notification subscription.------ Values: Configuration, Management, Monitoring, Security+-- | Specifies the Amazon Redshift event categories to be published by the event notification subscription. Values: Configuration, Management, Monitoring, Security cesEventCategories :: Lens' CreateEventSubscription [Text] cesEventCategories = lens _cesEventCategories (\ s a -> s{_cesEventCategories = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | A list of one or more identifiers of Amazon Redshift source objects. All of the objects must be of the same type as was specified in the source type parameter. The event subscription will return only events generated by the specified objects. If not specified, then events are returned for all objects within the source type specified.------ Example: my-cluster-1, my-cluster-2------ Example: my-snapshot-20131010+-- | A list of one or more identifiers of Amazon Redshift source objects. All of the objects must be of the same type as was specified in the source type parameter. The event subscription will return only events generated by the specified objects. If not specified, then events are returned for all objects within the source type specified. Example: my-cluster-1, my-cluster-2 Example: my-snapshot-20131010 cesSourceIds :: Lens' CreateEventSubscription [Text] cesSourceIds = lens _cesSourceIds (\ s a -> s{_cesSourceIds = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; @@ -136,14 +130,7 @@ cesTags :: Lens' CreateEventSubscription [Tag] cesTags = lens _cesTags (\ s a -> s{_cesTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The name of the event subscription to be created.------ Constraints:------ -   Cannot be null, empty, or blank.--- -   Must contain from 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.--- -   First character must be a letter.--- -   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.+-- | The name of the event subscription to be created. Constraints:     * Cannot be null, empty, or blank.     * Must contain from 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.     * First character must be a letter.     * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. cesSubscriptionName :: Lens' CreateEventSubscription Text cesSubscriptionName = lens _cesSubscriptionName (\ s a -> s{_cesSubscriptionName = a}); @@ -200,9 +187,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'cesrsEventSubscription'+-- * 'cesrsEventSubscription' - Undocumented member. ----- * 'cesrsResponseStatus'+-- * 'cesrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. createEventSubscriptionResponse     :: Int -- ^ 'cesrsResponseStatus'     -> CreateEventSubscriptionResponse@@ -216,7 +203,7 @@ cesrsEventSubscription :: Lens' CreateEventSubscriptionResponse (Maybe EventSubscription) cesrsEventSubscription = lens _cesrsEventSubscription (\ s a -> s{_cesrsEventSubscription = a}); --- | The response status code.+-- | -- | The response status code. cesrsResponseStatus :: Lens' CreateEventSubscriptionResponse Int cesrsResponseStatus = lens _cesrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_cesrsResponseStatus = a}); 

@@ -18,9 +18,11 @@ -- Stability   : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) ----- Creates an HSM client certificate that an Amazon Redshift cluster will use to connect to the client\'s HSM in order to store and retrieve the keys used to encrypt the cluster databases.+-- Creates an HSM client certificate that an Amazon Redshift cluster will use to connect to the client's HSM in order to store and retrieve the keys used to encrypt the cluster databases. --+-- -- The command returns a public key, which you must store in the HSM. In addition to creating the HSM certificate, you must create an Amazon Redshift HSM configuration that provides a cluster the information needed to store and use encryption keys in the HSM. For more information, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-HSM.html Hardware Security Modules> in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.+-- module Network.AWS.Redshift.CreateHSMClientCertificate     (     -- * Creating a Request@@ -47,6 +49,8 @@  -- | --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'createHSMClientCertificate' smart constructor. data CreateHSMClientCertificate = CreateHSMClientCertificate'     { _chccTags                           :: !(Maybe [Tag])@@ -57,9 +61,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'chccTags'+-- * 'chccTags' - A list of tag instances. ----- * 'chccHSMClientCertificateIdentifier'+-- * 'chccHSMClientCertificateIdentifier' - The identifier to be assigned to the new HSM client certificate that the cluster will use to connect to the HSM to use the database encryption keys. createHSMClientCertificate     :: Text -- ^ 'chccHSMClientCertificateIdentifier'     -> CreateHSMClientCertificate@@ -119,9 +123,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'chccrsHSMClientCertificate'+-- * 'chccrsHSMClientCertificate' - Undocumented member. ----- * 'chccrsResponseStatus'+-- * 'chccrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. createHSMClientCertificateResponse     :: Int -- ^ 'chccrsResponseStatus'     -> CreateHSMClientCertificateResponse@@ -135,7 +139,7 @@ chccrsHSMClientCertificate :: Lens' CreateHSMClientCertificateResponse (Maybe HSMClientCertificate) chccrsHSMClientCertificate = lens _chccrsHSMClientCertificate (\ s a -> s{_chccrsHSMClientCertificate = a}); --- | The response status code.+-- | -- | The response status code. chccrsResponseStatus :: Lens' CreateHSMClientCertificateResponse Int chccrsResponseStatus = lens _chccrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_chccrsResponseStatus = a}); 

@@ -20,7 +20,9 @@ -- -- Creates an HSM configuration that contains the information required by an Amazon Redshift cluster to store and use database encryption keys in a Hardware Security Module (HSM). After creating the HSM configuration, you can specify it as a parameter when creating a cluster. The cluster will then store its encryption keys in the HSM. --+-- -- In addition to creating an HSM configuration, you must also create an HSM client certificate. For more information, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-HSM.html Hardware Security Modules> in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.+-- module Network.AWS.Redshift.CreateHSMConfiguration     (     -- * Creating a Request@@ -52,6 +54,8 @@  -- | --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'createHSMConfiguration' smart constructor. data CreateHSMConfiguration = CreateHSMConfiguration'     { _chcTags                       :: !(Maybe [Tag])@@ -67,19 +71,19 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'chcTags'+-- * 'chcTags' - A list of tag instances. ----- * 'chcHSMConfigurationIdentifier'+-- * 'chcHSMConfigurationIdentifier' - The identifier to be assigned to the new Amazon Redshift HSM configuration. ----- * 'chcDescription'+-- * 'chcDescription' - A text description of the HSM configuration to be created. ----- * 'chcHSMIPAddress'+-- * 'chcHSMIPAddress' - The IP address that the Amazon Redshift cluster must use to access the HSM. ----- * 'chcHSMPartitionName'+-- * 'chcHSMPartitionName' - The name of the partition in the HSM where the Amazon Redshift clusters will store their database encryption keys. ----- * 'chcHSMPartitionPassword'+-- * 'chcHSMPartitionPassword' - The password required to access the HSM partition. ----- * 'chcHSMServerPublicCertificate'+-- * 'chcHSMServerPublicCertificate' - The HSMs public certificate file. When using Cloud HSM, the file name is server.pem. createHSMConfiguration     :: Text -- ^ 'chcHSMConfigurationIdentifier'     -> Text -- ^ 'chcDescription'@@ -173,9 +177,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'chcrsHSMConfiguration'+-- * 'chcrsHSMConfiguration' - Undocumented member. ----- * 'chcrsResponseStatus'+-- * 'chcrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. createHSMConfigurationResponse     :: Int -- ^ 'chcrsResponseStatus'     -> CreateHSMConfigurationResponse@@ -189,7 +193,7 @@ chcrsHSMConfiguration :: Lens' CreateHSMConfigurationResponse (Maybe HSMConfiguration) chcrsHSMConfiguration = lens _chcrsHSMConfiguration (\ s a -> s{_chcrsHSMConfiguration = a}); --- | The response status code.+-- | -- | The response status code. chcrsResponseStatus :: Lens' CreateHSMConfigurationResponse Int chcrsResponseStatus = lens _chcrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_chcrsResponseStatus = a}); 

@@ -20,7 +20,9 @@ -- -- Creates a snapshot copy grant that permits Amazon Redshift to use a customer master key (CMK) from AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) to encrypt copied snapshots in a destination region. ----- For more information about managing snapshot copy grants, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-db-encryption.html Amazon Redshift Database Encryption> in the /Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide/.+--+-- For more information about managing snapshot copy grants, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-db-encryption.html Amazon Redshift Database Encryption> in the /Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide/ .+-- module Network.AWS.Redshift.CreateSnapshotCopyGrant     (     -- * Creating a Request@@ -46,8 +48,10 @@ import           Network.AWS.Request import           Network.AWS.Response --- | The result of the 'CreateSnapshotCopyGrant' action.+-- | The result of the @CreateSnapshotCopyGrant@ action. --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'createSnapshotCopyGrant' smart constructor. data CreateSnapshotCopyGrant = CreateSnapshotCopyGrant'     { _cscgKMSKeyId              :: !(Maybe Text)@@ -59,11 +63,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'cscgKMSKeyId'+-- * 'cscgKMSKeyId' - The unique identifier of the customer master key (CMK) to which to grant Amazon Redshift permission. If no key is specified, the default key is used. ----- * 'cscgTags'+-- * 'cscgTags' - A list of tag instances. ----- * 'cscgSnapshotCopyGrantName'+-- * 'cscgSnapshotCopyGrantName' - The name of the snapshot copy grant. This name must be unique in the region for the AWS account. Constraints:     * Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.     * Alphabetic characters must be lowercase.     * First character must be a letter.     * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.     * Must be unique for all clusters within an AWS account. createSnapshotCopyGrant     :: Text -- ^ 'cscgSnapshotCopyGrantName'     -> CreateSnapshotCopyGrant@@ -82,15 +86,7 @@ cscgTags :: Lens' CreateSnapshotCopyGrant [Tag] cscgTags = lens _cscgTags (\ s a -> s{_cscgTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The name of the snapshot copy grant. This name must be unique in the region for the AWS account.------ Constraints:------ -   Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.--- -   Alphabetic characters must be lowercase.--- -   First character must be a letter.--- -   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.--- -   Must be unique for all clusters within an AWS account.+-- | The name of the snapshot copy grant. This name must be unique in the region for the AWS account. Constraints:     * Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.     * Alphabetic characters must be lowercase.     * First character must be a letter.     * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.     * Must be unique for all clusters within an AWS account. cscgSnapshotCopyGrantName :: Lens' CreateSnapshotCopyGrant Text cscgSnapshotCopyGrantName = lens _cscgSnapshotCopyGrantName (\ s a -> s{_cscgSnapshotCopyGrantName = a}); @@ -135,9 +131,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'cscgrsSnapshotCopyGrant'+-- * 'cscgrsSnapshotCopyGrant' - Undocumented member. ----- * 'cscgrsResponseStatus'+-- * 'cscgrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. createSnapshotCopyGrantResponse     :: Int -- ^ 'cscgrsResponseStatus'     -> CreateSnapshotCopyGrantResponse@@ -151,7 +147,7 @@ cscgrsSnapshotCopyGrant :: Lens' CreateSnapshotCopyGrantResponse (Maybe SnapshotCopyGrant) cscgrsSnapshotCopyGrant = lens _cscgrsSnapshotCopyGrant (\ s a -> s{_cscgrsSnapshotCopyGrant = a}); --- | The response status code.+-- | -- | The response status code. cscgrsResponseStatus :: Lens' CreateSnapshotCopyGrantResponse Int cscgrsResponseStatus = lens _cscgrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_cscgrsResponseStatus = a}); 

@@ -20,9 +20,11 @@ -- -- Adds one or more tags to a specified resource. --+-- -- A resource can have up to 10 tags. If you try to create more than 10 tags for a resource, you will receive an error and the attempt will fail. -- -- If you specify a key that already exists for the resource, the value for that key will be updated with the new value.+-- module Network.AWS.Redshift.CreateTags     (     -- * Creating a Request@@ -44,8 +46,10 @@ import           Network.AWS.Request import           Network.AWS.Response --- | Contains the output from the 'CreateTags' action.+-- | Contains the output from the @CreateTags@ action. --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'createTags' smart constructor. data CreateTags = CreateTags'     { _ctResourceName :: !Text@@ -56,9 +60,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'ctResourceName'+-- * 'ctResourceName' - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) to which you want to add the tag or tags. For example, @arn:aws:redshift:us-east-1:123456789:cluster:t1@ . ----- * 'ctTags'+-- * 'ctTags' - One or more name/value pairs to add as tags to the specified resource. Each tag name is passed in with the parameter @Key@ and the corresponding value is passed in with the parameter @Value@ . The @Key@ and @Value@ parameters are separated by a comma (,). Separate multiple tags with a space. For example, @--tags "Key"="owner","Value"="admin" "Key"="environment","Value"="test" "Key"="version","Value"="1.0"@ . createTags     :: Text -- ^ 'ctResourceName'     -> CreateTags@@ -68,11 +72,11 @@     , _ctTags = mempty     } --- | The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) to which you want to add the tag or tags. For example, 'arn:aws:redshift:us-east-1:123456789:cluster:t1'.+-- | The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) to which you want to add the tag or tags. For example, @arn:aws:redshift:us-east-1:123456789:cluster:t1@ . ctResourceName :: Lens' CreateTags Text ctResourceName = lens _ctResourceName (\ s a -> s{_ctResourceName = a}); --- | One or more name\/value pairs to add as tags to the specified resource. Each tag name is passed in with the parameter 'Key' and the corresponding value is passed in with the parameter 'Value'. The 'Key' and 'Value' parameters are separated by a comma (,). Separate multiple tags with a space. For example, '--tags \"Key\"=\"owner\",\"Value\"=\"admin\" \"Key\"=\"environment\",\"Value\"=\"test\" \"Key\"=\"version\",\"Value\"=\"1.0\"'.+-- | One or more name/value pairs to add as tags to the specified resource. Each tag name is passed in with the parameter @Key@ and the corresponding value is passed in with the parameter @Value@ . The @Key@ and @Value@ parameters are separated by a comma (,). Separate multiple tags with a space. For example, @--tags "Key"="owner","Value"="admin" "Key"="environment","Value"="test" "Key"="version","Value"="1.0"@ . ctTags :: Lens' CreateTags [Tag] ctTags = lens _ctTags (\ s a -> s{_ctTags = a}) . _Coerce; 

@@ -18,11 +18,13 @@ -- Stability   : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) ----- Deletes a previously provisioned cluster. A successful response from the web service indicates that the request was received correctly. Use < DescribeClusters> to monitor the status of the deletion. The delete operation cannot be canceled or reverted once submitted. For more information about managing clusters, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html Amazon Redshift Clusters> in the /Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide/ .+-- Deletes a previously provisioned cluster. A successful response from the web service indicates that the request was received correctly. Use 'DescribeClusters' to monitor the status of the deletion. The delete operation cannot be canceled or reverted once submitted. For more information about managing clusters, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html Amazon Redshift Clusters> in the /Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide/ . ----- If you want to shut down the cluster and retain it for future use, set /SkipFinalClusterSnapshot/ to 'false' and specify a name for /FinalClusterSnapshotIdentifier/. You can later restore this snapshot to resume using the cluster. If a final cluster snapshot is requested, the status of the cluster will be \"final-snapshot\" while the snapshot is being taken, then it\'s \"deleting\" once Amazon Redshift begins deleting the cluster. --+-- If you want to shut down the cluster and retain it for future use, set /SkipFinalClusterSnapshot/ to @false@ and specify a name for /FinalClusterSnapshotIdentifier/ . You can later restore this snapshot to resume using the cluster. If a final cluster snapshot is requested, the status of the cluster will be "final-snapshot" while the snapshot is being taken, then it's "deleting" once Amazon Redshift begins deleting the cluster.+-- -- For more information about managing clusters, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html Amazon Redshift Clusters> in the /Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide/ .+-- module Network.AWS.Redshift.DeleteCluster     (     -- * Creating a Request@@ -50,6 +52,8 @@  -- | --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'deleteCluster' smart constructor. data DeleteCluster = DeleteCluster'     { _delSkipFinalClusterSnapshot       :: !(Maybe Bool)@@ -61,11 +65,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'delSkipFinalClusterSnapshot'+-- * 'delSkipFinalClusterSnapshot' - Determines whether a final snapshot of the cluster is created before Amazon Redshift deletes the cluster. If @true@ , a final cluster snapshot is not created. If @false@ , a final cluster snapshot is created before the cluster is deleted.  Default: @false@ ----- * 'delFinalClusterSnapshotIdentifier'+-- * 'delFinalClusterSnapshotIdentifier' - The identifier of the final snapshot that is to be created immediately before deleting the cluster. If this parameter is provided, /SkipFinalClusterSnapshot/ must be @false@ .  Constraints:     * Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters.     * First character must be a letter.     * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. ----- * 'delClusterIdentifier'+-- * 'delClusterIdentifier' - The identifier of the cluster to be deleted. Constraints:     * Must contain lowercase characters.     * Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.     * First character must be a letter.     * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. deleteCluster     :: Text -- ^ 'delClusterIdentifier'     -> DeleteCluster@@ -76,32 +80,15 @@     , _delClusterIdentifier = pClusterIdentifier_     } --- | Determines whether a final snapshot of the cluster is created before Amazon Redshift deletes the cluster. If 'true', a final cluster snapshot is not created. If 'false', a final cluster snapshot is created before the cluster is deleted.------ The /FinalClusterSnapshotIdentifier/ parameter must be specified if /SkipFinalClusterSnapshot/ is 'false'.------ Default: 'false'+-- | Determines whether a final snapshot of the cluster is created before Amazon Redshift deletes the cluster. If @true@ , a final cluster snapshot is not created. If @false@ , a final cluster snapshot is created before the cluster is deleted.  Default: @false@ delSkipFinalClusterSnapshot :: Lens' DeleteCluster (Maybe Bool) delSkipFinalClusterSnapshot = lens _delSkipFinalClusterSnapshot (\ s a -> s{_delSkipFinalClusterSnapshot = a}); --- | The identifier of the final snapshot that is to be created immediately before deleting the cluster. If this parameter is provided, /SkipFinalClusterSnapshot/ must be 'false'.------ Constraints:------ -   Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters.--- -   First character must be a letter.--- -   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.+-- | The identifier of the final snapshot that is to be created immediately before deleting the cluster. If this parameter is provided, /SkipFinalClusterSnapshot/ must be @false@ .  Constraints:     * Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters.     * First character must be a letter.     * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. delFinalClusterSnapshotIdentifier :: Lens' DeleteCluster (Maybe Text) delFinalClusterSnapshotIdentifier = lens _delFinalClusterSnapshotIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_delFinalClusterSnapshotIdentifier = a}); --- | The identifier of the cluster to be deleted.------ Constraints:------ -   Must contain lowercase characters.--- -   Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.--- -   First character must be a letter.--- -   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.+-- | The identifier of the cluster to be deleted. Constraints:     * Must contain lowercase characters.     * Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.     * First character must be a letter.     * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. delClusterIdentifier :: Lens' DeleteCluster Text delClusterIdentifier = lens _delClusterIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_delClusterIdentifier = a}); @@ -145,9 +132,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'drsCluster'+-- * 'drsCluster' - Undocumented member. ----- * 'drsResponseStatus'+-- * 'drsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. deleteClusterResponse     :: Int -- ^ 'drsResponseStatus'     -> DeleteClusterResponse@@ -161,7 +148,7 @@ drsCluster :: Lens' DeleteClusterResponse (Maybe Cluster) drsCluster = lens _drsCluster (\ s a -> s{_drsCluster = a}); --- | The response status code.+-- | -- | The response status code. drsResponseStatus :: Lens' DeleteClusterResponse Int drsResponseStatus = lens _drsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_drsResponseStatus = a}); 

@@ -19,7 +19,8 @@ -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- -- Deletes a specified Amazon Redshift parameter group.--- You cannot delete a parameter group if it is associated with a cluster.+--+-- module Network.AWS.Redshift.DeleteClusterParameterGroup     (     -- * Creating a Request@@ -42,6 +43,8 @@  -- | --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'deleteClusterParameterGroup' smart constructor. newtype DeleteClusterParameterGroup = DeleteClusterParameterGroup'     { _dParameterGroupName :: Text@@ -51,7 +54,7 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'dParameterGroupName'+-- * 'dParameterGroupName' - The name of the parameter group to be deleted. Constraints:     * Must be the name of an existing cluster parameter group.     * Cannot delete a default cluster parameter group. deleteClusterParameterGroup     :: Text -- ^ 'dParameterGroupName'     -> DeleteClusterParameterGroup@@ -60,12 +63,7 @@     { _dParameterGroupName = pParameterGroupName_     } --- | The name of the parameter group to be deleted.------ Constraints:------ -   Must be the name of an existing cluster parameter group.--- -   Cannot delete a default cluster parameter group.+-- | The name of the parameter group to be deleted. Constraints:     * Must be the name of an existing cluster parameter group.     * Cannot delete a default cluster parameter group. dParameterGroupName :: Lens' DeleteClusterParameterGroup Text dParameterGroupName = lens _dParameterGroupName (\ s a -> s{_dParameterGroupName = a}); 

@@ -20,9 +20,9 @@ -- -- Deletes an Amazon Redshift security group. ----- You cannot delete a security group that is associated with any clusters. You cannot delete the default security group. ----- For information about managing security groups, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-security-groups.html Amazon Redshift Cluster Security Groups> in the /Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide/.+-- For information about managing security groups, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-security-groups.html Amazon Redshift Cluster Security Groups> in the /Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide/ .+-- module Network.AWS.Redshift.DeleteClusterSecurityGroup     (     -- * Creating a Request@@ -45,6 +45,8 @@  -- | --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'deleteClusterSecurityGroup' smart constructor. newtype DeleteClusterSecurityGroup = DeleteClusterSecurityGroup'     { _dClusterSecurityGroupName :: Text@@ -54,7 +56,7 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'dClusterSecurityGroupName'+-- * 'dClusterSecurityGroupName' - The name of the cluster security group to be deleted. deleteClusterSecurityGroup     :: Text -- ^ 'dClusterSecurityGroupName'     -> DeleteClusterSecurityGroup

@@ -18,9 +18,11 @@ -- Stability   : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) ----- Deletes the specified manual snapshot. The snapshot must be in the 'available' state, with no other users authorized to access the snapshot.+-- Deletes the specified manual snapshot. The snapshot must be in the @available@ state, with no other users authorized to access the snapshot. --+-- -- Unlike automated snapshots, manual snapshots are retained even after you delete your cluster. Amazon Redshift does not delete your manual snapshots. You must delete manual snapshot explicitly to avoid getting charged. If other accounts are authorized to access the snapshot, you must revoke all of the authorizations before you can delete the snapshot.+-- module Network.AWS.Redshift.DeleteClusterSnapshot     (     -- * Creating a Request@@ -47,6 +49,8 @@  -- | --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'deleteClusterSnapshot' smart constructor. data DeleteClusterSnapshot = DeleteClusterSnapshot'     { _dcsSnapshotClusterIdentifier :: !(Maybe Text)@@ -57,9 +61,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'dcsSnapshotClusterIdentifier'+-- * 'dcsSnapshotClusterIdentifier' - The unique identifier of the cluster the snapshot was created from. This parameter is required if your IAM user has a policy containing a snapshot resource element that specifies anything other than * for the cluster name. Constraints: Must be the name of valid cluster. ----- * 'dcsSnapshotIdentifier'+-- * 'dcsSnapshotIdentifier' - The unique identifier of the manual snapshot to be deleted. Constraints: Must be the name of an existing snapshot that is in the @available@ state. deleteClusterSnapshot     :: Text -- ^ 'dcsSnapshotIdentifier'     -> DeleteClusterSnapshot@@ -69,15 +73,11 @@     , _dcsSnapshotIdentifier = pSnapshotIdentifier_     } --- | The unique identifier of the cluster the snapshot was created from. This parameter is required if your IAM user has a policy containing a snapshot resource element that specifies anything other than * for the cluster name.------ Constraints: Must be the name of valid cluster.+-- | The unique identifier of the cluster the snapshot was created from. This parameter is required if your IAM user has a policy containing a snapshot resource element that specifies anything other than * for the cluster name. Constraints: Must be the name of valid cluster. dcsSnapshotClusterIdentifier :: Lens' DeleteClusterSnapshot (Maybe Text) dcsSnapshotClusterIdentifier = lens _dcsSnapshotClusterIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_dcsSnapshotClusterIdentifier = a}); --- | The unique identifier of the manual snapshot to be deleted.------ Constraints: Must be the name of an existing snapshot that is in the 'available' state.+-- | The unique identifier of the manual snapshot to be deleted. Constraints: Must be the name of an existing snapshot that is in the @available@ state. dcsSnapshotIdentifier :: Lens' DeleteClusterSnapshot Text dcsSnapshotIdentifier = lens _dcsSnapshotIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_dcsSnapshotIdentifier = a}); @@ -120,9 +120,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'dcsrsSnapshot'+-- * 'dcsrsSnapshot' - Undocumented member. ----- * 'dcsrsResponseStatus'+-- * 'dcsrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. deleteClusterSnapshotResponse     :: Int -- ^ 'dcsrsResponseStatus'     -> DeleteClusterSnapshotResponse@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ dcsrsSnapshot :: Lens' DeleteClusterSnapshotResponse (Maybe Snapshot) dcsrsSnapshot = lens _dcsrsSnapshot (\ s a -> s{_dcsrsSnapshot = a}); --- | The response status code.+-- | -- | The response status code. dcsrsResponseStatus :: Lens' DeleteClusterSnapshotResponse Int dcsrsResponseStatus = lens _dcsrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_dcsrsResponseStatus = a}); 

@@ -19,6 +19,8 @@ -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- -- Deletes the specified cluster subnet group.+--+-- module Network.AWS.Redshift.DeleteClusterSubnetGroup     (     -- * Creating a Request@@ -41,6 +43,8 @@  -- | --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'deleteClusterSubnetGroup' smart constructor. newtype DeleteClusterSubnetGroup = DeleteClusterSubnetGroup'     { _dcsgClusterSubnetGroupName :: Text@@ -50,7 +54,7 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'dcsgClusterSubnetGroupName'+-- * 'dcsgClusterSubnetGroupName' - The name of the cluster subnet group name to be deleted. deleteClusterSubnetGroup     :: Text -- ^ 'dcsgClusterSubnetGroupName'     -> DeleteClusterSubnetGroup

@@ -19,6 +19,8 @@ -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- -- Deletes an Amazon Redshift event notification subscription.+--+-- module Network.AWS.Redshift.DeleteEventSubscription     (     -- * Creating a Request@@ -41,6 +43,8 @@  -- | --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'deleteEventSubscription' smart constructor. newtype DeleteEventSubscription = DeleteEventSubscription'     { _desSubscriptionName :: Text@@ -50,7 +54,7 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'desSubscriptionName'+-- * 'desSubscriptionName' - The name of the Amazon Redshift event notification subscription to be deleted. deleteEventSubscription     :: Text -- ^ 'desSubscriptionName'     -> DeleteEventSubscription

@@ -19,6 +19,8 @@ -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- -- Deletes the specified HSM client certificate.+--+-- module Network.AWS.Redshift.DeleteHSMClientCertificate     (     -- * Creating a Request@@ -41,6 +43,8 @@  -- | --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'deleteHSMClientCertificate' smart constructor. newtype DeleteHSMClientCertificate = DeleteHSMClientCertificate'     { _dhsmccHSMClientCertificateIdentifier :: Text@@ -50,7 +54,7 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'dhsmccHSMClientCertificateIdentifier'+-- * 'dhsmccHSMClientCertificateIdentifier' - The identifier of the HSM client certificate to be deleted. deleteHSMClientCertificate     :: Text -- ^ 'dhsmccHSMClientCertificateIdentifier'     -> DeleteHSMClientCertificate

@@ -19,6 +19,8 @@ -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- -- Deletes the specified Amazon Redshift HSM configuration.+--+-- module Network.AWS.Redshift.DeleteHSMConfiguration     (     -- * Creating a Request@@ -41,6 +43,8 @@  -- | --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'deleteHSMConfiguration' smart constructor. newtype DeleteHSMConfiguration = DeleteHSMConfiguration'     { _dhcHSMConfigurationIdentifier :: Text@@ -50,7 +54,7 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'dhcHSMConfigurationIdentifier'+-- * 'dhcHSMConfigurationIdentifier' - The identifier of the Amazon Redshift HSM configuration to be deleted. deleteHSMConfiguration     :: Text -- ^ 'dhcHSMConfigurationIdentifier'     -> DeleteHSMConfiguration

@@ -19,6 +19,8 @@ -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- -- Deletes the specified snapshot copy grant.+--+-- module Network.AWS.Redshift.DeleteSnapshotCopyGrant     (     -- * Creating a Request@@ -39,8 +41,10 @@ import           Network.AWS.Request import           Network.AWS.Response --- | The result of the 'DeleteSnapshotCopyGrant' action.+-- | The result of the @DeleteSnapshotCopyGrant@ action. --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'deleteSnapshotCopyGrant' smart constructor. newtype DeleteSnapshotCopyGrant = DeleteSnapshotCopyGrant'     { _dscgSnapshotCopyGrantName :: Text@@ -50,7 +54,7 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'dscgSnapshotCopyGrantName'+-- * 'dscgSnapshotCopyGrantName' - The name of the snapshot copy grant to delete. deleteSnapshotCopyGrant     :: Text -- ^ 'dscgSnapshotCopyGrantName'     -> DeleteSnapshotCopyGrant

@@ -19,6 +19,8 @@ -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- -- Deletes a tag or tags from a resource. You must provide the ARN of the resource from which you want to delete the tag or tags.+--+-- module Network.AWS.Redshift.DeleteTags     (     -- * Creating a Request@@ -40,8 +42,10 @@ import           Network.AWS.Request import           Network.AWS.Response --- | Contains the output from the 'DeleteTags' action.+-- | Contains the output from the @DeleteTags@ action. --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'deleteTags' smart constructor. data DeleteTags = DeleteTags'     { _dtsResourceName :: !Text@@ -52,9 +56,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'dtsResourceName'+-- * 'dtsResourceName' - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) from which you want to remove the tag or tags. For example, @arn:aws:redshift:us-east-1:123456789:cluster:t1@ . ----- * 'dtsTagKeys'+-- * 'dtsTagKeys' - The tag key that you want to delete. deleteTags     :: Text -- ^ 'dtsResourceName'     -> DeleteTags@@ -64,7 +68,7 @@     , _dtsTagKeys = mempty     } --- | The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) from which you want to remove the tag or tags. For example, 'arn:aws:redshift:us-east-1:123456789:cluster:t1'.+-- | The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) from which you want to remove the tag or tags. For example, @arn:aws:redshift:us-east-1:123456789:cluster:t1@ . dtsResourceName :: Lens' DeleteTags Text dtsResourceName = lens _dtsResourceName (\ s a -> s{_dtsResourceName = a}); 

@@ -20,12 +20,14 @@ -- -- Returns a list of Amazon Redshift parameter groups, including parameter groups you created and the default parameter group. For each parameter group, the response includes the parameter group name, description, and parameter group family name. You can optionally specify a name to retrieve the description of a specific parameter group. ----- For more information about parameters and parameter groups, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-parameter-groups.html Amazon Redshift Parameter Groups> in the /Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide/. ----- If you specify both tag keys and tag values in the same request, Amazon Redshift returns all parameter groups that match any combination of the specified keys and values. For example, if you have 'owner' and 'environment' for tag keys, and 'admin' and 'test' for tag values, all parameter groups that have any combination of those values are returned.+-- For more information about parameters and parameter groups, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-parameter-groups.html Amazon Redshift Parameter Groups> in the /Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide/ . --+-- If you specify both tag keys and tag values in the same request, Amazon Redshift returns all parameter groups that match any combination of the specified keys and values. For example, if you have @owner@ and @environment@ for tag keys, and @admin@ and @test@ for tag values, all parameter groups that have any combination of those values are returned.+-- -- If both tag keys and values are omitted from the request, parameter groups are returned regardless of whether they have tag keys or values associated with them. --+-- -- This operation returns paginated results. module Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeClusterParameterGroups     (@@ -58,6 +60,8 @@  -- | --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'describeClusterParameterGroups' smart constructor. data DescribeClusterParameterGroups = DescribeClusterParameterGroups'     { _dcpgTagValues          :: !(Maybe [Text])@@ -71,15 +75,15 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'dcpgTagValues'+-- * 'dcpgTagValues' - A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching cluster parameter groups that are associated with the specified tag value or values. For example, suppose that you have parameter groups that are tagged with values called @admin@ and @test@ . If you specify both of these tag values in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with the parameter groups that have either or both of these tag values associated with them. ----- * 'dcpgTagKeys'+-- * 'dcpgTagKeys' - A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching cluster parameter groups that are associated with the specified key or keys. For example, suppose that you have parameter groups that are tagged with keys called @owner@ and @environment@ . If you specify both of these tag keys in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with the parameter groups that have either or both of these tag keys associated with them. ----- * 'dcpgMarker'+-- * 'dcpgMarker' - An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of response records. When the results of a 'DescribeClusterParameterGroups' request exceed the value specified in @MaxRecords@ , AWS returns a value in the @Marker@ field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records by providing the returned marker value in the @Marker@ parameter and retrying the request. ----- * 'dcpgMaxRecords'+-- * 'dcpgMaxRecords' - The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of remaining response records exceeds the specified @MaxRecords@ value, a value is returned in a @marker@ field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.  Default: @100@  Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100. ----- * 'dcpgParameterGroupName'+-- * 'dcpgParameterGroupName' - The name of a specific parameter group for which to return details. By default, details about all parameter groups and the default parameter group are returned. describeClusterParameterGroups     :: DescribeClusterParameterGroups describeClusterParameterGroups =@@ -91,23 +95,19 @@     , _dcpgParameterGroupName = Nothing     } --- | A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching cluster parameter groups that are associated with the specified tag value or values. For example, suppose that you have parameter groups that are tagged with values called 'admin' and 'test'. If you specify both of these tag values in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with the parameter groups that have either or both of these tag values associated with them.+-- | A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching cluster parameter groups that are associated with the specified tag value or values. For example, suppose that you have parameter groups that are tagged with values called @admin@ and @test@ . If you specify both of these tag values in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with the parameter groups that have either or both of these tag values associated with them. dcpgTagValues :: Lens' DescribeClusterParameterGroups [Text] dcpgTagValues = lens _dcpgTagValues (\ s a -> s{_dcpgTagValues = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching cluster parameter groups that are associated with the specified key or keys. For example, suppose that you have parameter groups that are tagged with keys called 'owner' and 'environment'. If you specify both of these tag keys in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with the parameter groups that have either or both of these tag keys associated with them.+-- | A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching cluster parameter groups that are associated with the specified key or keys. For example, suppose that you have parameter groups that are tagged with keys called @owner@ and @environment@ . If you specify both of these tag keys in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with the parameter groups that have either or both of these tag keys associated with them. dcpgTagKeys :: Lens' DescribeClusterParameterGroups [Text] dcpgTagKeys = lens _dcpgTagKeys (\ s a -> s{_dcpgTagKeys = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of response records. When the results of a < DescribeClusterParameterGroups> request exceed the value specified in 'MaxRecords', AWS returns a value in the 'Marker' field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records by providing the returned marker value in the 'Marker' parameter and retrying the request.+-- | An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of response records. When the results of a 'DescribeClusterParameterGroups' request exceed the value specified in @MaxRecords@ , AWS returns a value in the @Marker@ field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records by providing the returned marker value in the @Marker@ parameter and retrying the request. dcpgMarker :: Lens' DescribeClusterParameterGroups (Maybe Text) dcpgMarker = lens _dcpgMarker (\ s a -> s{_dcpgMarker = a}); --- | The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of remaining response records exceeds the specified 'MaxRecords' value, a value is returned in a 'marker' field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.------ Default: '100'------ Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.+-- | The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of remaining response records exceeds the specified @MaxRecords@ value, a value is returned in a @marker@ field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.  Default: @100@  Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100. dcpgMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeClusterParameterGroups (Maybe Int) dcpgMaxRecords = lens _dcpgMaxRecords (\ s a -> s{_dcpgMaxRecords = a}); @@ -163,8 +163,10 @@                "MaxRecords" =: _dcpgMaxRecords,                "ParameterGroupName" =: _dcpgParameterGroupName] --- | Contains the output from the < DescribeClusterParameterGroups> action.+-- | Contains the output from the 'DescribeClusterParameterGroups' action. --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'describeClusterParameterGroupsResponse' smart constructor. data DescribeClusterParameterGroupsResponse = DescribeClusterParameterGroupsResponse'     { _dcpgrsMarker          :: !(Maybe Text)@@ -176,11 +178,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'dcpgrsMarker'+-- * 'dcpgrsMarker' - A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the @Marker@ parameter and retrying the command. If the @Marker@ field is empty, all response records have been retrieved for the request. ----- * 'dcpgrsParameterGroups'+-- * 'dcpgrsParameterGroups' - A list of 'ClusterParameterGroup' instances. Each instance describes one cluster parameter group. ----- * 'dcpgrsResponseStatus'+-- * 'dcpgrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. describeClusterParameterGroupsResponse     :: Int -- ^ 'dcpgrsResponseStatus'     -> DescribeClusterParameterGroupsResponse@@ -191,15 +193,15 @@     , _dcpgrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_     } --- | A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the 'Marker' parameter and retrying the command. If the 'Marker' field is empty, all response records have been retrieved for the request.+-- | A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the @Marker@ parameter and retrying the command. If the @Marker@ field is empty, all response records have been retrieved for the request. dcpgrsMarker :: Lens' DescribeClusterParameterGroupsResponse (Maybe Text) dcpgrsMarker = lens _dcpgrsMarker (\ s a -> s{_dcpgrsMarker = a}); --- | A list of < ClusterParameterGroup> instances. Each instance describes one cluster parameter group.+-- | A list of 'ClusterParameterGroup' instances. Each instance describes one cluster parameter group. dcpgrsParameterGroups :: Lens' DescribeClusterParameterGroupsResponse [ClusterParameterGroup] dcpgrsParameterGroups = lens _dcpgrsParameterGroups (\ s a -> s{_dcpgrsParameterGroups = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The response status code.+-- | -- | The response status code. dcpgrsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeClusterParameterGroupsResponse Int dcpgrsResponseStatus = lens _dcpgrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_dcpgrsResponseStatus = a}); 

@@ -20,10 +20,12 @@ -- -- Returns a detailed list of parameters contained within the specified Amazon Redshift parameter group. For each parameter the response includes information such as parameter name, description, data type, value, whether the parameter value is modifiable, and so on. ----- You can specify /source/ filter to retrieve parameters of only specific type. For example, to retrieve parameters that were modified by a user action such as from < ModifyClusterParameterGroup>, you can specify /source/ equal to /user/. ----- For more information about parameters and parameter groups, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-parameter-groups.html Amazon Redshift Parameter Groups> in the /Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide/.+-- You can specify /source/ filter to retrieve parameters of only specific type. For example, to retrieve parameters that were modified by a user action such as from 'ModifyClusterParameterGroup' , you can specify /source/ equal to /user/ . --+-- For more information about parameters and parameter groups, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-parameter-groups.html Amazon Redshift Parameter Groups> in the /Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide/ .+--+-- -- This operation returns paginated results. module Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeClusterParameters     (@@ -53,7 +55,11 @@ import           Network.AWS.Request import           Network.AWS.Response --- | /See:/ 'describeClusterParameters' smart constructor.+-- |+--+--+--+-- /See:/ 'describeClusterParameters' smart constructor. data DescribeClusterParameters = DescribeClusterParameters'     { _dcpsMarker             :: !(Maybe Text)     , _dcpsMaxRecords         :: !(Maybe Int)@@ -65,13 +71,13 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'dcpsMarker'+-- * 'dcpsMarker' - An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of response records. When the results of a 'DescribeClusterParameters' request exceed the value specified in @MaxRecords@ , AWS returns a value in the @Marker@ field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records by providing the returned marker value in the @Marker@ parameter and retrying the request. ----- * 'dcpsMaxRecords'+-- * 'dcpsMaxRecords' - The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of remaining response records exceeds the specified @MaxRecords@ value, a value is returned in a @marker@ field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.  Default: @100@  Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100. ----- * 'dcpsSource'+-- * 'dcpsSource' - The parameter types to return. Specify @user@ to show parameters that are different form the default. Similarly, specify @engine-default@ to show parameters that are the same as the default parameter group.  Default: All parameter types returned. Valid Values: @user@ | @engine-default@ ----- * 'dcpsParameterGroupName'+-- * 'dcpsParameterGroupName' - The name of a cluster parameter group for which to return details. describeClusterParameters     :: Text -- ^ 'dcpsParameterGroupName'     -> DescribeClusterParameters@@ -83,23 +89,15 @@     , _dcpsParameterGroupName = pParameterGroupName_     } --- | An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of response records. When the results of a < DescribeClusterParameters> request exceed the value specified in 'MaxRecords', AWS returns a value in the 'Marker' field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records by providing the returned marker value in the 'Marker' parameter and retrying the request.+-- | An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of response records. When the results of a 'DescribeClusterParameters' request exceed the value specified in @MaxRecords@ , AWS returns a value in the @Marker@ field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records by providing the returned marker value in the @Marker@ parameter and retrying the request. dcpsMarker :: Lens' DescribeClusterParameters (Maybe Text) dcpsMarker = lens _dcpsMarker (\ s a -> s{_dcpsMarker = a}); --- | The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of remaining response records exceeds the specified 'MaxRecords' value, a value is returned in a 'marker' field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.------ Default: '100'------ Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.+-- | The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of remaining response records exceeds the specified @MaxRecords@ value, a value is returned in a @marker@ field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.  Default: @100@  Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100. dcpsMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeClusterParameters (Maybe Int) dcpsMaxRecords = lens _dcpsMaxRecords (\ s a -> s{_dcpsMaxRecords = a}); --- | The parameter types to return. Specify 'user' to show parameters that are different form the default. Similarly, specify 'engine-default' to show parameters that are the same as the default parameter group.------ Default: All parameter types returned.------ Valid Values: 'user' | 'engine-default'+-- | The parameter types to return. Specify @user@ to show parameters that are different form the default. Similarly, specify @engine-default@ to show parameters that are the same as the default parameter group.  Default: All parameter types returned. Valid Values: @user@ | @engine-default@ dcpsSource :: Lens' DescribeClusterParameters (Maybe Text) dcpsSource = lens _dcpsSource (\ s a -> s{_dcpsSource = a}); @@ -148,8 +146,10 @@                "Source" =: _dcpsSource,                "ParameterGroupName" =: _dcpsParameterGroupName] --- | Contains the output from the < DescribeClusterParameters> action.+-- | Contains the output from the 'DescribeClusterParameters' action. --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'describeClusterParametersResponse' smart constructor. data DescribeClusterParametersResponse = DescribeClusterParametersResponse'     { _dcprsMarker         :: !(Maybe Text)@@ -161,11 +161,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'dcprsMarker'+-- * 'dcprsMarker' - A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the @Marker@ parameter and retrying the command. If the @Marker@ field is empty, all response records have been retrieved for the request. ----- * 'dcprsParameters'+-- * 'dcprsParameters' - A list of 'Parameter' instances. Each instance lists the parameters of one cluster parameter group. ----- * 'dcprsResponseStatus'+-- * 'dcprsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. describeClusterParametersResponse     :: Int -- ^ 'dcprsResponseStatus'     -> DescribeClusterParametersResponse@@ -176,15 +176,15 @@     , _dcprsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_     } --- | A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the 'Marker' parameter and retrying the command. If the 'Marker' field is empty, all response records have been retrieved for the request.+-- | A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the @Marker@ parameter and retrying the command. If the @Marker@ field is empty, all response records have been retrieved for the request. dcprsMarker :: Lens' DescribeClusterParametersResponse (Maybe Text) dcprsMarker = lens _dcprsMarker (\ s a -> s{_dcprsMarker = a}); --- | A list of < Parameter> instances. Each instance lists the parameters of one cluster parameter group.+-- | A list of 'Parameter' instances. Each instance lists the parameters of one cluster parameter group. dcprsParameters :: Lens' DescribeClusterParametersResponse [Parameter] dcprsParameters = lens _dcprsParameters (\ s a -> s{_dcprsParameters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The response status code.+-- | -- | The response status code. dcprsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeClusterParametersResponse Int dcprsResponseStatus = lens _dcprsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_dcprsResponseStatus = a}); 

@@ -20,12 +20,14 @@ -- -- Returns information about Amazon Redshift security groups. If the name of a security group is specified, the response will contain only information about only that security group. ----- For information about managing security groups, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-security-groups.html Amazon Redshift Cluster Security Groups> in the /Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide/. ----- If you specify both tag keys and tag values in the same request, Amazon Redshift returns all security groups that match any combination of the specified keys and values. For example, if you have 'owner' and 'environment' for tag keys, and 'admin' and 'test' for tag values, all security groups that have any combination of those values are returned.+-- For information about managing security groups, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-security-groups.html Amazon Redshift Cluster Security Groups> in the /Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide/ . --+-- If you specify both tag keys and tag values in the same request, Amazon Redshift returns all security groups that match any combination of the specified keys and values. For example, if you have @owner@ and @environment@ for tag keys, and @admin@ and @test@ for tag values, all security groups that have any combination of those values are returned.+-- -- If both tag keys and values are omitted from the request, security groups are returned regardless of whether they have tag keys or values associated with them. --+-- -- This operation returns paginated results. module Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeClusterSecurityGroups     (@@ -58,6 +60,8 @@  -- | --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'describeClusterSecurityGroups' smart constructor. data DescribeClusterSecurityGroups = DescribeClusterSecurityGroups'     { _dcsgTagValues                :: !(Maybe [Text])@@ -71,15 +75,15 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'dcsgTagValues'+-- * 'dcsgTagValues' - A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching cluster security groups that are associated with the specified tag value or values. For example, suppose that you have security groups that are tagged with values called @admin@ and @test@ . If you specify both of these tag values in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with the security groups that have either or both of these tag values associated with them. ----- * 'dcsgTagKeys'+-- * 'dcsgTagKeys' - A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching cluster security groups that are associated with the specified key or keys. For example, suppose that you have security groups that are tagged with keys called @owner@ and @environment@ . If you specify both of these tag keys in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with the security groups that have either or both of these tag keys associated with them. ----- * 'dcsgClusterSecurityGroupName'+-- * 'dcsgClusterSecurityGroupName' - The name of a cluster security group for which you are requesting details. You can specify either the __Marker__ parameter or a __ClusterSecurityGroupName__ parameter, but not both.  Example: @securitygroup1@ ----- * 'dcsgMarker'+-- * 'dcsgMarker' - An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of response records. When the results of a 'DescribeClusterSecurityGroups' request exceed the value specified in @MaxRecords@ , AWS returns a value in the @Marker@ field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records by providing the returned marker value in the @Marker@ parameter and retrying the request.  Constraints: You can specify either the __ClusterSecurityGroupName__ parameter or the __Marker__ parameter, but not both. ----- * 'dcsgMaxRecords'+-- * 'dcsgMaxRecords' - The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of remaining response records exceeds the specified @MaxRecords@ value, a value is returned in a @marker@ field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.  Default: @100@  Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100. describeClusterSecurityGroups     :: DescribeClusterSecurityGroups describeClusterSecurityGroups =@@ -91,31 +95,23 @@     , _dcsgMaxRecords = Nothing     } --- | A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching cluster security groups that are associated with the specified tag value or values. For example, suppose that you have security groups that are tagged with values called 'admin' and 'test'. If you specify both of these tag values in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with the security groups that have either or both of these tag values associated with them.+-- | A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching cluster security groups that are associated with the specified tag value or values. For example, suppose that you have security groups that are tagged with values called @admin@ and @test@ . If you specify both of these tag values in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with the security groups that have either or both of these tag values associated with them. dcsgTagValues :: Lens' DescribeClusterSecurityGroups [Text] dcsgTagValues = lens _dcsgTagValues (\ s a -> s{_dcsgTagValues = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching cluster security groups that are associated with the specified key or keys. For example, suppose that you have security groups that are tagged with keys called 'owner' and 'environment'. If you specify both of these tag keys in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with the security groups that have either or both of these tag keys associated with them.+-- | A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching cluster security groups that are associated with the specified key or keys. For example, suppose that you have security groups that are tagged with keys called @owner@ and @environment@ . If you specify both of these tag keys in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with the security groups that have either or both of these tag keys associated with them. dcsgTagKeys :: Lens' DescribeClusterSecurityGroups [Text] dcsgTagKeys = lens _dcsgTagKeys (\ s a -> s{_dcsgTagKeys = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The name of a cluster security group for which you are requesting details. You can specify either the __Marker__ parameter or a __ClusterSecurityGroupName__ parameter, but not both.------ Example: 'securitygroup1'+-- | The name of a cluster security group for which you are requesting details. You can specify either the __Marker__ parameter or a __ClusterSecurityGroupName__ parameter, but not both.  Example: @securitygroup1@ dcsgClusterSecurityGroupName :: Lens' DescribeClusterSecurityGroups (Maybe Text) dcsgClusterSecurityGroupName = lens _dcsgClusterSecurityGroupName (\ s a -> s{_dcsgClusterSecurityGroupName = a}); --- | An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of response records. When the results of a < DescribeClusterSecurityGroups> request exceed the value specified in 'MaxRecords', AWS returns a value in the 'Marker' field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records by providing the returned marker value in the 'Marker' parameter and retrying the request.------ Constraints: You can specify either the __ClusterSecurityGroupName__ parameter or the __Marker__ parameter, but not both.+-- | An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of response records. When the results of a 'DescribeClusterSecurityGroups' request exceed the value specified in @MaxRecords@ , AWS returns a value in the @Marker@ field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records by providing the returned marker value in the @Marker@ parameter and retrying the request.  Constraints: You can specify either the __ClusterSecurityGroupName__ parameter or the __Marker__ parameter, but not both. dcsgMarker :: Lens' DescribeClusterSecurityGroups (Maybe Text) dcsgMarker = lens _dcsgMarker (\ s a -> s{_dcsgMarker = a}); --- | The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of remaining response records exceeds the specified 'MaxRecords' value, a value is returned in a 'marker' field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.------ Default: '100'------ Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.+-- | The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of remaining response records exceeds the specified @MaxRecords@ value, a value is returned in a @marker@ field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.  Default: @100@  Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100. dcsgMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeClusterSecurityGroups (Maybe Int) dcsgMaxRecords = lens _dcsgMaxRecords (\ s a -> s{_dcsgMaxRecords = a}); @@ -169,6 +165,8 @@  -- | --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'describeClusterSecurityGroupsResponse' smart constructor. data DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsResponse = DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsResponse'     { _dcsgsrsClusterSecurityGroups :: !(Maybe [ClusterSecurityGroup])@@ -180,11 +178,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'dcsgsrsClusterSecurityGroups'+-- * 'dcsgsrsClusterSecurityGroups' - A list of 'ClusterSecurityGroup' instances. ----- * 'dcsgsrsMarker'+-- * 'dcsgsrsMarker' - A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the @Marker@ parameter and retrying the command. If the @Marker@ field is empty, all response records have been retrieved for the request. ----- * 'dcsgsrsResponseStatus'+-- * 'dcsgsrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. describeClusterSecurityGroupsResponse     :: Int -- ^ 'dcsgsrsResponseStatus'     -> DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsResponse@@ -195,15 +193,15 @@     , _dcsgsrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_     } --- | A list of < ClusterSecurityGroup> instances.+-- | A list of 'ClusterSecurityGroup' instances. dcsgsrsClusterSecurityGroups :: Lens' DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsResponse [ClusterSecurityGroup] dcsgsrsClusterSecurityGroups = lens _dcsgsrsClusterSecurityGroups (\ s a -> s{_dcsgsrsClusterSecurityGroups = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the 'Marker' parameter and retrying the command. If the 'Marker' field is empty, all response records have been retrieved for the request.+-- | A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the @Marker@ parameter and retrying the command. If the @Marker@ field is empty, all response records have been retrieved for the request. dcsgsrsMarker :: Lens' DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsResponse (Maybe Text) dcsgsrsMarker = lens _dcsgsrsMarker (\ s a -> s{_dcsgsrsMarker = a}); --- | The response status code.+-- | -- | The response status code. dcsgsrsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsResponse Int dcsgsrsResponseStatus = lens _dcsgsrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_dcsgsrsResponseStatus = a}); 

@@ -20,10 +20,12 @@ -- -- Returns one or more snapshot objects, which contain metadata about your cluster snapshots. By default, this operation returns information about all snapshots of all clusters that are owned by you AWS customer account. No information is returned for snapshots owned by inactive AWS customer accounts. ----- If you specify both tag keys and tag values in the same request, Amazon Redshift returns all snapshots that match any combination of the specified keys and values. For example, if you have 'owner' and 'environment' for tag keys, and 'admin' and 'test' for tag values, all snapshots that have any combination of those values are returned. Only snapshots that you own are returned in the response; shared snapshots are not returned with the tag key and tag value request parameters. --+-- If you specify both tag keys and tag values in the same request, Amazon Redshift returns all snapshots that match any combination of the specified keys and values. For example, if you have @owner@ and @environment@ for tag keys, and @admin@ and @test@ for tag values, all snapshots that have any combination of those values are returned. Only snapshots that you own are returned in the response; shared snapshots are not returned with the tag key and tag value request parameters.+-- -- If both tag keys and values are omitted from the request, snapshots are returned regardless of whether they have tag keys or values associated with them. --+-- -- This operation returns paginated results. module Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeClusterSnapshots     (@@ -61,6 +63,8 @@  -- | --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'describeClusterSnapshots' smart constructor. data DescribeClusterSnapshots = DescribeClusterSnapshots'     { _dSnapshotIdentifier :: !(Maybe Text)@@ -79,25 +83,25 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'dSnapshotIdentifier'+-- * 'dSnapshotIdentifier' - The snapshot identifier of the snapshot about which to return information. ----- * 'dTagValues'+-- * 'dTagValues' - A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching cluster snapshots that are associated with the specified tag value or values. For example, suppose that you have snapshots that are tagged with values called @admin@ and @test@ . If you specify both of these tag values in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with the snapshots that have either or both of these tag values associated with them. ----- * 'dStartTime'+-- * 'dStartTime' - A value that requests only snapshots created at or after the specified time. The time value is specified in ISO 8601 format. For more information about ISO 8601, go to the <http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601 ISO8601 Wikipedia page.>  Example: @2012-07-16T18:00:00Z@ ----- * 'dTagKeys'+-- * 'dTagKeys' - A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching cluster snapshots that are associated with the specified key or keys. For example, suppose that you have snapshots that are tagged with keys called @owner@ and @environment@ . If you specify both of these tag keys in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with the snapshots that have either or both of these tag keys associated with them. ----- * 'dClusterIdentifier'+-- * 'dClusterIdentifier' - The identifier of the cluster for which information about snapshots is requested. ----- * 'dSnapshotType'+-- * 'dSnapshotType' - The type of snapshots for which you are requesting information. By default, snapshots of all types are returned. Valid Values: @automated@ | @manual@ ----- * 'dMarker'+-- * 'dMarker' - An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of response records. When the results of a 'DescribeClusterSnapshots' request exceed the value specified in @MaxRecords@ , AWS returns a value in the @Marker@ field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records by providing the returned marker value in the @Marker@ parameter and retrying the request. ----- * 'dMaxRecords'+-- * 'dMaxRecords' - The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of remaining response records exceeds the specified @MaxRecords@ value, a value is returned in a @marker@ field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.  Default: @100@  Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100. ----- * 'dEndTime'+-- * 'dEndTime' - A time value that requests only snapshots created at or before the specified time. The time value is specified in ISO 8601 format. For more information about ISO 8601, go to the <http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601 ISO8601 Wikipedia page.>  Example: @2012-07-16T18:00:00Z@ ----- * 'dOwnerAccount'+-- * 'dOwnerAccount' - The AWS customer account used to create or copy the snapshot. Use this field to filter the results to snapshots owned by a particular account. To describe snapshots you own, either specify your AWS customer account, or do not specify the parameter. describeClusterSnapshots     :: DescribeClusterSnapshots describeClusterSnapshots =@@ -118,17 +122,15 @@ dSnapshotIdentifier :: Lens' DescribeClusterSnapshots (Maybe Text) dSnapshotIdentifier = lens _dSnapshotIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_dSnapshotIdentifier = a}); --- | A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching cluster snapshots that are associated with the specified tag value or values. For example, suppose that you have snapshots that are tagged with values called 'admin' and 'test'. If you specify both of these tag values in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with the snapshots that have either or both of these tag values associated with them.+-- | A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching cluster snapshots that are associated with the specified tag value or values. For example, suppose that you have snapshots that are tagged with values called @admin@ and @test@ . If you specify both of these tag values in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with the snapshots that have either or both of these tag values associated with them. dTagValues :: Lens' DescribeClusterSnapshots [Text] dTagValues = lens _dTagValues (\ s a -> s{_dTagValues = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | A value that requests only snapshots created at or after the specified time. The time value is specified in ISO 8601 format. For more information about ISO 8601, go to the <http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601 ISO8601 Wikipedia page.>------ Example: '2012-07-16T18:00:00Z'+-- | A value that requests only snapshots created at or after the specified time. The time value is specified in ISO 8601 format. For more information about ISO 8601, go to the <http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601 ISO8601 Wikipedia page.>  Example: @2012-07-16T18:00:00Z@ dStartTime :: Lens' DescribeClusterSnapshots (Maybe UTCTime) dStartTime = lens _dStartTime (\ s a -> s{_dStartTime = a}) . mapping _Time; --- | A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching cluster snapshots that are associated with the specified key or keys. For example, suppose that you have snapshots that are tagged with keys called 'owner' and 'environment'. If you specify both of these tag keys in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with the snapshots that have either or both of these tag keys associated with them.+-- | A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching cluster snapshots that are associated with the specified key or keys. For example, suppose that you have snapshots that are tagged with keys called @owner@ and @environment@ . If you specify both of these tag keys in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with the snapshots that have either or both of these tag keys associated with them. dTagKeys :: Lens' DescribeClusterSnapshots [Text] dTagKeys = lens _dTagKeys (\ s a -> s{_dTagKeys = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; @@ -136,27 +138,19 @@ dClusterIdentifier :: Lens' DescribeClusterSnapshots (Maybe Text) dClusterIdentifier = lens _dClusterIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_dClusterIdentifier = a}); --- | The type of snapshots for which you are requesting information. By default, snapshots of all types are returned.------ Valid Values: 'automated' | 'manual'+-- | The type of snapshots for which you are requesting information. By default, snapshots of all types are returned. Valid Values: @automated@ | @manual@ dSnapshotType :: Lens' DescribeClusterSnapshots (Maybe Text) dSnapshotType = lens _dSnapshotType (\ s a -> s{_dSnapshotType = a}); --- | An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of response records. When the results of a < DescribeClusterSnapshots> request exceed the value specified in 'MaxRecords', AWS returns a value in the 'Marker' field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records by providing the returned marker value in the 'Marker' parameter and retrying the request.+-- | An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of response records. When the results of a 'DescribeClusterSnapshots' request exceed the value specified in @MaxRecords@ , AWS returns a value in the @Marker@ field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records by providing the returned marker value in the @Marker@ parameter and retrying the request. dMarker :: Lens' DescribeClusterSnapshots (Maybe Text) dMarker = lens _dMarker (\ s a -> s{_dMarker = a}); --- | The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of remaining response records exceeds the specified 'MaxRecords' value, a value is returned in a 'marker' field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.------ Default: '100'------ Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.+-- | The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of remaining response records exceeds the specified @MaxRecords@ value, a value is returned in a @marker@ field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.  Default: @100@  Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100. dMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeClusterSnapshots (Maybe Int) dMaxRecords = lens _dMaxRecords (\ s a -> s{_dMaxRecords = a}); --- | A time value that requests only snapshots created at or before the specified time. The time value is specified in ISO 8601 format. For more information about ISO 8601, go to the <http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601 ISO8601 Wikipedia page.>------ Example: '2012-07-16T18:00:00Z'+-- | A time value that requests only snapshots created at or before the specified time. The time value is specified in ISO 8601 format. For more information about ISO 8601, go to the <http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601 ISO8601 Wikipedia page.>  Example: @2012-07-16T18:00:00Z@ dEndTime :: Lens' DescribeClusterSnapshots (Maybe UTCTime) dEndTime = lens _dEndTime (\ s a -> s{_dEndTime = a}) . mapping _Time; @@ -212,8 +206,10 @@                "EndTime" =: _dEndTime,                "OwnerAccount" =: _dOwnerAccount] --- | Contains the output from the < DescribeClusterSnapshots> action.+-- | Contains the output from the 'DescribeClusterSnapshots' action. --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'describeClusterSnapshotsResponse' smart constructor. data DescribeClusterSnapshotsResponse = DescribeClusterSnapshotsResponse'     { _dcssrsSnapshots      :: !(Maybe [Snapshot])@@ -225,11 +221,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'dcssrsSnapshots'+-- * 'dcssrsSnapshots' - A list of 'Snapshot' instances. ----- * 'dcssrsMarker'+-- * 'dcssrsMarker' - A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the @Marker@ parameter and retrying the command. If the @Marker@ field is empty, all response records have been retrieved for the request. ----- * 'dcssrsResponseStatus'+-- * 'dcssrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. describeClusterSnapshotsResponse     :: Int -- ^ 'dcssrsResponseStatus'     -> DescribeClusterSnapshotsResponse@@ -240,15 +236,15 @@     , _dcssrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_     } --- | A list of < Snapshot> instances.+-- | A list of 'Snapshot' instances. dcssrsSnapshots :: Lens' DescribeClusterSnapshotsResponse [Snapshot] dcssrsSnapshots = lens _dcssrsSnapshots (\ s a -> s{_dcssrsSnapshots = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the 'Marker' parameter and retrying the command. If the 'Marker' field is empty, all response records have been retrieved for the request.+-- | A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the @Marker@ parameter and retrying the command. If the @Marker@ field is empty, all response records have been retrieved for the request. dcssrsMarker :: Lens' DescribeClusterSnapshotsResponse (Maybe Text) dcssrsMarker = lens _dcssrsMarker (\ s a -> s{_dcssrsMarker = a}); --- | The response status code.+-- | -- | The response status code. dcssrsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeClusterSnapshotsResponse Int dcssrsResponseStatus = lens _dcssrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_dcssrsResponseStatus = a}); 

@@ -20,10 +20,12 @@ -- -- Returns one or more cluster subnet group objects, which contain metadata about your cluster subnet groups. By default, this operation returns information about all cluster subnet groups that are defined in you AWS account. ----- If you specify both tag keys and tag values in the same request, Amazon Redshift returns all subnet groups that match any combination of the specified keys and values. For example, if you have 'owner' and 'environment' for tag keys, and 'admin' and 'test' for tag values, all subnet groups that have any combination of those values are returned. --+-- If you specify both tag keys and tag values in the same request, Amazon Redshift returns all subnet groups that match any combination of the specified keys and values. For example, if you have @owner@ and @environment@ for tag keys, and @admin@ and @test@ for tag values, all subnet groups that have any combination of those values are returned.+-- -- If both tag keys and values are omitted from the request, subnet groups are returned regardless of whether they have tag keys or values associated with them. --+-- -- This operation returns paginated results. module Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeClusterSubnetGroups     (@@ -56,6 +58,8 @@  -- | --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'describeClusterSubnetGroups' smart constructor. data DescribeClusterSubnetGroups = DescribeClusterSubnetGroups'     { _dcsgsTagValues              :: !(Maybe [Text])@@ -69,15 +73,15 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'dcsgsTagValues'+-- * 'dcsgsTagValues' - A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching cluster subnet groups that are associated with the specified tag value or values. For example, suppose that you have subnet groups that are tagged with values called @admin@ and @test@ . If you specify both of these tag values in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with the subnet groups that have either or both of these tag values associated with them. ----- * 'dcsgsTagKeys'+-- * 'dcsgsTagKeys' - A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching cluster subnet groups that are associated with the specified key or keys. For example, suppose that you have subnet groups that are tagged with keys called @owner@ and @environment@ . If you specify both of these tag keys in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with the subnet groups that have either or both of these tag keys associated with them. ----- * 'dcsgsClusterSubnetGroupName'+-- * 'dcsgsClusterSubnetGroupName' - The name of the cluster subnet group for which information is requested. ----- * 'dcsgsMarker'+-- * 'dcsgsMarker' - An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of response records. When the results of a 'DescribeClusterSubnetGroups' request exceed the value specified in @MaxRecords@ , AWS returns a value in the @Marker@ field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records by providing the returned marker value in the @Marker@ parameter and retrying the request. ----- * 'dcsgsMaxRecords'+-- * 'dcsgsMaxRecords' - The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of remaining response records exceeds the specified @MaxRecords@ value, a value is returned in a @marker@ field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.  Default: @100@  Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100. describeClusterSubnetGroups     :: DescribeClusterSubnetGroups describeClusterSubnetGroups =@@ -89,11 +93,11 @@     , _dcsgsMaxRecords = Nothing     } --- | A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching cluster subnet groups that are associated with the specified tag value or values. For example, suppose that you have subnet groups that are tagged with values called 'admin' and 'test'. If you specify both of these tag values in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with the subnet groups that have either or both of these tag values associated with them.+-- | A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching cluster subnet groups that are associated with the specified tag value or values. For example, suppose that you have subnet groups that are tagged with values called @admin@ and @test@ . If you specify both of these tag values in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with the subnet groups that have either or both of these tag values associated with them. dcsgsTagValues :: Lens' DescribeClusterSubnetGroups [Text] dcsgsTagValues = lens _dcsgsTagValues (\ s a -> s{_dcsgsTagValues = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching cluster subnet groups that are associated with the specified key or keys. For example, suppose that you have subnet groups that are tagged with keys called 'owner' and 'environment'. If you specify both of these tag keys in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with the subnet groups that have either or both of these tag keys associated with them.+-- | A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching cluster subnet groups that are associated with the specified key or keys. For example, suppose that you have subnet groups that are tagged with keys called @owner@ and @environment@ . If you specify both of these tag keys in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with the subnet groups that have either or both of these tag keys associated with them. dcsgsTagKeys :: Lens' DescribeClusterSubnetGroups [Text] dcsgsTagKeys = lens _dcsgsTagKeys (\ s a -> s{_dcsgsTagKeys = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; @@ -101,15 +105,11 @@ dcsgsClusterSubnetGroupName :: Lens' DescribeClusterSubnetGroups (Maybe Text) dcsgsClusterSubnetGroupName = lens _dcsgsClusterSubnetGroupName (\ s a -> s{_dcsgsClusterSubnetGroupName = a}); --- | An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of response records. When the results of a < DescribeClusterSubnetGroups> request exceed the value specified in 'MaxRecords', AWS returns a value in the 'Marker' field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records by providing the returned marker value in the 'Marker' parameter and retrying the request.+-- | An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of response records. When the results of a 'DescribeClusterSubnetGroups' request exceed the value specified in @MaxRecords@ , AWS returns a value in the @Marker@ field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records by providing the returned marker value in the @Marker@ parameter and retrying the request. dcsgsMarker :: Lens' DescribeClusterSubnetGroups (Maybe Text) dcsgsMarker = lens _dcsgsMarker (\ s a -> s{_dcsgsMarker = a}); --- | The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of remaining response records exceeds the specified 'MaxRecords' value, a value is returned in a 'marker' field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.------ Default: '100'------ Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.+-- | The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of remaining response records exceeds the specified @MaxRecords@ value, a value is returned in a @marker@ field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.  Default: @100@  Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100. dcsgsMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeClusterSubnetGroups (Maybe Int) dcsgsMaxRecords = lens _dcsgsMaxRecords (\ s a -> s{_dcsgsMaxRecords = a}); @@ -159,8 +159,10 @@                "Marker" =: _dcsgsMarker,                "MaxRecords" =: _dcsgsMaxRecords] --- | Contains the output from the < DescribeClusterSubnetGroups> action.+-- | Contains the output from the 'DescribeClusterSubnetGroups' action. --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'describeClusterSubnetGroupsResponse' smart constructor. data DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsResponse = DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsResponse'     { _dcsgrsClusterSubnetGroups :: !(Maybe [ClusterSubnetGroup])@@ -172,11 +174,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'dcsgrsClusterSubnetGroups'+-- * 'dcsgrsClusterSubnetGroups' - A list of 'ClusterSubnetGroup' instances. ----- * 'dcsgrsMarker'+-- * 'dcsgrsMarker' - A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the @Marker@ parameter and retrying the command. If the @Marker@ field is empty, all response records have been retrieved for the request. ----- * 'dcsgrsResponseStatus'+-- * 'dcsgrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. describeClusterSubnetGroupsResponse     :: Int -- ^ 'dcsgrsResponseStatus'     -> DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsResponse@@ -187,15 +189,15 @@     , _dcsgrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_     } --- | A list of < ClusterSubnetGroup> instances.+-- | A list of 'ClusterSubnetGroup' instances. dcsgrsClusterSubnetGroups :: Lens' DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsResponse [ClusterSubnetGroup] dcsgrsClusterSubnetGroups = lens _dcsgrsClusterSubnetGroups (\ s a -> s{_dcsgrsClusterSubnetGroups = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the 'Marker' parameter and retrying the command. If the 'Marker' field is empty, all response records have been retrieved for the request.+-- | A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the @Marker@ parameter and retrying the command. If the @Marker@ field is empty, all response records have been retrieved for the request. dcsgrsMarker :: Lens' DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsResponse (Maybe Text) dcsgrsMarker = lens _dcsgrsMarker (\ s a -> s{_dcsgrsMarker = a}); --- | The response status code.+-- | -- | The response status code. dcsgrsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsResponse Int dcsgrsResponseStatus = lens _dcsgrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_dcsgrsResponseStatus = a}); 

@@ -18,8 +18,10 @@ -- Stability   : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) ----- Returns descriptions of the available Amazon Redshift cluster versions. You can call this operation even before creating any clusters to learn more about the Amazon Redshift versions. For more information about managing clusters, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html Amazon Redshift Clusters> in the /Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide/+-- Returns descriptions of the available Amazon Redshift cluster versions. You can call this operation even before creating any clusters to learn more about the Amazon Redshift versions. For more information about managing clusters, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html Amazon Redshift Clusters> in the /Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide/ . --+--+-- -- This operation returns paginated results. module Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeClusterVersions     (@@ -51,6 +53,8 @@  -- | --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'describeClusterVersions' smart constructor. data DescribeClusterVersions = DescribeClusterVersions'     { _dcvClusterParameterGroupFamily :: !(Maybe Text)@@ -63,13 +67,13 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'dcvClusterParameterGroupFamily'+-- * 'dcvClusterParameterGroupFamily' - The name of a specific cluster parameter group family to return details for. Constraints:     * Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters     * First character must be a letter     * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens ----- * 'dcvMarker'+-- * 'dcvMarker' - An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of response records. When the results of a 'DescribeClusterVersions' request exceed the value specified in @MaxRecords@ , AWS returns a value in the @Marker@ field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records by providing the returned marker value in the @Marker@ parameter and retrying the request. ----- * 'dcvMaxRecords'+-- * 'dcvMaxRecords' - The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of remaining response records exceeds the specified @MaxRecords@ value, a value is returned in a @marker@ field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.  Default: @100@  Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100. ----- * 'dcvClusterVersion'+-- * 'dcvClusterVersion' - The specific cluster version to return. Example: @1.0@ describeClusterVersions     :: DescribeClusterVersions describeClusterVersions =@@ -80,31 +84,19 @@     , _dcvClusterVersion = Nothing     } --- | The name of a specific cluster parameter group family to return details for.------ Constraints:------ -   Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters--- -   First character must be a letter--- -   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens+-- | The name of a specific cluster parameter group family to return details for. Constraints:     * Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters     * First character must be a letter     * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens dcvClusterParameterGroupFamily :: Lens' DescribeClusterVersions (Maybe Text) dcvClusterParameterGroupFamily = lens _dcvClusterParameterGroupFamily (\ s a -> s{_dcvClusterParameterGroupFamily = a}); --- | An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of response records. When the results of a < DescribeClusterVersions> request exceed the value specified in 'MaxRecords', AWS returns a value in the 'Marker' field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records by providing the returned marker value in the 'Marker' parameter and retrying the request.+-- | An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of response records. When the results of a 'DescribeClusterVersions' request exceed the value specified in @MaxRecords@ , AWS returns a value in the @Marker@ field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records by providing the returned marker value in the @Marker@ parameter and retrying the request. dcvMarker :: Lens' DescribeClusterVersions (Maybe Text) dcvMarker = lens _dcvMarker (\ s a -> s{_dcvMarker = a}); --- | The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of remaining response records exceeds the specified 'MaxRecords' value, a value is returned in a 'marker' field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.------ Default: '100'------ Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.+-- | The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of remaining response records exceeds the specified @MaxRecords@ value, a value is returned in a @marker@ field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.  Default: @100@  Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100. dcvMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeClusterVersions (Maybe Int) dcvMaxRecords = lens _dcvMaxRecords (\ s a -> s{_dcvMaxRecords = a}); --- | The specific cluster version to return.------ Example: '1.0'+-- | The specific cluster version to return. Example: @1.0@ dcvClusterVersion :: Lens' DescribeClusterVersions (Maybe Text) dcvClusterVersion = lens _dcvClusterVersion (\ s a -> s{_dcvClusterVersion = a}); @@ -150,8 +142,10 @@                "MaxRecords" =: _dcvMaxRecords,                "ClusterVersion" =: _dcvClusterVersion] --- | Contains the output from the < DescribeClusterVersions> action.+-- | Contains the output from the 'DescribeClusterVersions' action. --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'describeClusterVersionsResponse' smart constructor. data DescribeClusterVersionsResponse = DescribeClusterVersionsResponse'     { _dcvrsClusterVersions :: !(Maybe [ClusterVersion])@@ -163,11 +157,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'dcvrsClusterVersions'+-- * 'dcvrsClusterVersions' - A list of @Version@ elements. ----- * 'dcvrsMarker'+-- * 'dcvrsMarker' - A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the @Marker@ parameter and retrying the command. If the @Marker@ field is empty, all response records have been retrieved for the request. ----- * 'dcvrsResponseStatus'+-- * 'dcvrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. describeClusterVersionsResponse     :: Int -- ^ 'dcvrsResponseStatus'     -> DescribeClusterVersionsResponse@@ -178,15 +172,15 @@     , _dcvrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_     } --- | A list of 'Version' elements.+-- | A list of @Version@ elements. dcvrsClusterVersions :: Lens' DescribeClusterVersionsResponse [ClusterVersion] dcvrsClusterVersions = lens _dcvrsClusterVersions (\ s a -> s{_dcvrsClusterVersions = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the 'Marker' parameter and retrying the command. If the 'Marker' field is empty, all response records have been retrieved for the request.+-- | A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the @Marker@ parameter and retrying the command. If the @Marker@ field is empty, all response records have been retrieved for the request. dcvrsMarker :: Lens' DescribeClusterVersionsResponse (Maybe Text) dcvrsMarker = lens _dcvrsMarker (\ s a -> s{_dcvrsMarker = a}); --- | The response status code.+-- | -- | The response status code. dcvrsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeClusterVersionsResponse Int dcvrsResponseStatus = lens _dcvrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_dcvrsResponseStatus = a}); 

@@ -20,10 +20,12 @@ -- -- Returns properties of provisioned clusters including general cluster properties, cluster database properties, maintenance and backup properties, and security and access properties. This operation supports pagination. For more information about managing clusters, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html Amazon Redshift Clusters> in the /Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide/ . ----- If you specify both tag keys and tag values in the same request, Amazon Redshift returns all clusters that match any combination of the specified keys and values. For example, if you have 'owner' and 'environment' for tag keys, and 'admin' and 'test' for tag values, all clusters that have any combination of those values are returned. --+-- If you specify both tag keys and tag values in the same request, Amazon Redshift returns all clusters that match any combination of the specified keys and values. For example, if you have @owner@ and @environment@ for tag keys, and @admin@ and @test@ for tag values, all clusters that have any combination of those values are returned.+-- -- If both tag keys and values are omitted from the request, clusters are returned regardless of whether they have tag keys or values associated with them. --+-- -- This operation returns paginated results. module Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeClusters     (@@ -56,6 +58,8 @@  -- | --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'describeClusters' smart constructor. data DescribeClusters = DescribeClusters'     { _dcTagValues         :: !(Maybe [Text])@@ -69,15 +73,15 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'dcTagValues'+-- * 'dcTagValues' - A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching clusters that are associated with the specified tag value or values. For example, suppose that you have clusters that are tagged with values called @admin@ and @test@ . If you specify both of these tag values in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with the clusters that have either or both of these tag values associated with them. ----- * 'dcTagKeys'+-- * 'dcTagKeys' - A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching clusters that are associated with the specified key or keys. For example, suppose that you have clusters that are tagged with keys called @owner@ and @environment@ . If you specify both of these tag keys in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with the clusters that have either or both of these tag keys associated with them. ----- * 'dcClusterIdentifier'+-- * 'dcClusterIdentifier' - The unique identifier of a cluster whose properties you are requesting. This parameter is case sensitive. The default is that all clusters defined for an account are returned. ----- * 'dcMarker'+-- * 'dcMarker' - An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of response records. When the results of a 'DescribeClusters' request exceed the value specified in @MaxRecords@ , AWS returns a value in the @Marker@ field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records by providing the returned marker value in the @Marker@ parameter and retrying the request.  Constraints: You can specify either the __ClusterIdentifier__ parameter or the __Marker__ parameter, but not both. ----- * 'dcMaxRecords'+-- * 'dcMaxRecords' - The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of remaining response records exceeds the specified @MaxRecords@ value, a value is returned in a @marker@ field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.  Default: @100@  Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100. describeClusters     :: DescribeClusters describeClusters =@@ -89,31 +93,23 @@     , _dcMaxRecords = Nothing     } --- | A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching clusters that are associated with the specified tag value or values. For example, suppose that you have clusters that are tagged with values called 'admin' and 'test'. If you specify both of these tag values in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with the clusters that have either or both of these tag values associated with them.+-- | A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching clusters that are associated with the specified tag value or values. For example, suppose that you have clusters that are tagged with values called @admin@ and @test@ . If you specify both of these tag values in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with the clusters that have either or both of these tag values associated with them. dcTagValues :: Lens' DescribeClusters [Text] dcTagValues = lens _dcTagValues (\ s a -> s{_dcTagValues = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching clusters that are associated with the specified key or keys. For example, suppose that you have clusters that are tagged with keys called 'owner' and 'environment'. If you specify both of these tag keys in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with the clusters that have either or both of these tag keys associated with them.+-- | A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching clusters that are associated with the specified key or keys. For example, suppose that you have clusters that are tagged with keys called @owner@ and @environment@ . If you specify both of these tag keys in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with the clusters that have either or both of these tag keys associated with them. dcTagKeys :: Lens' DescribeClusters [Text] dcTagKeys = lens _dcTagKeys (\ s a -> s{_dcTagKeys = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The unique identifier of a cluster whose properties you are requesting. This parameter is case sensitive.------ The default is that all clusters defined for an account are returned.+-- | The unique identifier of a cluster whose properties you are requesting. This parameter is case sensitive. The default is that all clusters defined for an account are returned. dcClusterIdentifier :: Lens' DescribeClusters (Maybe Text) dcClusterIdentifier = lens _dcClusterIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_dcClusterIdentifier = a}); --- | An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of response records. When the results of a < DescribeClusters> request exceed the value specified in 'MaxRecords', AWS returns a value in the 'Marker' field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records by providing the returned marker value in the 'Marker' parameter and retrying the request.------ Constraints: You can specify either the __ClusterIdentifier__ parameter or the __Marker__ parameter, but not both.+-- | An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of response records. When the results of a 'DescribeClusters' request exceed the value specified in @MaxRecords@ , AWS returns a value in the @Marker@ field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records by providing the returned marker value in the @Marker@ parameter and retrying the request.  Constraints: You can specify either the __ClusterIdentifier__ parameter or the __Marker__ parameter, but not both. dcMarker :: Lens' DescribeClusters (Maybe Text) dcMarker = lens _dcMarker (\ s a -> s{_dcMarker = a}); --- | The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of remaining response records exceeds the specified 'MaxRecords' value, a value is returned in a 'marker' field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.------ Default: '100'------ Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.+-- | The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of remaining response records exceeds the specified @MaxRecords@ value, a value is returned in a @marker@ field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.  Default: @100@  Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100. dcMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeClusters (Maybe Int) dcMaxRecords = lens _dcMaxRecords (\ s a -> s{_dcMaxRecords = a}); @@ -158,8 +154,10 @@                "ClusterIdentifier" =: _dcClusterIdentifier,                "Marker" =: _dcMarker, "MaxRecords" =: _dcMaxRecords] --- | Contains the output from the < DescribeClusters> action.+-- | Contains the output from the 'DescribeClusters' action. --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'describeClustersResponse' smart constructor. data DescribeClustersResponse = DescribeClustersResponse'     { _dcrsMarker         :: !(Maybe Text)@@ -171,11 +169,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'dcrsMarker'+-- * 'dcrsMarker' - A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the @Marker@ parameter and retrying the command. If the @Marker@ field is empty, all response records have been retrieved for the request. ----- * 'dcrsClusters'+-- * 'dcrsClusters' - A list of @Cluster@ objects, where each object describes one cluster. ----- * 'dcrsResponseStatus'+-- * 'dcrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. describeClustersResponse     :: Int -- ^ 'dcrsResponseStatus'     -> DescribeClustersResponse@@ -186,15 +184,15 @@     , _dcrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_     } --- | A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the 'Marker' parameter and retrying the command. If the 'Marker' field is empty, all response records have been retrieved for the request.+-- | A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the @Marker@ parameter and retrying the command. If the @Marker@ field is empty, all response records have been retrieved for the request. dcrsMarker :: Lens' DescribeClustersResponse (Maybe Text) dcrsMarker = lens _dcrsMarker (\ s a -> s{_dcrsMarker = a}); --- | A list of 'Cluster' objects, where each object describes one cluster.+-- | A list of @Cluster@ objects, where each object describes one cluster. dcrsClusters :: Lens' DescribeClustersResponse [Cluster] dcrsClusters = lens _dcrsClusters (\ s a -> s{_dcrsClusters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The response status code.+-- | -- | The response status code. dcrsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeClustersResponse Int dcrsResponseStatus = lens _dcrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_dcrsResponseStatus = a}); 

@@ -20,8 +20,10 @@ -- -- Returns a list of parameter settings for the specified parameter group family. ----- For more information about parameters and parameter groups, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-parameter-groups.html Amazon Redshift Parameter Groups> in the /Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide/. --+-- For more information about parameters and parameter groups, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-parameter-groups.html Amazon Redshift Parameter Groups> in the /Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide/ .+--+-- -- This operation returns paginated results. module Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeDefaultClusterParameters     (@@ -51,6 +53,8 @@  -- | --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'describeDefaultClusterParameters' smart constructor. data DescribeDefaultClusterParameters = DescribeDefaultClusterParameters'     { _ddcpMarker               :: !(Maybe Text)@@ -62,11 +66,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'ddcpMarker'+-- * 'ddcpMarker' - An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of response records. When the results of a 'DescribeDefaultClusterParameters' request exceed the value specified in @MaxRecords@ , AWS returns a value in the @Marker@ field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records by providing the returned marker value in the @Marker@ parameter and retrying the request. ----- * 'ddcpMaxRecords'+-- * 'ddcpMaxRecords' - The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of remaining response records exceeds the specified @MaxRecords@ value, a value is returned in a @marker@ field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.  Default: @100@  Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100. ----- * 'ddcpParameterGroupFamily'+-- * 'ddcpParameterGroupFamily' - The name of the cluster parameter group family. describeDefaultClusterParameters     :: Text -- ^ 'ddcpParameterGroupFamily'     -> DescribeDefaultClusterParameters@@ -77,15 +81,11 @@     , _ddcpParameterGroupFamily = pParameterGroupFamily_     } --- | An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of response records. When the results of a < DescribeDefaultClusterParameters> request exceed the value specified in 'MaxRecords', AWS returns a value in the 'Marker' field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records by providing the returned marker value in the 'Marker' parameter and retrying the request.+-- | An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of response records. When the results of a 'DescribeDefaultClusterParameters' request exceed the value specified in @MaxRecords@ , AWS returns a value in the @Marker@ field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records by providing the returned marker value in the @Marker@ parameter and retrying the request. ddcpMarker :: Lens' DescribeDefaultClusterParameters (Maybe Text) ddcpMarker = lens _ddcpMarker (\ s a -> s{_ddcpMarker = a}); --- | The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of remaining response records exceeds the specified 'MaxRecords' value, a value is returned in a 'marker' field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.------ Default: '100'------ Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.+-- | The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of remaining response records exceeds the specified @MaxRecords@ value, a value is returned in a @marker@ field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.  Default: @100@  Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100. ddcpMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeDefaultClusterParameters (Maybe Int) ddcpMaxRecords = lens _ddcpMaxRecords (\ s a -> s{_ddcpMaxRecords = a}); @@ -156,9 +156,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'ddcprsResponseStatus'+-- * 'ddcprsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. ----- * 'ddcprsDefaultClusterParameters'+-- * 'ddcprsDefaultClusterParameters' - Undocumented member. describeDefaultClusterParametersResponse     :: Int -- ^ 'ddcprsResponseStatus'     -> DefaultClusterParameters -- ^ 'ddcprsDefaultClusterParameters'@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@     , _ddcprsDefaultClusterParameters = pDefaultClusterParameters_     } --- | The response status code.+-- | -- | The response status code. ddcprsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeDefaultClusterParametersResponse Int ddcprsResponseStatus = lens _ddcprsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_ddcprsResponseStatus = a}); 

@@ -18,7 +18,9 @@ -- Stability   : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) ----- Displays a list of event categories for all event source types, or for a specified source type. For a list of the event categories and source types, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-event-notifications.html Amazon Redshift Event Notifications>.+-- Displays a list of event categories for all event source types, or for a specified source type. For a list of the event categories and source types, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-event-notifications.html Amazon Redshift Event Notifications> .+--+-- module Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeEventCategories     (     -- * Creating a Request@@ -44,6 +46,8 @@  -- | --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'describeEventCategories' smart constructor. newtype DescribeEventCategories = DescribeEventCategories'     { _decSourceType :: Maybe Text@@ -53,7 +57,7 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'decSourceType'+-- * 'decSourceType' - The source type, such as cluster or parameter group, to which the described event categories apply. Valid values: cluster, cluster-snapshot, cluster-parameter-group, and cluster-security-group. describeEventCategories     :: DescribeEventCategories describeEventCategories =@@ -61,9 +65,7 @@     { _decSourceType = Nothing     } --- | The source type, such as cluster or parameter group, to which the described event categories apply.------ Valid values: cluster, cluster-snapshot, cluster-parameter-group, and cluster-security-group.+-- | The source type, such as cluster or parameter group, to which the described event categories apply. Valid values: cluster, cluster-snapshot, cluster-parameter-group, and cluster-security-group. decSourceType :: Lens' DescribeEventCategories (Maybe Text) decSourceType = lens _decSourceType (\ s a -> s{_decSourceType = a}); @@ -99,6 +101,8 @@  -- | --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'describeEventCategoriesResponse' smart constructor. data DescribeEventCategoriesResponse = DescribeEventCategoriesResponse'     { _decrsEventCategoriesMapList :: !(Maybe [EventCategoriesMap])@@ -109,9 +113,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'decrsEventCategoriesMapList'+-- * 'decrsEventCategoriesMapList' - A list of event categories descriptions. ----- * 'decrsResponseStatus'+-- * 'decrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. describeEventCategoriesResponse     :: Int -- ^ 'decrsResponseStatus'     -> DescribeEventCategoriesResponse@@ -125,7 +129,7 @@ decrsEventCategoriesMapList :: Lens' DescribeEventCategoriesResponse [EventCategoriesMap] decrsEventCategoriesMapList = lens _decrsEventCategoriesMapList (\ s a -> s{_decrsEventCategoriesMapList = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The response status code.+-- | -- | The response status code. decrsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeEventCategoriesResponse Int decrsResponseStatus = lens _decrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_decrsResponseStatus = a}); 

@@ -20,6 +20,8 @@ -- -- Lists descriptions of all the Amazon Redshift event notifications subscription for a customer account. If you specify a subscription name, lists the description for that subscription. --+--+-- -- This operation returns paginated results. module Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeEventSubscriptions     (@@ -50,6 +52,8 @@  -- | --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'describeEventSubscriptions' smart constructor. data DescribeEventSubscriptions = DescribeEventSubscriptions'     { _dessSubscriptionName :: !(Maybe Text)@@ -61,11 +65,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'dessSubscriptionName'+-- * 'dessSubscriptionName' - The name of the Amazon Redshift event notification subscription to be described. ----- * 'dessMarker'+-- * 'dessMarker' - An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of response records. When the results of a 'DescribeEventSubscriptions' request exceed the value specified in @MaxRecords@ , AWS returns a value in the @Marker@ field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records by providing the returned marker value in the @Marker@ parameter and retrying the request. ----- * 'dessMaxRecords'+-- * 'dessMaxRecords' - The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of remaining response records exceeds the specified @MaxRecords@ value, a value is returned in a @marker@ field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.  Default: @100@  Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100. describeEventSubscriptions     :: DescribeEventSubscriptions describeEventSubscriptions =@@ -79,15 +83,11 @@ dessSubscriptionName :: Lens' DescribeEventSubscriptions (Maybe Text) dessSubscriptionName = lens _dessSubscriptionName (\ s a -> s{_dessSubscriptionName = a}); --- | An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of response records. When the results of a < DescribeEventSubscriptions> request exceed the value specified in 'MaxRecords', AWS returns a value in the 'Marker' field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records by providing the returned marker value in the 'Marker' parameter and retrying the request.+-- | An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of response records. When the results of a 'DescribeEventSubscriptions' request exceed the value specified in @MaxRecords@ , AWS returns a value in the @Marker@ field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records by providing the returned marker value in the @Marker@ parameter and retrying the request. dessMarker :: Lens' DescribeEventSubscriptions (Maybe Text) dessMarker = lens _dessMarker (\ s a -> s{_dessMarker = a}); --- | The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of remaining response records exceeds the specified 'MaxRecords' value, a value is returned in a 'marker' field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.------ Default: '100'------ Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.+-- | The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of remaining response records exceeds the specified @MaxRecords@ value, a value is returned in a @marker@ field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.  Default: @100@  Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100. dessMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeEventSubscriptions (Maybe Int) dessMaxRecords = lens _dessMaxRecords (\ s a -> s{_dessMaxRecords = a}); @@ -134,6 +134,8 @@  -- | --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'describeEventSubscriptionsResponse' smart constructor. data DescribeEventSubscriptionsResponse = DescribeEventSubscriptionsResponse'     { _desrsEventSubscriptionsList :: !(Maybe [EventSubscription])@@ -145,11 +147,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'desrsEventSubscriptionsList'+-- * 'desrsEventSubscriptionsList' - A list of event subscriptions. ----- * 'desrsMarker'+-- * 'desrsMarker' - A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the @Marker@ parameter and retrying the command. If the @Marker@ field is empty, all response records have been retrieved for the request. ----- * 'desrsResponseStatus'+-- * 'desrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. describeEventSubscriptionsResponse     :: Int -- ^ 'desrsResponseStatus'     -> DescribeEventSubscriptionsResponse@@ -164,11 +166,11 @@ desrsEventSubscriptionsList :: Lens' DescribeEventSubscriptionsResponse [EventSubscription] desrsEventSubscriptionsList = lens _desrsEventSubscriptionsList (\ s a -> s{_desrsEventSubscriptionsList = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the 'Marker' parameter and retrying the command. If the 'Marker' field is empty, all response records have been retrieved for the request.+-- | A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the @Marker@ parameter and retrying the command. If the @Marker@ field is empty, all response records have been retrieved for the request. desrsMarker :: Lens' DescribeEventSubscriptionsResponse (Maybe Text) desrsMarker = lens _desrsMarker (\ s a -> s{_desrsMarker = a}); --- | The response status code.+-- | -- | The response status code. desrsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeEventSubscriptionsResponse Int desrsResponseStatus = lens _desrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_desrsResponseStatus = a}); 

@@ -20,6 +20,8 @@ -- -- Returns events related to clusters, security groups, snapshots, and parameter groups for the past 14 days. Events specific to a particular cluster, security group, snapshot or parameter group can be obtained by providing the name as a parameter. By default, the past hour of events are returned. --+--+-- -- This operation returns paginated results. module Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeEvents     (@@ -54,6 +56,8 @@  -- | --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'describeEvents' smart constructor. data DescribeEvents = DescribeEvents'     { _deStartTime        :: !(Maybe ISO8601)@@ -69,19 +73,19 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'deStartTime'+-- * 'deStartTime' - The beginning of the time interval to retrieve events for, specified in ISO 8601 format. For more information about ISO 8601, go to the <http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601 ISO8601 Wikipedia page.>  Example: @2009-07-08T18:00Z@ ----- * 'deSourceType'+-- * 'deSourceType' - The event source to retrieve events for. If no value is specified, all events are returned. Constraints: If /SourceType/ is supplied, /SourceIdentifier/ must also be provided.     * Specify @cluster@ when /SourceIdentifier/ is a cluster identifier.     * Specify @cluster-security-group@ when /SourceIdentifier/ is a cluster security group name.     * Specify @cluster-parameter-group@ when /SourceIdentifier/ is a cluster parameter group name.     * Specify @cluster-snapshot@ when /SourceIdentifier/ is a cluster snapshot identifier. ----- * 'deSourceIdentifier'+-- * 'deSourceIdentifier' - The identifier of the event source for which events will be returned. If this parameter is not specified, then all sources are included in the response. Constraints: If /SourceIdentifier/ is supplied, /SourceType/ must also be provided.     * Specify a cluster identifier when /SourceType/ is @cluster@ .     * Specify a cluster security group name when /SourceType/ is @cluster-security-group@ .     * Specify a cluster parameter group name when /SourceType/ is @cluster-parameter-group@ .     * Specify a cluster snapshot identifier when /SourceType/ is @cluster-snapshot@ . ----- * 'deMarker'+-- * 'deMarker' - An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of response records. When the results of a 'DescribeEvents' request exceed the value specified in @MaxRecords@ , AWS returns a value in the @Marker@ field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records by providing the returned marker value in the @Marker@ parameter and retrying the request. ----- * 'deMaxRecords'+-- * 'deMaxRecords' - The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of remaining response records exceeds the specified @MaxRecords@ value, a value is returned in a @marker@ field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.  Default: @100@  Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100. ----- * 'deEndTime'+-- * 'deEndTime' - The end of the time interval for which to retrieve events, specified in ISO 8601 format. For more information about ISO 8601, go to the <http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601 ISO8601 Wikipedia page.>  Example: @2009-07-08T18:00Z@ ----- * 'deDuration'+-- * 'deDuration' - The number of minutes prior to the time of the request for which to retrieve events. For example, if the request is sent at 18:00 and you specify a duration of 60, then only events which have occurred after 17:00 will be returned. Default: @60@ describeEvents     :: DescribeEvents describeEvents =@@ -95,59 +99,31 @@     , _deDuration = Nothing     } --- | The beginning of the time interval to retrieve events for, specified in ISO 8601 format. For more information about ISO 8601, go to the <http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601 ISO8601 Wikipedia page.>------ Example: '2009-07-08T18:00Z'+-- | The beginning of the time interval to retrieve events for, specified in ISO 8601 format. For more information about ISO 8601, go to the <http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601 ISO8601 Wikipedia page.>  Example: @2009-07-08T18:00Z@ deStartTime :: Lens' DescribeEvents (Maybe UTCTime) deStartTime = lens _deStartTime (\ s a -> s{_deStartTime = a}) . mapping _Time; --- | The event source to retrieve events for. If no value is specified, all events are returned.------ Constraints:------ If /SourceType/ is supplied, /SourceIdentifier/ must also be provided.------ -   Specify 'cluster' when /SourceIdentifier/ is a cluster identifier.--- -   Specify 'cluster-security-group' when /SourceIdentifier/ is a cluster security group name.--- -   Specify 'cluster-parameter-group' when /SourceIdentifier/ is a cluster parameter group name.--- -   Specify 'cluster-snapshot' when /SourceIdentifier/ is a cluster snapshot identifier.+-- | The event source to retrieve events for. If no value is specified, all events are returned. Constraints: If /SourceType/ is supplied, /SourceIdentifier/ must also be provided.     * Specify @cluster@ when /SourceIdentifier/ is a cluster identifier.     * Specify @cluster-security-group@ when /SourceIdentifier/ is a cluster security group name.     * Specify @cluster-parameter-group@ when /SourceIdentifier/ is a cluster parameter group name.     * Specify @cluster-snapshot@ when /SourceIdentifier/ is a cluster snapshot identifier. deSourceType :: Lens' DescribeEvents (Maybe SourceType) deSourceType = lens _deSourceType (\ s a -> s{_deSourceType = a}); --- | The identifier of the event source for which events will be returned. If this parameter is not specified, then all sources are included in the response.------ Constraints:------ If /SourceIdentifier/ is supplied, /SourceType/ must also be provided.------ -   Specify a cluster identifier when /SourceType/ is 'cluster'.--- -   Specify a cluster security group name when /SourceType/ is 'cluster-security-group'.--- -   Specify a cluster parameter group name when /SourceType/ is 'cluster-parameter-group'.--- -   Specify a cluster snapshot identifier when /SourceType/ is 'cluster-snapshot'.+-- | The identifier of the event source for which events will be returned. If this parameter is not specified, then all sources are included in the response. Constraints: If /SourceIdentifier/ is supplied, /SourceType/ must also be provided.     * Specify a cluster identifier when /SourceType/ is @cluster@ .     * Specify a cluster security group name when /SourceType/ is @cluster-security-group@ .     * Specify a cluster parameter group name when /SourceType/ is @cluster-parameter-group@ .     * Specify a cluster snapshot identifier when /SourceType/ is @cluster-snapshot@ . deSourceIdentifier :: Lens' DescribeEvents (Maybe Text) deSourceIdentifier = lens _deSourceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_deSourceIdentifier = a}); --- | An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of response records. When the results of a < DescribeEvents> request exceed the value specified in 'MaxRecords', AWS returns a value in the 'Marker' field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records by providing the returned marker value in the 'Marker' parameter and retrying the request.+-- | An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of response records. When the results of a 'DescribeEvents' request exceed the value specified in @MaxRecords@ , AWS returns a value in the @Marker@ field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records by providing the returned marker value in the @Marker@ parameter and retrying the request. deMarker :: Lens' DescribeEvents (Maybe Text) deMarker = lens _deMarker (\ s a -> s{_deMarker = a}); --- | The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of remaining response records exceeds the specified 'MaxRecords' value, a value is returned in a 'marker' field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.------ Default: '100'------ Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.+-- | The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of remaining response records exceeds the specified @MaxRecords@ value, a value is returned in a @marker@ field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.  Default: @100@  Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100. deMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeEvents (Maybe Int) deMaxRecords = lens _deMaxRecords (\ s a -> s{_deMaxRecords = a}); --- | The end of the time interval for which to retrieve events, specified in ISO 8601 format. For more information about ISO 8601, go to the <http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601 ISO8601 Wikipedia page.>------ Example: '2009-07-08T18:00Z'+-- | The end of the time interval for which to retrieve events, specified in ISO 8601 format. For more information about ISO 8601, go to the <http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601 ISO8601 Wikipedia page.>  Example: @2009-07-08T18:00Z@ deEndTime :: Lens' DescribeEvents (Maybe UTCTime) deEndTime = lens _deEndTime (\ s a -> s{_deEndTime = a}) . mapping _Time; --- | The number of minutes prior to the time of the request for which to retrieve events. For example, if the request is sent at 18:00 and you specify a duration of 60, then only events which have occurred after 17:00 will be returned.------ Default: '60'+-- | The number of minutes prior to the time of the request for which to retrieve events. For example, if the request is sent at 18:00 and you specify a duration of 60, then only events which have occurred after 17:00 will be returned. Default: @60@ deDuration :: Lens' DescribeEvents (Maybe Int) deDuration = lens _deDuration (\ s a -> s{_deDuration = a}); @@ -193,6 +169,8 @@  -- | --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'describeEventsResponse' smart constructor. data DescribeEventsResponse = DescribeEventsResponse'     { _dersEvents         :: !(Maybe [Event])@@ -204,11 +182,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'dersEvents'+-- * 'dersEvents' - A list of @Event@ instances. ----- * 'dersMarker'+-- * 'dersMarker' - A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the @Marker@ parameter and retrying the command. If the @Marker@ field is empty, all response records have been retrieved for the request. ----- * 'dersResponseStatus'+-- * 'dersResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. describeEventsResponse     :: Int -- ^ 'dersResponseStatus'     -> DescribeEventsResponse@@ -219,15 +197,15 @@     , _dersResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_     } --- | A list of 'Event' instances.+-- | A list of @Event@ instances. dersEvents :: Lens' DescribeEventsResponse [Event] dersEvents = lens _dersEvents (\ s a -> s{_dersEvents = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the 'Marker' parameter and retrying the command. If the 'Marker' field is empty, all response records have been retrieved for the request.+-- | A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the @Marker@ parameter and retrying the command. If the @Marker@ field is empty, all response records have been retrieved for the request. dersMarker :: Lens' DescribeEventsResponse (Maybe Text) dersMarker = lens _dersMarker (\ s a -> s{_dersMarker = a}); --- | The response status code.+-- | -- | The response status code. dersResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeEventsResponse Int dersResponseStatus = lens _dersResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_dersResponseStatus = a}); 

@@ -20,10 +20,12 @@ -- -- Returns information about the specified HSM client certificate. If no certificate ID is specified, returns information about all the HSM certificates owned by your AWS customer account. ----- If you specify both tag keys and tag values in the same request, Amazon Redshift returns all HSM client certificates that match any combination of the specified keys and values. For example, if you have 'owner' and 'environment' for tag keys, and 'admin' and 'test' for tag values, all HSM client certificates that have any combination of those values are returned. --+-- If you specify both tag keys and tag values in the same request, Amazon Redshift returns all HSM client certificates that match any combination of the specified keys and values. For example, if you have @owner@ and @environment@ for tag keys, and @admin@ and @test@ for tag values, all HSM client certificates that have any combination of those values are returned.+-- -- If both tag keys and values are omitted from the request, HSM client certificates are returned regardless of whether they have tag keys or values associated with them. --+-- -- This operation returns paginated results. module Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeHSMClientCertificates     (@@ -56,6 +58,8 @@  -- | --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'describeHSMClientCertificates' smart constructor. data DescribeHSMClientCertificates = DescribeHSMClientCertificates'     { _dhccTagValues                      :: !(Maybe [Text])@@ -69,15 +73,15 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'dhccTagValues'+-- * 'dhccTagValues' - A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching HSM client certificates that are associated with the specified tag value or values. For example, suppose that you have HSM client certificates that are tagged with values called @admin@ and @test@ . If you specify both of these tag values in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with the HSM client certificates that have either or both of these tag values associated with them. ----- * 'dhccTagKeys'+-- * 'dhccTagKeys' - A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching HSM client certificates that are associated with the specified key or keys. For example, suppose that you have HSM client certificates that are tagged with keys called @owner@ and @environment@ . If you specify both of these tag keys in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with the HSM client certificates that have either or both of these tag keys associated with them. ----- * 'dhccHSMClientCertificateIdentifier'+-- * 'dhccHSMClientCertificateIdentifier' - The identifier of a specific HSM client certificate for which you want information. If no identifier is specified, information is returned for all HSM client certificates owned by your AWS customer account. ----- * 'dhccMarker'+-- * 'dhccMarker' - An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of response records. When the results of a 'DescribeHsmClientCertificates' request exceed the value specified in @MaxRecords@ , AWS returns a value in the @Marker@ field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records by providing the returned marker value in the @Marker@ parameter and retrying the request. ----- * 'dhccMaxRecords'+-- * 'dhccMaxRecords' - The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of remaining response records exceeds the specified @MaxRecords@ value, a value is returned in a @marker@ field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.  Default: @100@  Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100. describeHSMClientCertificates     :: DescribeHSMClientCertificates describeHSMClientCertificates =@@ -89,11 +93,11 @@     , _dhccMaxRecords = Nothing     } --- | A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching HSM client certificates that are associated with the specified tag value or values. For example, suppose that you have HSM client certificates that are tagged with values called 'admin' and 'test'. If you specify both of these tag values in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with the HSM client certificates that have either or both of these tag values associated with them.+-- | A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching HSM client certificates that are associated with the specified tag value or values. For example, suppose that you have HSM client certificates that are tagged with values called @admin@ and @test@ . If you specify both of these tag values in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with the HSM client certificates that have either or both of these tag values associated with them. dhccTagValues :: Lens' DescribeHSMClientCertificates [Text] dhccTagValues = lens _dhccTagValues (\ s a -> s{_dhccTagValues = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching HSM client certificates that are associated with the specified key or keys. For example, suppose that you have HSM client certificates that are tagged with keys called 'owner' and 'environment'. If you specify both of these tag keys in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with the HSM client certificates that have either or both of these tag keys associated with them.+-- | A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching HSM client certificates that are associated with the specified key or keys. For example, suppose that you have HSM client certificates that are tagged with keys called @owner@ and @environment@ . If you specify both of these tag keys in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with the HSM client certificates that have either or both of these tag keys associated with them. dhccTagKeys :: Lens' DescribeHSMClientCertificates [Text] dhccTagKeys = lens _dhccTagKeys (\ s a -> s{_dhccTagKeys = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; @@ -101,15 +105,11 @@ dhccHSMClientCertificateIdentifier :: Lens' DescribeHSMClientCertificates (Maybe Text) dhccHSMClientCertificateIdentifier = lens _dhccHSMClientCertificateIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_dhccHSMClientCertificateIdentifier = a}); --- | An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of response records. When the results of a < DescribeHsmClientCertificates> request exceed the value specified in 'MaxRecords', AWS returns a value in the 'Marker' field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records by providing the returned marker value in the 'Marker' parameter and retrying the request.+-- | An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of response records. When the results of a 'DescribeHsmClientCertificates' request exceed the value specified in @MaxRecords@ , AWS returns a value in the @Marker@ field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records by providing the returned marker value in the @Marker@ parameter and retrying the request. dhccMarker :: Lens' DescribeHSMClientCertificates (Maybe Text) dhccMarker = lens _dhccMarker (\ s a -> s{_dhccMarker = a}); --- | The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of remaining response records exceeds the specified 'MaxRecords' value, a value is returned in a 'marker' field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.------ Default: '100'------ Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.+-- | The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of remaining response records exceeds the specified @MaxRecords@ value, a value is returned in a @marker@ field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.  Default: @100@  Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100. dhccMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeHSMClientCertificates (Maybe Int) dhccMaxRecords = lens _dhccMaxRecords (\ s a -> s{_dhccMaxRecords = a}); @@ -163,6 +163,8 @@  -- | --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'describeHSMClientCertificatesResponse' smart constructor. data DescribeHSMClientCertificatesResponse = DescribeHSMClientCertificatesResponse'     { _dhccrsMarker                :: !(Maybe Text)@@ -174,11 +176,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'dhccrsMarker'+-- * 'dhccrsMarker' - A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the @Marker@ parameter and retrying the command. If the @Marker@ field is empty, all response records have been retrieved for the request. ----- * 'dhccrsHSMClientCertificates'+-- * 'dhccrsHSMClientCertificates' - A list of the identifiers for one or more HSM client certificates used by Amazon Redshift clusters to store and retrieve database encryption keys in an HSM. ----- * 'dhccrsResponseStatus'+-- * 'dhccrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. describeHSMClientCertificatesResponse     :: Int -- ^ 'dhccrsResponseStatus'     -> DescribeHSMClientCertificatesResponse@@ -189,7 +191,7 @@     , _dhccrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_     } --- | A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the 'Marker' parameter and retrying the command. If the 'Marker' field is empty, all response records have been retrieved for the request.+-- | A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the @Marker@ parameter and retrying the command. If the @Marker@ field is empty, all response records have been retrieved for the request. dhccrsMarker :: Lens' DescribeHSMClientCertificatesResponse (Maybe Text) dhccrsMarker = lens _dhccrsMarker (\ s a -> s{_dhccrsMarker = a}); @@ -197,7 +199,7 @@ dhccrsHSMClientCertificates :: Lens' DescribeHSMClientCertificatesResponse [HSMClientCertificate] dhccrsHSMClientCertificates = lens _dhccrsHSMClientCertificates (\ s a -> s{_dhccrsHSMClientCertificates = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The response status code.+-- | -- | The response status code. dhccrsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeHSMClientCertificatesResponse Int dhccrsResponseStatus = lens _dhccrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_dhccrsResponseStatus = a}); 

@@ -20,10 +20,12 @@ -- -- Returns information about the specified Amazon Redshift HSM configuration. If no configuration ID is specified, returns information about all the HSM configurations owned by your AWS customer account. ----- If you specify both tag keys and tag values in the same request, Amazon Redshift returns all HSM connections that match any combination of the specified keys and values. For example, if you have 'owner' and 'environment' for tag keys, and 'admin' and 'test' for tag values, all HSM connections that have any combination of those values are returned. --+-- If you specify both tag keys and tag values in the same request, Amazon Redshift returns all HSM connections that match any combination of the specified keys and values. For example, if you have @owner@ and @environment@ for tag keys, and @admin@ and @test@ for tag values, all HSM connections that have any combination of those values are returned.+-- -- If both tag keys and values are omitted from the request, HSM connections are returned regardless of whether they have tag keys or values associated with them. --+-- -- This operation returns paginated results. module Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeHSMConfigurations     (@@ -56,6 +58,8 @@  -- | --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'describeHSMConfigurations' smart constructor. data DescribeHSMConfigurations = DescribeHSMConfigurations'     { _dhsmcTagValues                  :: !(Maybe [Text])@@ -69,15 +73,15 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'dhsmcTagValues'+-- * 'dhsmcTagValues' - A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching HSM configurations that are associated with the specified tag value or values. For example, suppose that you have HSM configurations that are tagged with values called @admin@ and @test@ . If you specify both of these tag values in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with the HSM configurations that have either or both of these tag values associated with them. ----- * 'dhsmcHSMConfigurationIdentifier'+-- * 'dhsmcHSMConfigurationIdentifier' - The identifier of a specific Amazon Redshift HSM configuration to be described. If no identifier is specified, information is returned for all HSM configurations owned by your AWS customer account. ----- * 'dhsmcTagKeys'+-- * 'dhsmcTagKeys' - A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching HSM configurations that are associated with the specified key or keys. For example, suppose that you have HSM configurations that are tagged with keys called @owner@ and @environment@ . If you specify both of these tag keys in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with the HSM configurations that have either or both of these tag keys associated with them. ----- * 'dhsmcMarker'+-- * 'dhsmcMarker' - An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of response records. When the results of a 'DescribeHsmConfigurations' request exceed the value specified in @MaxRecords@ , AWS returns a value in the @Marker@ field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records by providing the returned marker value in the @Marker@ parameter and retrying the request. ----- * 'dhsmcMaxRecords'+-- * 'dhsmcMaxRecords' - The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of remaining response records exceeds the specified @MaxRecords@ value, a value is returned in a @marker@ field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.  Default: @100@  Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100. describeHSMConfigurations     :: DescribeHSMConfigurations describeHSMConfigurations =@@ -89,7 +93,7 @@     , _dhsmcMaxRecords = Nothing     } --- | A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching HSM configurations that are associated with the specified tag value or values. For example, suppose that you have HSM configurations that are tagged with values called 'admin' and 'test'. If you specify both of these tag values in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with the HSM configurations that have either or both of these tag values associated with them.+-- | A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching HSM configurations that are associated with the specified tag value or values. For example, suppose that you have HSM configurations that are tagged with values called @admin@ and @test@ . If you specify both of these tag values in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with the HSM configurations that have either or both of these tag values associated with them. dhsmcTagValues :: Lens' DescribeHSMConfigurations [Text] dhsmcTagValues = lens _dhsmcTagValues (\ s a -> s{_dhsmcTagValues = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; @@ -97,19 +101,15 @@ dhsmcHSMConfigurationIdentifier :: Lens' DescribeHSMConfigurations (Maybe Text) dhsmcHSMConfigurationIdentifier = lens _dhsmcHSMConfigurationIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_dhsmcHSMConfigurationIdentifier = a}); --- | A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching HSM configurations that are associated with the specified key or keys. For example, suppose that you have HSM configurations that are tagged with keys called 'owner' and 'environment'. If you specify both of these tag keys in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with the HSM configurations that have either or both of these tag keys associated with them.+-- | A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching HSM configurations that are associated with the specified key or keys. For example, suppose that you have HSM configurations that are tagged with keys called @owner@ and @environment@ . If you specify both of these tag keys in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with the HSM configurations that have either or both of these tag keys associated with them. dhsmcTagKeys :: Lens' DescribeHSMConfigurations [Text] dhsmcTagKeys = lens _dhsmcTagKeys (\ s a -> s{_dhsmcTagKeys = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of response records. When the results of a < DescribeHsmConfigurations> request exceed the value specified in 'MaxRecords', AWS returns a value in the 'Marker' field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records by providing the returned marker value in the 'Marker' parameter and retrying the request.+-- | An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of response records. When the results of a 'DescribeHsmConfigurations' request exceed the value specified in @MaxRecords@ , AWS returns a value in the @Marker@ field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records by providing the returned marker value in the @Marker@ parameter and retrying the request. dhsmcMarker :: Lens' DescribeHSMConfigurations (Maybe Text) dhsmcMarker = lens _dhsmcMarker (\ s a -> s{_dhsmcMarker = a}); --- | The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of remaining response records exceeds the specified 'MaxRecords' value, a value is returned in a 'marker' field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.------ Default: '100'------ Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.+-- | The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of remaining response records exceeds the specified @MaxRecords@ value, a value is returned in a @marker@ field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.  Default: @100@  Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100. dhsmcMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeHSMConfigurations (Maybe Int) dhsmcMaxRecords = lens _dhsmcMaxRecords (\ s a -> s{_dhsmcMaxRecords = a}); @@ -160,6 +160,8 @@  -- | --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'describeHSMConfigurationsResponse' smart constructor. data DescribeHSMConfigurationsResponse = DescribeHSMConfigurationsResponse'     { _dhcrsMarker            :: !(Maybe Text)@@ -171,11 +173,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'dhcrsMarker'+-- * 'dhcrsMarker' - A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the @Marker@ parameter and retrying the command. If the @Marker@ field is empty, all response records have been retrieved for the request. ----- * 'dhcrsHSMConfigurations'+-- * 'dhcrsHSMConfigurations' - A list of @HsmConfiguration@ objects. ----- * 'dhcrsResponseStatus'+-- * 'dhcrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. describeHSMConfigurationsResponse     :: Int -- ^ 'dhcrsResponseStatus'     -> DescribeHSMConfigurationsResponse@@ -186,15 +188,15 @@     , _dhcrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_     } --- | A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the 'Marker' parameter and retrying the command. If the 'Marker' field is empty, all response records have been retrieved for the request.+-- | A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the @Marker@ parameter and retrying the command. If the @Marker@ field is empty, all response records have been retrieved for the request. dhcrsMarker :: Lens' DescribeHSMConfigurationsResponse (Maybe Text) dhcrsMarker = lens _dhcrsMarker (\ s a -> s{_dhcrsMarker = a}); --- | A list of 'HsmConfiguration' objects.+-- | A list of @HsmConfiguration@ objects. dhcrsHSMConfigurations :: Lens' DescribeHSMConfigurationsResponse [HSMConfiguration] dhcrsHSMConfigurations = lens _dhcrsHSMConfigurations (\ s a -> s{_dhcrsHSMConfigurations = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The response status code.+-- | -- | The response status code. dhcrsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeHSMConfigurationsResponse Int dhcrsResponseStatus = lens _dhcrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_dhcrsResponseStatus = a}); 

@@ -19,6 +19,8 @@ -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- -- Describes whether information, such as queries and connection attempts, is being logged for the specified Amazon Redshift cluster.+--+-- module Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeLoggingStatus     (     -- * Creating a Request@@ -48,6 +50,8 @@  -- | --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'describeLoggingStatus' smart constructor. newtype DescribeLoggingStatus = DescribeLoggingStatus'     { _dlsClusterIdentifier :: Text@@ -57,7 +61,7 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'dlsClusterIdentifier'+-- * 'dlsClusterIdentifier' - The identifier of the cluster from which to get the logging status. Example: @examplecluster@ describeLoggingStatus     :: Text -- ^ 'dlsClusterIdentifier'     -> DescribeLoggingStatus@@ -66,9 +70,7 @@     { _dlsClusterIdentifier = pClusterIdentifier_     } --- | The identifier of the cluster from which to get the logging status.------ Example: 'examplecluster'+-- | The identifier of the cluster from which to get the logging status. Example: @examplecluster@ dlsClusterIdentifier :: Lens' DescribeLoggingStatus Text dlsClusterIdentifier = lens _dlsClusterIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_dlsClusterIdentifier = a}); 

@@ -18,8 +18,10 @@ -- Stability   : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) ----- Returns a list of orderable cluster options. Before you create a new cluster you can use this operation to find what options are available, such as the EC2 Availability Zones (AZ) in the specific AWS region that you can specify, and the node types you can request. The node types differ by available storage, memory, CPU and price. With the cost involved you might want to obtain a list of cluster options in the specific region and specify values when creating a cluster. For more information about managing clusters, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html Amazon Redshift Clusters> in the /Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide/+-- Returns a list of orderable cluster options. Before you create a new cluster you can use this operation to find what options are available, such as the EC2 Availability Zones (AZ) in the specific AWS region that you can specify, and the node types you can request. The node types differ by available storage, memory, CPU and price. With the cost involved you might want to obtain a list of cluster options in the specific region and specify values when creating a cluster. For more information about managing clusters, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html Amazon Redshift Clusters> in the /Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide/ . --+--+-- -- This operation returns paginated results. module Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeOrderableClusterOptions     (@@ -51,6 +53,8 @@  -- | --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'describeOrderableClusterOptions' smart constructor. data DescribeOrderableClusterOptions = DescribeOrderableClusterOptions'     { _docoMarker         :: !(Maybe Text)@@ -63,13 +67,13 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'docoMarker'+-- * 'docoMarker' - An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of response records. When the results of a 'DescribeOrderableClusterOptions' request exceed the value specified in @MaxRecords@ , AWS returns a value in the @Marker@ field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records by providing the returned marker value in the @Marker@ parameter and retrying the request. ----- * 'docoMaxRecords'+-- * 'docoMaxRecords' - The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of remaining response records exceeds the specified @MaxRecords@ value, a value is returned in a @marker@ field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.  Default: @100@  Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100. ----- * 'docoClusterVersion'+-- * 'docoClusterVersion' - The version filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the available offerings matching the specified version. Default: All versions. Constraints: Must be one of the version returned from 'DescribeClusterVersions' . ----- * 'docoNodeType'+-- * 'docoNodeType' - The node type filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the available offerings matching the specified node type. describeOrderableClusterOptions     :: DescribeOrderableClusterOptions describeOrderableClusterOptions =@@ -80,23 +84,15 @@     , _docoNodeType = Nothing     } --- | An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of response records. When the results of a < DescribeOrderableClusterOptions> request exceed the value specified in 'MaxRecords', AWS returns a value in the 'Marker' field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records by providing the returned marker value in the 'Marker' parameter and retrying the request.+-- | An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of response records. When the results of a 'DescribeOrderableClusterOptions' request exceed the value specified in @MaxRecords@ , AWS returns a value in the @Marker@ field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records by providing the returned marker value in the @Marker@ parameter and retrying the request. docoMarker :: Lens' DescribeOrderableClusterOptions (Maybe Text) docoMarker = lens _docoMarker (\ s a -> s{_docoMarker = a}); --- | The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of remaining response records exceeds the specified 'MaxRecords' value, a value is returned in a 'marker' field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.------ Default: '100'------ Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.+-- | The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of remaining response records exceeds the specified @MaxRecords@ value, a value is returned in a @marker@ field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.  Default: @100@  Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100. docoMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeOrderableClusterOptions (Maybe Int) docoMaxRecords = lens _docoMaxRecords (\ s a -> s{_docoMaxRecords = a}); --- | The version filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the available offerings matching the specified version.------ Default: All versions.------ Constraints: Must be one of the version returned from < DescribeClusterVersions>.+-- | The version filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the available offerings matching the specified version. Default: All versions. Constraints: Must be one of the version returned from 'DescribeClusterVersions' . docoClusterVersion :: Lens' DescribeOrderableClusterOptions (Maybe Text) docoClusterVersion = lens _docoClusterVersion (\ s a -> s{_docoClusterVersion = a}); @@ -151,8 +147,10 @@                "ClusterVersion" =: _docoClusterVersion,                "NodeType" =: _docoNodeType] --- | Contains the output from the < DescribeOrderableClusterOptions> action.+-- | Contains the output from the 'DescribeOrderableClusterOptions' action. --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'describeOrderableClusterOptionsResponse' smart constructor. data DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsResponse = DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsResponse'     { _docorsMarker                  :: !(Maybe Text)@@ -164,11 +162,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'docorsMarker'+-- * 'docorsMarker' - A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the @Marker@ parameter and retrying the command. If the @Marker@ field is empty, all response records have been retrieved for the request. ----- * 'docorsOrderableClusterOptions'+-- * 'docorsOrderableClusterOptions' - An @OrderableClusterOption@ structure containing information about orderable options for the cluster. ----- * 'docorsResponseStatus'+-- * 'docorsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. describeOrderableClusterOptionsResponse     :: Int -- ^ 'docorsResponseStatus'     -> DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsResponse@@ -179,15 +177,15 @@     , _docorsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_     } --- | A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the 'Marker' parameter and retrying the command. If the 'Marker' field is empty, all response records have been retrieved for the request.+-- | A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the @Marker@ parameter and retrying the command. If the @Marker@ field is empty, all response records have been retrieved for the request. docorsMarker :: Lens' DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsResponse (Maybe Text) docorsMarker = lens _docorsMarker (\ s a -> s{_docorsMarker = a}); --- | An 'OrderableClusterOption' structure containing information about orderable options for the cluster.+-- | An @OrderableClusterOption@ structure containing information about orderable options for the cluster. docorsOrderableClusterOptions :: Lens' DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsResponse [OrderableClusterOption] docorsOrderableClusterOptions = lens _docorsOrderableClusterOptions (\ s a -> s{_docorsOrderableClusterOptions = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The response status code.+-- | -- | The response status code. docorsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsResponse Int docorsResponseStatus = lens _docorsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_docorsResponseStatus = a}); 

@@ -18,10 +18,12 @@ -- Stability   : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) ----- Returns a list of the available reserved node offerings by Amazon Redshift with their descriptions including the node type, the fixed and recurring costs of reserving the node and duration the node will be reserved for you. These descriptions help you determine which reserve node offering you want to purchase. You then use the unique offering ID in you call to < PurchaseReservedNodeOffering> to reserve one or more nodes for your Amazon Redshift cluster.+-- Returns a list of the available reserved node offerings by Amazon Redshift with their descriptions including the node type, the fixed and recurring costs of reserving the node and duration the node will be reserved for you. These descriptions help you determine which reserve node offering you want to purchase. You then use the unique offering ID in you call to 'PurchaseReservedNodeOffering' to reserve one or more nodes for your Amazon Redshift cluster. ----- For more information about reserved node offerings, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/purchase-reserved-node-instance.html Purchasing Reserved Nodes> in the /Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide/. --+-- For more information about reserved node offerings, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/purchase-reserved-node-instance.html Purchasing Reserved Nodes> in the /Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide/ .+--+-- -- This operation returns paginated results. module Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeReservedNodeOfferings     (@@ -52,6 +54,8 @@  -- | --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'describeReservedNodeOfferings' smart constructor. data DescribeReservedNodeOfferings = DescribeReservedNodeOfferings'     { _drnoReservedNodeOfferingId :: !(Maybe Text)@@ -63,11 +67,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'drnoReservedNodeOfferingId'+-- * 'drnoReservedNodeOfferingId' - The unique identifier for the offering. ----- * 'drnoMarker'+-- * 'drnoMarker' - An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of response records. When the results of a 'DescribeReservedNodeOfferings' request exceed the value specified in @MaxRecords@ , AWS returns a value in the @Marker@ field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records by providing the returned marker value in the @Marker@ parameter and retrying the request. ----- * 'drnoMaxRecords'+-- * 'drnoMaxRecords' - The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of remaining response records exceeds the specified @MaxRecords@ value, a value is returned in a @marker@ field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.  Default: @100@  Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100. describeReservedNodeOfferings     :: DescribeReservedNodeOfferings describeReservedNodeOfferings =@@ -81,15 +85,11 @@ drnoReservedNodeOfferingId :: Lens' DescribeReservedNodeOfferings (Maybe Text) drnoReservedNodeOfferingId = lens _drnoReservedNodeOfferingId (\ s a -> s{_drnoReservedNodeOfferingId = a}); --- | An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of response records. When the results of a < DescribeReservedNodeOfferings> request exceed the value specified in 'MaxRecords', AWS returns a value in the 'Marker' field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records by providing the returned marker value in the 'Marker' parameter and retrying the request.+-- | An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of response records. When the results of a 'DescribeReservedNodeOfferings' request exceed the value specified in @MaxRecords@ , AWS returns a value in the @Marker@ field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records by providing the returned marker value in the @Marker@ parameter and retrying the request. drnoMarker :: Lens' DescribeReservedNodeOfferings (Maybe Text) drnoMarker = lens _drnoMarker (\ s a -> s{_drnoMarker = a}); --- | The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of remaining response records exceeds the specified 'MaxRecords' value, a value is returned in a 'marker' field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.------ Default: '100'------ Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.+-- | The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of remaining response records exceeds the specified @MaxRecords@ value, a value is returned in a @marker@ field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.  Default: @100@  Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100. drnoMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeReservedNodeOfferings (Maybe Int) drnoMaxRecords = lens _drnoMaxRecords (\ s a -> s{_drnoMaxRecords = a}); @@ -139,6 +139,8 @@  -- | --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'describeReservedNodeOfferingsResponse' smart constructor. data DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsResponse = DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsResponse'     { _drnorsReservedNodeOfferings :: !(Maybe [ReservedNodeOffering])@@ -150,11 +152,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'drnorsReservedNodeOfferings'+-- * 'drnorsReservedNodeOfferings' - A list of @ReservedNodeOffering@ objects. ----- * 'drnorsMarker'+-- * 'drnorsMarker' - A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the @Marker@ parameter and retrying the command. If the @Marker@ field is empty, all response records have been retrieved for the request. ----- * 'drnorsResponseStatus'+-- * 'drnorsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. describeReservedNodeOfferingsResponse     :: Int -- ^ 'drnorsResponseStatus'     -> DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsResponse@@ -165,15 +167,15 @@     , _drnorsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_     } --- | A list of 'ReservedNodeOffering' objects.+-- | A list of @ReservedNodeOffering@ objects. drnorsReservedNodeOfferings :: Lens' DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsResponse [ReservedNodeOffering] drnorsReservedNodeOfferings = lens _drnorsReservedNodeOfferings (\ s a -> s{_drnorsReservedNodeOfferings = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the 'Marker' parameter and retrying the command. If the 'Marker' field is empty, all response records have been retrieved for the request.+-- | A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the @Marker@ parameter and retrying the command. If the @Marker@ field is empty, all response records have been retrieved for the request. drnorsMarker :: Lens' DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsResponse (Maybe Text) drnorsMarker = lens _drnorsMarker (\ s a -> s{_drnorsMarker = a}); --- | The response status code.+-- | -- | The response status code. drnorsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsResponse Int drnorsResponseStatus = lens _drnorsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_drnorsResponseStatus = a}); 

@@ -20,6 +20,8 @@ -- -- Returns the descriptions of the reserved nodes. --+--+-- -- This operation returns paginated results. module Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeReservedNodes     (@@ -50,6 +52,8 @@  -- | --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'describeReservedNodes' smart constructor. data DescribeReservedNodes = DescribeReservedNodes'     { _drnReservedNodeId :: !(Maybe Text)@@ -61,11 +65,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'drnReservedNodeId'+-- * 'drnReservedNodeId' - Identifier for the node reservation. ----- * 'drnMarker'+-- * 'drnMarker' - An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of response records. When the results of a 'DescribeReservedNodes' request exceed the value specified in @MaxRecords@ , AWS returns a value in the @Marker@ field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records by providing the returned marker value in the @Marker@ parameter and retrying the request. ----- * 'drnMaxRecords'+-- * 'drnMaxRecords' - The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of remaining response records exceeds the specified @MaxRecords@ value, a value is returned in a @marker@ field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.  Default: @100@  Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100. describeReservedNodes     :: DescribeReservedNodes describeReservedNodes =@@ -79,15 +83,11 @@ drnReservedNodeId :: Lens' DescribeReservedNodes (Maybe Text) drnReservedNodeId = lens _drnReservedNodeId (\ s a -> s{_drnReservedNodeId = a}); --- | An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of response records. When the results of a < DescribeReservedNodes> request exceed the value specified in 'MaxRecords', AWS returns a value in the 'Marker' field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records by providing the returned marker value in the 'Marker' parameter and retrying the request.+-- | An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of response records. When the results of a 'DescribeReservedNodes' request exceed the value specified in @MaxRecords@ , AWS returns a value in the @Marker@ field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records by providing the returned marker value in the @Marker@ parameter and retrying the request. drnMarker :: Lens' DescribeReservedNodes (Maybe Text) drnMarker = lens _drnMarker (\ s a -> s{_drnMarker = a}); --- | The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of remaining response records exceeds the specified 'MaxRecords' value, a value is returned in a 'marker' field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.------ Default: '100'------ Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.+-- | The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of remaining response records exceeds the specified @MaxRecords@ value, a value is returned in a @marker@ field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.  Default: @100@  Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100. drnMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeReservedNodes (Maybe Int) drnMaxRecords = lens _drnMaxRecords (\ s a -> s{_drnMaxRecords = a}); @@ -132,6 +132,8 @@  -- | --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'describeReservedNodesResponse' smart constructor. data DescribeReservedNodesResponse = DescribeReservedNodesResponse'     { _drnrsReservedNodes  :: !(Maybe [ReservedNode])@@ -143,11 +145,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'drnrsReservedNodes'+-- * 'drnrsReservedNodes' - The list of @ReservedNode@ objects. ----- * 'drnrsMarker'+-- * 'drnrsMarker' - A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the @Marker@ parameter and retrying the command. If the @Marker@ field is empty, all response records have been retrieved for the request. ----- * 'drnrsResponseStatus'+-- * 'drnrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. describeReservedNodesResponse     :: Int -- ^ 'drnrsResponseStatus'     -> DescribeReservedNodesResponse@@ -158,15 +160,15 @@     , _drnrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_     } --- | The list of 'ReservedNode' objects.+-- | The list of @ReservedNode@ objects. drnrsReservedNodes :: Lens' DescribeReservedNodesResponse [ReservedNode] drnrsReservedNodes = lens _drnrsReservedNodes (\ s a -> s{_drnrsReservedNodes = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the 'Marker' parameter and retrying the command. If the 'Marker' field is empty, all response records have been retrieved for the request.+-- | A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the @Marker@ parameter and retrying the command. If the @Marker@ field is empty, all response records have been retrieved for the request. drnrsMarker :: Lens' DescribeReservedNodesResponse (Maybe Text) drnrsMarker = lens _drnrsMarker (\ s a -> s{_drnrsMarker = a}); --- | The response status code.+-- | -- | The response status code. drnrsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeReservedNodesResponse Int drnrsResponseStatus = lens _drnrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_drnrsResponseStatus = a}); 

@@ -18,9 +18,11 @@ -- Stability   : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) ----- Returns information about the last resize operation for the specified cluster. If no resize operation has ever been initiated for the specified cluster, a 'HTTP 404' error is returned. If a resize operation was initiated and completed, the status of the resize remains as 'SUCCEEDED' until the next resize.+-- Returns information about the last resize operation for the specified cluster. If no resize operation has ever been initiated for the specified cluster, a @HTTP 404@ error is returned. If a resize operation was initiated and completed, the status of the resize remains as @SUCCEEDED@ until the next resize. ----- A resize operation can be requested using < ModifyCluster> and specifying a different number or type of nodes for the cluster.+--+-- A resize operation can be requested using 'ModifyCluster' and specifying a different number or type of nodes for the cluster.+-- module Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeResize     (     -- * Creating a Request@@ -57,6 +59,8 @@  -- | --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'describeResize' smart constructor. newtype DescribeResize = DescribeResize'     { _drClusterIdentifier :: Text@@ -66,7 +70,7 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'drClusterIdentifier'+-- * 'drClusterIdentifier' - The unique identifier of a cluster whose resize progress you are requesting. This parameter is case-sensitive. By default, resize operations for all clusters defined for an AWS account are returned. describeResize     :: Text -- ^ 'drClusterIdentifier'     -> DescribeResize@@ -75,9 +79,7 @@     { _drClusterIdentifier = pClusterIdentifier_     } --- | The unique identifier of a cluster whose resize progress you are requesting. This parameter is case-sensitive.------ By default, resize operations for all clusters defined for an AWS account are returned.+-- | The unique identifier of a cluster whose resize progress you are requesting. This parameter is case-sensitive. By default, resize operations for all clusters defined for an AWS account are returned. drClusterIdentifier :: Lens' DescribeResize Text drClusterIdentifier = lens _drClusterIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_drClusterIdentifier = a}); @@ -126,6 +128,8 @@  -- | Describes the result of a cluster resize operation. --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'describeResizeResponse' smart constructor. data DescribeResizeResponse = DescribeResizeResponse'     { _drrsImportTablesNotStarted             :: !(Maybe [Text])@@ -147,31 +151,31 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'drrsImportTablesNotStarted'+-- * 'drrsImportTablesNotStarted' - The names of tables that have not been yet imported. Valid Values: List of table names ----- * 'drrsStatus'+-- * 'drrsStatus' - The status of the resize operation. Valid Values: @NONE@ | @IN_PROGRESS@ | @FAILED@ | @SUCCEEDED@ ----- * 'drrsEstimatedTimeToCompletionInSeconds'+-- * 'drrsEstimatedTimeToCompletionInSeconds' - The estimated time remaining, in seconds, until the resize operation is complete. This value is calculated based on the average resize rate and the estimated amount of data remaining to be processed. Once the resize operation is complete, this value will be 0. ----- * 'drrsAvgResizeRateInMegaBytesPerSecond'+-- * 'drrsAvgResizeRateInMegaBytesPerSecond' - The average rate of the resize operation over the last few minutes, measured in megabytes per second. After the resize operation completes, this value shows the average rate of the entire resize operation. ----- * 'drrsTargetNumberOfNodes'+-- * 'drrsTargetNumberOfNodes' - The number of nodes that the cluster will have after the resize operation is complete. ----- * 'drrsTargetNodeType'+-- * 'drrsTargetNodeType' - The node type that the cluster will have after the resize operation is complete. ----- * 'drrsImportTablesInProgress'+-- * 'drrsImportTablesInProgress' - The names of tables that are being currently imported. Valid Values: List of table names. ----- * 'drrsImportTablesCompleted'+-- * 'drrsImportTablesCompleted' - The names of tables that have been completely imported . Valid Values: List of table names. ----- * 'drrsProgressInMegaBytes'+-- * 'drrsProgressInMegaBytes' - While the resize operation is in progress, this value shows the current amount of data, in megabytes, that has been processed so far. When the resize operation is complete, this value shows the total amount of data, in megabytes, on the cluster, which may be more or less than TotalResizeDataInMegaBytes (the estimated total amount of data before resize). ----- * 'drrsTotalResizeDataInMegaBytes'+-- * 'drrsTotalResizeDataInMegaBytes' - The estimated total amount of data, in megabytes, on the cluster before the resize operation began. ----- * 'drrsTargetClusterType'+-- * 'drrsTargetClusterType' - The cluster type after the resize operation is complete. Valid Values: @multi-node@ | @single-node@ ----- * 'drrsElapsedTimeInSeconds'+-- * 'drrsElapsedTimeInSeconds' - The amount of seconds that have elapsed since the resize operation began. After the resize operation completes, this value shows the total actual time, in seconds, for the resize operation. ----- * 'drrsResponseStatus'+-- * 'drrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. describeResizeResponse     :: Int -- ^ 'drrsResponseStatus'     -> DescribeResizeResponse@@ -192,15 +196,11 @@     , _drrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_     } --- | The names of tables that have not been yet imported.------ Valid Values: List of table names+-- | The names of tables that have not been yet imported. Valid Values: List of table names drrsImportTablesNotStarted :: Lens' DescribeResizeResponse [Text] drrsImportTablesNotStarted = lens _drrsImportTablesNotStarted (\ s a -> s{_drrsImportTablesNotStarted = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The status of the resize operation.------ Valid Values: 'NONE' | 'IN_PROGRESS' | 'FAILED' | 'SUCCEEDED'+-- | The status of the resize operation. Valid Values: @NONE@ | @IN_PROGRESS@ | @FAILED@ | @SUCCEEDED@ drrsStatus :: Lens' DescribeResizeResponse (Maybe Text) drrsStatus = lens _drrsStatus (\ s a -> s{_drrsStatus = a}); @@ -220,15 +220,11 @@ drrsTargetNodeType :: Lens' DescribeResizeResponse (Maybe Text) drrsTargetNodeType = lens _drrsTargetNodeType (\ s a -> s{_drrsTargetNodeType = a}); --- | The names of tables that are being currently imported.------ Valid Values: List of table names.+-- | The names of tables that are being currently imported. Valid Values: List of table names. drrsImportTablesInProgress :: Lens' DescribeResizeResponse [Text] drrsImportTablesInProgress = lens _drrsImportTablesInProgress (\ s a -> s{_drrsImportTablesInProgress = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The names of tables that have been completely imported .------ Valid Values: List of table names.+-- | The names of tables that have been completely imported . Valid Values: List of table names. drrsImportTablesCompleted :: Lens' DescribeResizeResponse [Text] drrsImportTablesCompleted = lens _drrsImportTablesCompleted (\ s a -> s{_drrsImportTablesCompleted = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; @@ -240,9 +236,7 @@ drrsTotalResizeDataInMegaBytes :: Lens' DescribeResizeResponse (Maybe Integer) drrsTotalResizeDataInMegaBytes = lens _drrsTotalResizeDataInMegaBytes (\ s a -> s{_drrsTotalResizeDataInMegaBytes = a}); --- | The cluster type after the resize operation is complete.------ Valid Values: 'multi-node' | 'single-node'+-- | The cluster type after the resize operation is complete. Valid Values: @multi-node@ | @single-node@ drrsTargetClusterType :: Lens' DescribeResizeResponse (Maybe Text) drrsTargetClusterType = lens _drrsTargetClusterType (\ s a -> s{_drrsTargetClusterType = a}); @@ -250,7 +244,7 @@ drrsElapsedTimeInSeconds :: Lens' DescribeResizeResponse (Maybe Integer) drrsElapsedTimeInSeconds = lens _drrsElapsedTimeInSeconds (\ s a -> s{_drrsElapsedTimeInSeconds = a}); --- | The response status code.+-- | -- | The response status code. drrsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeResizeResponse Int drrsResponseStatus = lens _drrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_drrsResponseStatus = a}); 

@@ -20,7 +20,9 @@ -- -- Returns a list of snapshot copy grants owned by the AWS account in the destination region. ----- For more information about managing snapshot copy grants, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-db-encryption.html Amazon Redshift Database Encryption> in the /Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide/.+--+-- For more information about managing snapshot copy grants, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-db-encryption.html Amazon Redshift Database Encryption> in the /Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide/ .+-- module Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeSnapshotCopyGrants     (     -- * Creating a Request@@ -49,8 +51,10 @@ import           Network.AWS.Request import           Network.AWS.Response --- | The result of the 'DescribeSnapshotCopyGrants' action.+-- | The result of the @DescribeSnapshotCopyGrants@ action. --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'describeSnapshotCopyGrants' smart constructor. data DescribeSnapshotCopyGrants = DescribeSnapshotCopyGrants'     { _dscgsTagValues             :: !(Maybe [Text])@@ -64,15 +68,15 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'dscgsTagValues'+-- * 'dscgsTagValues' - A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching resources that are associated with the specified value or values. For example, suppose that you have resources tagged with values called @admin@ and @test@ . If you specify both of these tag values in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with all resources that have either or both of these tag values associated with them. ----- * 'dscgsTagKeys'+-- * 'dscgsTagKeys' - A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching resources that are associated with the specified key or keys. For example, suppose that you have resources tagged with keys called @owner@ and @environment@ . If you specify both of these tag keys in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with all resources that have either or both of these tag keys associated with them. ----- * 'dscgsMarker'+-- * 'dscgsMarker' - An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of response records. When the results of a @DescribeSnapshotCopyGrant@ request exceed the value specified in @MaxRecords@ , AWS returns a value in the @Marker@ field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records by providing the returned marker value in the @Marker@ parameter and retrying the request.  Constraints: You can specify either the __SnapshotCopyGrantName__ parameter or the __Marker__ parameter, but not both. ----- * 'dscgsMaxRecords'+-- * 'dscgsMaxRecords' - The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of remaining response records exceeds the specified @MaxRecords@ value, a value is returned in a @marker@ field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.  Default: @100@  Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100. ----- * 'dscgsSnapshotCopyGrantName'+-- * 'dscgsSnapshotCopyGrantName' - The name of the snapshot copy grant. describeSnapshotCopyGrants     :: DescribeSnapshotCopyGrants describeSnapshotCopyGrants =@@ -84,25 +88,19 @@     , _dscgsSnapshotCopyGrantName = Nothing     } --- | A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching resources that are associated with the specified value or values. For example, suppose that you have resources tagged with values called 'admin' and 'test'. If you specify both of these tag values in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with all resources that have either or both of these tag values associated with them.+-- | A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching resources that are associated with the specified value or values. For example, suppose that you have resources tagged with values called @admin@ and @test@ . If you specify both of these tag values in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with all resources that have either or both of these tag values associated with them. dscgsTagValues :: Lens' DescribeSnapshotCopyGrants [Text] dscgsTagValues = lens _dscgsTagValues (\ s a -> s{_dscgsTagValues = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching resources that are associated with the specified key or keys. For example, suppose that you have resources tagged with keys called 'owner' and 'environment'. If you specify both of these tag keys in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with all resources that have either or both of these tag keys associated with them.+-- | A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching resources that are associated with the specified key or keys. For example, suppose that you have resources tagged with keys called @owner@ and @environment@ . If you specify both of these tag keys in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with all resources that have either or both of these tag keys associated with them. dscgsTagKeys :: Lens' DescribeSnapshotCopyGrants [Text] dscgsTagKeys = lens _dscgsTagKeys (\ s a -> s{_dscgsTagKeys = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of response records. When the results of a 'DescribeSnapshotCopyGrant' request exceed the value specified in 'MaxRecords', AWS returns a value in the 'Marker' field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records by providing the returned marker value in the 'Marker' parameter and retrying the request.------ Constraints: You can specify either the __SnapshotCopyGrantName__ parameter or the __Marker__ parameter, but not both.+-- | An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of response records. When the results of a @DescribeSnapshotCopyGrant@ request exceed the value specified in @MaxRecords@ , AWS returns a value in the @Marker@ field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records by providing the returned marker value in the @Marker@ parameter and retrying the request.  Constraints: You can specify either the __SnapshotCopyGrantName__ parameter or the __Marker__ parameter, but not both. dscgsMarker :: Lens' DescribeSnapshotCopyGrants (Maybe Text) dscgsMarker = lens _dscgsMarker (\ s a -> s{_dscgsMarker = a}); --- | The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of remaining response records exceeds the specified 'MaxRecords' value, a value is returned in a 'marker' field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.------ Default: '100'------ Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.+-- | The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of remaining response records exceeds the specified @MaxRecords@ value, a value is returned in a @marker@ field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.  Default: @100@  Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100. dscgsMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeSnapshotCopyGrants (Maybe Int) dscgsMaxRecords = lens _dscgsMaxRecords (\ s a -> s{_dscgsMaxRecords = a}); @@ -151,6 +149,8 @@  -- | --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'describeSnapshotCopyGrantsResponse' smart constructor. data DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsResponse = DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsResponse'     { _dscgrsSnapshotCopyGrants :: !(Maybe [SnapshotCopyGrant])@@ -162,11 +162,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'dscgrsSnapshotCopyGrants'+-- * 'dscgrsSnapshotCopyGrants' - The list of @SnapshotCopyGrant@ objects. ----- * 'dscgrsMarker'+-- * 'dscgrsMarker' - An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of response records. When the results of a @DescribeSnapshotCopyGrant@ request exceed the value specified in @MaxRecords@ , AWS returns a value in the @Marker@ field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records by providing the returned marker value in the @Marker@ parameter and retrying the request.  Constraints: You can specify either the __SnapshotCopyGrantName__ parameter or the __Marker__ parameter, but not both. ----- * 'dscgrsResponseStatus'+-- * 'dscgrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. describeSnapshotCopyGrantsResponse     :: Int -- ^ 'dscgrsResponseStatus'     -> DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsResponse@@ -177,17 +177,15 @@     , _dscgrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_     } --- | The list of 'SnapshotCopyGrant' objects.+-- | The list of @SnapshotCopyGrant@ objects. dscgrsSnapshotCopyGrants :: Lens' DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsResponse [SnapshotCopyGrant] dscgrsSnapshotCopyGrants = lens _dscgrsSnapshotCopyGrants (\ s a -> s{_dscgrsSnapshotCopyGrants = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of response records. When the results of a 'DescribeSnapshotCopyGrant' request exceed the value specified in 'MaxRecords', AWS returns a value in the 'Marker' field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records by providing the returned marker value in the 'Marker' parameter and retrying the request.------ Constraints: You can specify either the __SnapshotCopyGrantName__ parameter or the __Marker__ parameter, but not both.+-- | An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of response records. When the results of a @DescribeSnapshotCopyGrant@ request exceed the value specified in @MaxRecords@ , AWS returns a value in the @Marker@ field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records by providing the returned marker value in the @Marker@ parameter and retrying the request.  Constraints: You can specify either the __SnapshotCopyGrantName__ parameter or the __Marker__ parameter, but not both. dscgrsMarker :: Lens' DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsResponse (Maybe Text) dscgrsMarker = lens _dscgrsMarker (\ s a -> s{_dscgrsMarker = a}); --- | The response status code.+-- | -- | The response status code. dscgrsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsResponse Int dscgrsResponseStatus = lens _dscgrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_dscgrsResponseStatus = a}); 

@@ -18,7 +18,9 @@ -- Stability   : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) ----- Lists the status of one or more table restore requests made using the < RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot> API action. If you don\'t specify a value for the 'TableRestoreRequestId' parameter, then 'DescribeTableRestoreStatus' returns the status of all table restore requests ordered by the date and time of the request in ascending order. Otherwise 'DescribeTableRestoreStatus' returns the status of the table specified by 'TableRestoreRequestId'.+-- Lists the status of one or more table restore requests made using the 'RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot' API action. If you don't specify a value for the @TableRestoreRequestId@ parameter, then @DescribeTableRestoreStatus@ returns the status of all table restore requests ordered by the date and time of the request in ascending order. Otherwise @DescribeTableRestoreStatus@ returns the status of the table specified by @TableRestoreRequestId@ .+--+-- module Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeTableRestoreStatus     (     -- * Creating a Request@@ -46,7 +48,11 @@ import           Network.AWS.Request import           Network.AWS.Response --- | /See:/ 'describeTableRestoreStatus' smart constructor.+-- |+--+--+--+-- /See:/ 'describeTableRestoreStatus' smart constructor. data DescribeTableRestoreStatus = DescribeTableRestoreStatus'     { _dtrssTableRestoreRequestId :: !(Maybe Text)     , _dtrssClusterIdentifier     :: !(Maybe Text)@@ -58,13 +64,13 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'dtrssTableRestoreRequestId'+-- * 'dtrssTableRestoreRequestId' - The identifier of the table restore request to return status for. If you don't specify a @TableRestoreRequestId@ value, then @DescribeTableRestoreStatus@ returns the status of all in-progress table restore requests. ----- * 'dtrssClusterIdentifier'+-- * 'dtrssClusterIdentifier' - The Amazon Redshift cluster that the table is being restored to. ----- * 'dtrssMarker'+-- * 'dtrssMarker' - An optional pagination token provided by a previous @DescribeTableRestoreStatus@ request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by the @MaxRecords@ parameter. ----- * 'dtrssMaxRecords'+-- * 'dtrssMaxRecords' - The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records exist than the specified @MaxRecords@ value, a pagination token called a marker is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. describeTableRestoreStatus     :: DescribeTableRestoreStatus describeTableRestoreStatus =@@ -75,7 +81,7 @@     , _dtrssMaxRecords = Nothing     } --- | The identifier of the table restore request to return status for. If you don\'t specify a 'TableRestoreRequestId' value, then 'DescribeTableRestoreStatus' returns the status of all in-progress table restore requests.+-- | The identifier of the table restore request to return status for. If you don't specify a @TableRestoreRequestId@ value, then @DescribeTableRestoreStatus@ returns the status of all in-progress table restore requests. dtrssTableRestoreRequestId :: Lens' DescribeTableRestoreStatus (Maybe Text) dtrssTableRestoreRequestId = lens _dtrssTableRestoreRequestId (\ s a -> s{_dtrssTableRestoreRequestId = a}); @@ -83,11 +89,11 @@ dtrssClusterIdentifier :: Lens' DescribeTableRestoreStatus (Maybe Text) dtrssClusterIdentifier = lens _dtrssClusterIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_dtrssClusterIdentifier = a}); --- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous 'DescribeTableRestoreStatus' request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by the 'MaxRecords' parameter.+-- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous @DescribeTableRestoreStatus@ request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by the @MaxRecords@ parameter. dtrssMarker :: Lens' DescribeTableRestoreStatus (Maybe Text) dtrssMarker = lens _dtrssMarker (\ s a -> s{_dtrssMarker = a}); --- | The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records exist than the specified 'MaxRecords' value, a pagination token called a marker is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.+-- | The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records exist than the specified @MaxRecords@ value, a pagination token called a marker is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. dtrssMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeTableRestoreStatus (Maybe Int) dtrssMaxRecords = lens _dtrssMaxRecords (\ s a -> s{_dtrssMaxRecords = a}); @@ -127,7 +133,11 @@                "Marker" =: _dtrssMarker,                "MaxRecords" =: _dtrssMaxRecords] --- | /See:/ 'describeTableRestoreStatusResponse' smart constructor.+-- |+--+--+--+-- /See:/ 'describeTableRestoreStatusResponse' smart constructor. data DescribeTableRestoreStatusResponse = DescribeTableRestoreStatusResponse'     { _dtrsrsMarker                    :: !(Maybe Text)     , _dtrsrsTableRestoreStatusDetails :: !(Maybe [TableRestoreStatus])@@ -138,11 +148,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'dtrsrsMarker'+-- * 'dtrsrsMarker' - A pagination token that can be used in a subsequent 'DescribeTableRestoreStatus' request. ----- * 'dtrsrsTableRestoreStatusDetails'+-- * 'dtrsrsTableRestoreStatusDetails' - A list of status details for one or more table restore requests. ----- * 'dtrsrsResponseStatus'+-- * 'dtrsrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. describeTableRestoreStatusResponse     :: Int -- ^ 'dtrsrsResponseStatus'     -> DescribeTableRestoreStatusResponse@@ -153,7 +163,7 @@     , _dtrsrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_     } --- | A pagination token that can be used in a subsequent < DescribeTableRestoreStatus> request.+-- | A pagination token that can be used in a subsequent 'DescribeTableRestoreStatus' request. dtrsrsMarker :: Lens' DescribeTableRestoreStatusResponse (Maybe Text) dtrsrsMarker = lens _dtrsrsMarker (\ s a -> s{_dtrsrsMarker = a}); @@ -161,7 +171,7 @@ dtrsrsTableRestoreStatusDetails :: Lens' DescribeTableRestoreStatusResponse [TableRestoreStatus] dtrsrsTableRestoreStatusDetails = lens _dtrsrsTableRestoreStatusDetails (\ s a -> s{_dtrsrsTableRestoreStatusDetails = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The response status code.+-- | -- | The response status code. dtrsrsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeTableRestoreStatusResponse Int dtrsrsResponseStatus = lens _dtrsrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_dtrsrsResponseStatus = a}); 

@@ -20,15 +20,21 @@ -- -- Returns a list of tags. You can return tags from a specific resource by specifying an ARN, or you can return all tags for a given type of resource, such as clusters, snapshots, and so on. ----- The following are limitations for 'DescribeTags': ----- -   You cannot specify an ARN and a resource-type value together in the same request.--- -   You cannot use the 'MaxRecords' and 'Marker' parameters together with the ARN parameter.--- -   The 'MaxRecords' parameter can be a range from 10 to 50 results to return in a request.+-- The following are limitations for @DescribeTags@ : ----- If you specify both tag keys and tag values in the same request, Amazon Redshift returns all resources that match any combination of the specified keys and values. For example, if you have 'owner' and 'environment' for tag keys, and 'admin' and 'test' for tag values, all resources that have any combination of those values are returned.+--     * You cannot specify an ARN and a resource-type value together in the same request. --+--     * You cannot use the @MaxRecords@ and @Marker@ parameters together with the ARN parameter.+--+--     * The @MaxRecords@ parameter can be a range from 10 to 50 results to return in a request.+--+--+--+-- If you specify both tag keys and tag values in the same request, Amazon Redshift returns all resources that match any combination of the specified keys and values. For example, if you have @owner@ and @environment@ for tag keys, and @admin@ and @test@ for tag values, all resources that have any combination of those values are returned.+-- -- If both tag keys and values are omitted from the request, resources are returned regardless of whether they have tag keys or values associated with them.+-- module Network.AWS.Redshift.DescribeTags     (     -- * Creating a Request@@ -60,6 +66,8 @@  -- | --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'describeTags' smart constructor. data DescribeTags = DescribeTags'     { _dtTagValues    :: !(Maybe [Text])@@ -74,17 +82,17 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'dtTagValues'+-- * 'dtTagValues' - A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching resources that are associated with the specified value or values. For example, suppose that you have resources tagged with values called @admin@ and @test@ . If you specify both of these tag values in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with all resources that have either or both of these tag values associated with them. ----- * 'dtResourceType'+-- * 'dtResourceType' - The type of resource with which you want to view tags. Valid resource types are:      * Cluster     * CIDR/IP     * EC2 security group     * Snapshot     * Cluster security group     * Subnet group     * HSM connection     * HSM certificate     * Parameter group     * Snapshot copy grant For more information about Amazon Redshift resource types and constructing ARNs, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/constructing-redshift-arn.html Constructing an Amazon Redshift Amazon Resource Name (ARN)> in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. ----- * 'dtResourceName'+-- * 'dtResourceName' - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for which you want to describe the tag or tags. For example, @arn:aws:redshift:us-east-1:123456789:cluster:t1@ . ----- * 'dtTagKeys'+-- * 'dtTagKeys' - A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching resources that are associated with the specified key or keys. For example, suppose that you have resources tagged with keys called @owner@ and @environment@ . If you specify both of these tag keys in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with all resources that have either or both of these tag keys associated with them. ----- * 'dtMarker'+-- * 'dtMarker' - A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the @marker@ parameter and retrying the command. If the @marker@ field is empty, all response records have been retrieved for the request. ----- * 'dtMaxRecords'+-- * 'dtMaxRecords' - The maximum number or response records to return in each call. If the number of remaining response records exceeds the specified @MaxRecords@ value, a value is returned in a @marker@ field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of records by retrying the command with the returned @marker@ value. describeTags     :: DescribeTags describeTags =@@ -97,40 +105,27 @@     , _dtMaxRecords = Nothing     } --- | A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching resources that are associated with the specified value or values. For example, suppose that you have resources tagged with values called 'admin' and 'test'. If you specify both of these tag values in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with all resources that have either or both of these tag values associated with them.+-- | A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching resources that are associated with the specified value or values. For example, suppose that you have resources tagged with values called @admin@ and @test@ . If you specify both of these tag values in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with all resources that have either or both of these tag values associated with them. dtTagValues :: Lens' DescribeTags [Text] dtTagValues = lens _dtTagValues (\ s a -> s{_dtTagValues = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The type of resource with which you want to view tags. Valid resource types are:------ -   Cluster--- -   CIDR\/IP--- -   EC2 security group--- -   Snapshot--- -   Cluster security group--- -   Subnet group--- -   HSM connection--- -   HSM certificate--- -   Parameter group--- -   Snapshot copy grant------ For more information about Amazon Redshift resource types and constructing ARNs, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/constructing-redshift-arn.html Constructing an Amazon Redshift Amazon Resource Name (ARN)> in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.+-- | The type of resource with which you want to view tags. Valid resource types are:      * Cluster     * CIDR/IP     * EC2 security group     * Snapshot     * Cluster security group     * Subnet group     * HSM connection     * HSM certificate     * Parameter group     * Snapshot copy grant For more information about Amazon Redshift resource types and constructing ARNs, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/constructing-redshift-arn.html Constructing an Amazon Redshift Amazon Resource Name (ARN)> in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. dtResourceType :: Lens' DescribeTags (Maybe Text) dtResourceType = lens _dtResourceType (\ s a -> s{_dtResourceType = a}); --- | The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for which you want to describe the tag or tags. For example, 'arn:aws:redshift:us-east-1:123456789:cluster:t1'.+-- | The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for which you want to describe the tag or tags. For example, @arn:aws:redshift:us-east-1:123456789:cluster:t1@ . dtResourceName :: Lens' DescribeTags (Maybe Text) dtResourceName = lens _dtResourceName (\ s a -> s{_dtResourceName = a}); --- | A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching resources that are associated with the specified key or keys. For example, suppose that you have resources tagged with keys called 'owner' and 'environment'. If you specify both of these tag keys in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with all resources that have either or both of these tag keys associated with them.+-- | A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching resources that are associated with the specified key or keys. For example, suppose that you have resources tagged with keys called @owner@ and @environment@ . If you specify both of these tag keys in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with all resources that have either or both of these tag keys associated with them. dtTagKeys :: Lens' DescribeTags [Text] dtTagKeys = lens _dtTagKeys (\ s a -> s{_dtTagKeys = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the 'marker' parameter and retrying the command. If the 'marker' field is empty, all response records have been retrieved for the request.+-- | A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the @marker@ parameter and retrying the command. If the @marker@ field is empty, all response records have been retrieved for the request. dtMarker :: Lens' DescribeTags (Maybe Text) dtMarker = lens _dtMarker (\ s a -> s{_dtMarker = a}); --- | The maximum number or response records to return in each call. If the number of remaining response records exceeds the specified 'MaxRecords' value, a value is returned in a 'marker' field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of records by retrying the command with the returned 'marker' value.+-- | The maximum number or response records to return in each call. If the number of remaining response records exceeds the specified @MaxRecords@ value, a value is returned in a @marker@ field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of records by retrying the command with the returned @marker@ value. dtMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeTags (Maybe Int) dtMaxRecords = lens _dtMaxRecords (\ s a -> s{_dtMaxRecords = a}); @@ -171,6 +166,8 @@  -- | --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'describeTagsResponse' smart constructor. data DescribeTagsResponse = DescribeTagsResponse'     { _dtrsMarker          :: !(Maybe Text)@@ -182,11 +179,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'dtrsMarker'+-- * 'dtrsMarker' - A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the @Marker@ parameter and retrying the command. If the @Marker@ field is empty, all response records have been retrieved for the request. ----- * 'dtrsTaggedResources'+-- * 'dtrsTaggedResources' - A list of tags with their associated resources. ----- * 'dtrsResponseStatus'+-- * 'dtrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. describeTagsResponse     :: Int -- ^ 'dtrsResponseStatus'     -> DescribeTagsResponse@@ -197,7 +194,7 @@     , _dtrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_     } --- | A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the 'Marker' parameter and retrying the command. If the 'Marker' field is empty, all response records have been retrieved for the request.+-- | A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the @Marker@ parameter and retrying the command. If the @Marker@ field is empty, all response records have been retrieved for the request. dtrsMarker :: Lens' DescribeTagsResponse (Maybe Text) dtrsMarker = lens _dtrsMarker (\ s a -> s{_dtrsMarker = a}); @@ -205,7 +202,7 @@ dtrsTaggedResources :: Lens' DescribeTagsResponse [TaggedResource] dtrsTaggedResources = lens _dtrsTaggedResources (\ s a -> s{_dtrsTaggedResources = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The response status code.+-- | -- | The response status code. dtrsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeTagsResponse Int dtrsResponseStatus = lens _dtrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_dtrsResponseStatus = a}); 

@@ -19,6 +19,8 @@ -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- -- Stops logging information, such as queries and connection attempts, for the specified Amazon Redshift cluster.+--+-- module Network.AWS.Redshift.DisableLogging     (     -- * Creating a Request@@ -48,6 +50,8 @@  -- | --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'disableLogging' smart constructor. newtype DisableLogging = DisableLogging'     { _dlClusterIdentifier :: Text@@ -57,7 +61,7 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'dlClusterIdentifier'+-- * 'dlClusterIdentifier' - The identifier of the cluster on which logging is to be stopped. Example: @examplecluster@ disableLogging     :: Text -- ^ 'dlClusterIdentifier'     -> DisableLogging@@ -66,9 +70,7 @@     { _dlClusterIdentifier = pClusterIdentifier_     } --- | The identifier of the cluster on which logging is to be stopped.------ Example: 'examplecluster'+-- | The identifier of the cluster on which logging is to be stopped. Example: @examplecluster@ dlClusterIdentifier :: Lens' DisableLogging Text dlClusterIdentifier = lens _dlClusterIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_dlClusterIdentifier = a}); 

@@ -20,7 +20,9 @@ -- -- Disables the automatic copying of snapshots from one region to another region for a specified cluster. ----- If your cluster and its snapshots are encrypted using a customer master key (CMK) from AWS KMS, use < DeleteSnapshotCopyGrant> to delete the grant that grants Amazon Redshift permission to the CMK in the destination region.+--+-- If your cluster and its snapshots are encrypted using a customer master key (CMK) from AWS KMS, use 'DeleteSnapshotCopyGrant' to delete the grant that grants Amazon Redshift permission to the CMK in the destination region.+-- module Network.AWS.Redshift.DisableSnapshotCopy     (     -- * Creating a Request@@ -46,6 +48,8 @@  -- | --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'disableSnapshotCopy' smart constructor. newtype DisableSnapshotCopy = DisableSnapshotCopy'     { _dscClusterIdentifier :: Text@@ -55,7 +59,7 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'dscClusterIdentifier'+-- * 'dscClusterIdentifier' - The unique identifier of the source cluster that you want to disable copying of snapshots to a destination region. Constraints: Must be the valid name of an existing cluster that has cross-region snapshot copy enabled. disableSnapshotCopy     :: Text -- ^ 'dscClusterIdentifier'     -> DisableSnapshotCopy@@ -64,9 +68,7 @@     { _dscClusterIdentifier = pClusterIdentifier_     } --- | The unique identifier of the source cluster that you want to disable copying of snapshots to a destination region.------ Constraints: Must be the valid name of an existing cluster that has cross-region snapshot copy enabled.+-- | The unique identifier of the source cluster that you want to disable copying of snapshots to a destination region. Constraints: Must be the valid name of an existing cluster that has cross-region snapshot copy enabled. dscClusterIdentifier :: Lens' DisableSnapshotCopy Text dscClusterIdentifier = lens _dscClusterIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_dscClusterIdentifier = a}); @@ -107,9 +109,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'dscrsCluster'+-- * 'dscrsCluster' - Undocumented member. ----- * 'dscrsResponseStatus'+-- * 'dscrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. disableSnapshotCopyResponse     :: Int -- ^ 'dscrsResponseStatus'     -> DisableSnapshotCopyResponse@@ -123,7 +125,7 @@ dscrsCluster :: Lens' DisableSnapshotCopyResponse (Maybe Cluster) dscrsCluster = lens _dscrsCluster (\ s a -> s{_dscrsCluster = a}); --- | The response status code.+-- | -- | The response status code. dscrsResponseStatus :: Lens' DisableSnapshotCopyResponse Int dscrsResponseStatus = lens _dscrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_dscrsResponseStatus = a}); 

@@ -19,6 +19,8 @@ -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- -- Starts logging information, such as queries and connection attempts, for the specified Amazon Redshift cluster.+--+-- module Network.AWS.Redshift.EnableLogging     (     -- * Creating a Request@@ -50,6 +52,8 @@  -- | --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'enableLogging' smart constructor. data EnableLogging = EnableLogging'     { _elS3KeyPrefix       :: !(Maybe Text)@@ -61,11 +65,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'elS3KeyPrefix'+-- * 'elS3KeyPrefix' - The prefix applied to the log file names. Constraints:     * Cannot exceed 512 characters     * Cannot contain spaces( ), double quotes ("), single quotes ('), a backslash (\), or control characters. The hexadecimal codes for invalid characters are:      * x00 to x20     * x22     * x27     * x5c     * x7f or larger ----- * 'elClusterIdentifier'+-- * 'elClusterIdentifier' - The identifier of the cluster on which logging is to be started. Example: @examplecluster@ ----- * 'elBucketName'+-- * 'elBucketName' - The name of an existing S3 bucket where the log files are to be stored. Constraints:     * Must be in the same region as the cluster     * The cluster must have read bucket and put object permissions enableLogging     :: Text -- ^ 'elClusterIdentifier'     -> Text -- ^ 'elBucketName'@@ -77,32 +81,15 @@     , _elBucketName = pBucketName_     } --- | The prefix applied to the log file names.------ Constraints:------ -   Cannot exceed 512 characters--- -   Cannot contain spaces( ), double quotes (\"), single quotes (\'), a backslash (\\), or control characters. The hexadecimal codes for invalid characters are:---     -   x00 to x20---     -   x22---     -   x27---     -   x5c---     -   x7f or larger+-- | The prefix applied to the log file names. Constraints:     * Cannot exceed 512 characters     * Cannot contain spaces( ), double quotes ("), single quotes ('), a backslash (\), or control characters. The hexadecimal codes for invalid characters are:      * x00 to x20     * x22     * x27     * x5c     * x7f or larger elS3KeyPrefix :: Lens' EnableLogging (Maybe Text) elS3KeyPrefix = lens _elS3KeyPrefix (\ s a -> s{_elS3KeyPrefix = a}); --- | The identifier of the cluster on which logging is to be started.------ Example: 'examplecluster'+-- | The identifier of the cluster on which logging is to be started. Example: @examplecluster@ elClusterIdentifier :: Lens' EnableLogging Text elClusterIdentifier = lens _elClusterIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_elClusterIdentifier = a}); --- | The name of an existing S3 bucket where the log files are to be stored.------ Constraints:------ -   Must be in the same region as the cluster--- -   The cluster must have read bucket and put object permissions+-- | The name of an existing S3 bucket where the log files are to be stored. Constraints:     * Must be in the same region as the cluster     * The cluster must have read bucket and put object permissions elBucketName :: Lens' EnableLogging Text elBucketName = lens _elBucketName (\ s a -> s{_elBucketName = a}); 

@@ -19,6 +19,8 @@ -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- -- Enables the automatic copy of snapshots from one region to another region for a specified cluster.+--+-- module Network.AWS.Redshift.EnableSnapshotCopy     (     -- * Creating a Request@@ -47,6 +49,8 @@  -- | --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'enableSnapshotCopy' smart constructor. data EnableSnapshotCopy = EnableSnapshotCopy'     { _escRetentionPeriod       :: !(Maybe Int)@@ -59,13 +63,13 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'escRetentionPeriod'+-- * 'escRetentionPeriod' - The number of days to retain automated snapshots in the destination region after they are copied from the source region. Default: 7. Constraints: Must be at least 1 and no more than 35. ----- * 'escSnapshotCopyGrantName'+-- * 'escSnapshotCopyGrantName' - The name of the snapshot copy grant to use when snapshots of an AWS KMS-encrypted cluster are copied to the destination region. ----- * 'escClusterIdentifier'+-- * 'escClusterIdentifier' - The unique identifier of the source cluster to copy snapshots from. Constraints: Must be the valid name of an existing cluster that does not already have cross-region snapshot copy enabled. ----- * 'escDestinationRegion'+-- * 'escDestinationRegion' - The destination region that you want to copy snapshots to. Constraints: Must be the name of a valid region. For more information, see <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html#redshift_region Regions and Endpoints> in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. enableSnapshotCopy     :: Text -- ^ 'escClusterIdentifier'     -> Text -- ^ 'escDestinationRegion'@@ -78,11 +82,7 @@     , _escDestinationRegion = pDestinationRegion_     } --- | The number of days to retain automated snapshots in the destination region after they are copied from the source region.------ Default: 7.------ Constraints: Must be at least 1 and no more than 35.+-- | The number of days to retain automated snapshots in the destination region after they are copied from the source region. Default: 7. Constraints: Must be at least 1 and no more than 35. escRetentionPeriod :: Lens' EnableSnapshotCopy (Maybe Int) escRetentionPeriod = lens _escRetentionPeriod (\ s a -> s{_escRetentionPeriod = a}); @@ -90,15 +90,11 @@ escSnapshotCopyGrantName :: Lens' EnableSnapshotCopy (Maybe Text) escSnapshotCopyGrantName = lens _escSnapshotCopyGrantName (\ s a -> s{_escSnapshotCopyGrantName = a}); --- | The unique identifier of the source cluster to copy snapshots from.------ Constraints: Must be the valid name of an existing cluster that does not already have cross-region snapshot copy enabled.+-- | The unique identifier of the source cluster to copy snapshots from. Constraints: Must be the valid name of an existing cluster that does not already have cross-region snapshot copy enabled. escClusterIdentifier :: Lens' EnableSnapshotCopy Text escClusterIdentifier = lens _escClusterIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_escClusterIdentifier = a}); --- | The destination region that you want to copy snapshots to.------ Constraints: Must be the name of a valid region. For more information, see <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html#redshift_region Regions and Endpoints> in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.+-- | The destination region that you want to copy snapshots to. Constraints: Must be the name of a valid region. For more information, see <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html#redshift_region Regions and Endpoints> in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. escDestinationRegion :: Lens' EnableSnapshotCopy Text escDestinationRegion = lens _escDestinationRegion (\ s a -> s{_escDestinationRegion = a}); @@ -142,9 +138,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'escrsCluster'+-- * 'escrsCluster' - Undocumented member. ----- * 'escrsResponseStatus'+-- * 'escrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. enableSnapshotCopyResponse     :: Int -- ^ 'escrsResponseStatus'     -> EnableSnapshotCopyResponse@@ -158,7 +154,7 @@ escrsCluster :: Lens' EnableSnapshotCopyResponse (Maybe Cluster) escrsCluster = lens _escrsCluster (\ s a -> s{_escrsCluster = a}); --- | The response status code.+-- | -- | The response status code. escrsResponseStatus :: Lens' EnableSnapshotCopyResponse Int escrsResponseStatus = lens _escrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_escrsResponseStatus = a}); 

@@ -20,13 +20,16 @@ -- -- Modifies the settings for a cluster. For example, you can add another security or parameter group, update the preferred maintenance window, or change the master user password. Resetting a cluster password or modifying the security groups associated with a cluster do not need a reboot. However, modifying a parameter group requires a reboot for parameters to take effect. For more information about managing clusters, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html Amazon Redshift Clusters> in the /Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide/ . --+-- -- You can also change node type and the number of nodes to scale up or down the cluster. When resizing a cluster, you must specify both the number of nodes and the node type even if one of the parameters does not change.+-- module Network.AWS.Redshift.ModifyCluster     (     -- * Creating a Request       modifyCluster     , ModifyCluster     -- * Request Lenses+    , mcEnhancedVPCRouting     , mcMasterUserPassword     , mcPubliclyAccessible     , mcHSMConfigurationIdentifier@@ -62,9 +65,12 @@  -- | --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'modifyCluster' smart constructor. data ModifyCluster = ModifyCluster'-    { _mcMasterUserPassword               :: !(Maybe Text)+    { _mcEnhancedVPCRouting               :: !(Maybe Bool)+    , _mcMasterUserPassword               :: !(Maybe Text)     , _mcPubliclyAccessible               :: !(Maybe Bool)     , _mcHSMConfigurationIdentifier       :: !(Maybe Text)     , _mcClusterSecurityGroups            :: !(Maybe [Text])@@ -87,45 +93,48 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'mcMasterUserPassword'+-- * 'mcEnhancedVPCRouting' - An option that specifies whether to create the cluster with enhanced VPC routing enabled. To create a cluster that uses enhanced VPC routing, the cluster must be in a VPC. For more information, see <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/enhanced-vpc-routing.html Enhanced VPC Routing> in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. If this option is @true@ , enhanced VPC routing is enabled.  Default: false ----- * 'mcPubliclyAccessible'+-- * 'mcMasterUserPassword' - The new password for the cluster master user. This change is asynchronously applied as soon as possible. Between the time of the request and the completion of the request, the @MasterUserPassword@ element exists in the @PendingModifiedValues@ element of the operation response.  Default: Uses existing setting. Constraints:     * Must be between 8 and 64 characters in length.     * Must contain at least one uppercase letter.     * Must contain at least one lowercase letter.     * Must contain one number.     * Can be any printable ASCII character (ASCII code 33 to 126) except ' (single quote), " (double quote), \, /, @, or space. ----- * 'mcHSMConfigurationIdentifier'+-- * 'mcPubliclyAccessible' - If @true@ , the cluster can be accessed from a public network. Only clusters in VPCs can be set to be publicly available. ----- * 'mcClusterSecurityGroups'+-- * 'mcHSMConfigurationIdentifier' - Specifies the name of the HSM configuration that contains the information the Amazon Redshift cluster can use to retrieve and store keys in an HSM. ----- * 'mcAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod'+-- * 'mcClusterSecurityGroups' - A list of cluster security groups to be authorized on this cluster. This change is asynchronously applied as soon as possible. Security groups currently associated with the cluster, and not in the list of groups to apply, will be revoked from the cluster. Constraints:     * Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens     * First character must be a letter     * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens ----- * 'mcHSMClientCertificateIdentifier'+-- * 'mcAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod' - The number of days that automated snapshots are retained. If the value is 0, automated snapshots are disabled. Even if automated snapshots are disabled, you can still create manual snapshots when you want with 'CreateClusterSnapshot' .  If you decrease the automated snapshot retention period from its current value, existing automated snapshots that fall outside of the new retention period will be immediately deleted. Default: Uses existing setting. Constraints: Must be a value from 0 to 35. ----- * 'mcNumberOfNodes'+-- * 'mcHSMClientCertificateIdentifier' - Specifies the name of the HSM client certificate the Amazon Redshift cluster uses to retrieve the data encryption keys stored in an HSM. ----- * 'mcElasticIP'+-- * 'mcNumberOfNodes' - The new number of nodes of the cluster. If you specify a new number of nodes, you must also specify the node type parameter. When you submit your request to resize a cluster, Amazon Redshift sets access permissions for the cluster to read-only. After Amazon Redshift provisions a new cluster according to your resize requirements, there will be a temporary outage while the old cluster is deleted and your connection is switched to the new cluster. When the new connection is complete, the original access permissions for the cluster are restored. You can use 'DescribeResize' to track the progress of the resize request.  Valid Values: Integer greater than @0@ . ----- * 'mcPreferredMaintenanceWindow'+-- * 'mcElasticIP' - The Elastic IP (EIP) address for the cluster. Constraints: The cluster must be provisioned in EC2-VPC and publicly-accessible through an Internet gateway. For more information about provisioning clusters in EC2-VPC, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html#cluster-platforms Supported Platforms to Launch Your Cluster> in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. ----- * 'mcVPCSecurityGroupIds'+-- * 'mcPreferredMaintenanceWindow' - The weekly time range (in UTC) during which system maintenance can occur, if necessary. If system maintenance is necessary during the window, it may result in an outage. This maintenance window change is made immediately. If the new maintenance window indicates the current time, there must be at least 120 minutes between the current time and end of the window in order to ensure that pending changes are applied. Default: Uses existing setting. Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi, for example @wed:07:30-wed:08:00@ . Valid Days: Mon | Tue | Wed | Thu | Fri | Sat | Sun Constraints: Must be at least 30 minutes. ----- * 'mcClusterType'+-- * 'mcVPCSecurityGroupIds' - A list of virtual private cloud (VPC) security groups to be associated with the cluster. ----- * 'mcNewClusterIdentifier'+-- * 'mcClusterType' - The new cluster type. When you submit your cluster resize request, your existing cluster goes into a read-only mode. After Amazon Redshift provisions a new cluster based on your resize requirements, there will be outage for a period while the old cluster is deleted and your connection is switched to the new cluster. You can use 'DescribeResize' to track the progress of the resize request.  Valid Values: @multi-node | single-node @ ----- * 'mcClusterVersion'+-- * 'mcNewClusterIdentifier' - The new identifier for the cluster. Constraints:     * Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.     * Alphabetic characters must be lowercase.     * First character must be a letter.     * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.     * Must be unique for all clusters within an AWS account. Example: @examplecluster@ ----- * 'mcNodeType'+-- * 'mcClusterVersion' - The new version number of the Amazon Redshift engine to upgrade to. For major version upgrades, if a non-default cluster parameter group is currently in use, a new cluster parameter group in the cluster parameter group family for the new version must be specified. The new cluster parameter group can be the default for that cluster parameter group family. For more information about parameters and parameter groups, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-parameter-groups.html Amazon Redshift Parameter Groups> in the /Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide/ . Example: @1.0@ ----- * 'mcAllowVersionUpgrade'+-- * 'mcNodeType' - The new node type of the cluster. If you specify a new node type, you must also specify the number of nodes parameter. When you submit your request to resize a cluster, Amazon Redshift sets access permissions for the cluster to read-only. After Amazon Redshift provisions a new cluster according to your resize requirements, there will be a temporary outage while the old cluster is deleted and your connection is switched to the new cluster. When the new connection is complete, the original access permissions for the cluster are restored. You can use 'DescribeResize' to track the progress of the resize request.  Valid Values: @ds1.xlarge@ | @ds1.8xlarge@ | @ds2.xlarge@ | @ds2.8xlarge@ | @dc1.large@ | @dc1.8xlarge@ . ----- * 'mcClusterParameterGroupName'+-- * 'mcAllowVersionUpgrade' - If @true@ , major version upgrades will be applied automatically to the cluster during the maintenance window.  Default: @false@ ----- * 'mcClusterIdentifier'+-- * 'mcClusterParameterGroupName' - The name of the cluster parameter group to apply to this cluster. This change is applied only after the cluster is rebooted. To reboot a cluster use 'RebootCluster' .  Default: Uses existing setting. Constraints: The cluster parameter group must be in the same parameter group family that matches the cluster version.+--+-- * 'mcClusterIdentifier' - The unique identifier of the cluster to be modified. Example: @examplecluster@ modifyCluster     :: Text -- ^ 'mcClusterIdentifier'     -> ModifyCluster modifyCluster pClusterIdentifier_ =     ModifyCluster'-    { _mcMasterUserPassword = Nothing+    { _mcEnhancedVPCRouting = Nothing+    , _mcMasterUserPassword = Nothing     , _mcPubliclyAccessible = Nothing     , _mcHSMConfigurationIdentifier = Nothing     , _mcClusterSecurityGroups = Nothing@@ -144,23 +153,15 @@     , _mcClusterIdentifier = pClusterIdentifier_     } --- | The new password for the cluster master user. This change is asynchronously applied as soon as possible. Between the time of the request and the completion of the request, the 'MasterUserPassword' element exists in the 'PendingModifiedValues' element of the operation response.------ Operations never return the password, so this operation provides a way to regain access to the master user account for a cluster if the password is lost.------ Default: Uses existing setting.------ Constraints:------ -   Must be between 8 and 64 characters in length.--- -   Must contain at least one uppercase letter.--- -   Must contain at least one lowercase letter.--- -   Must contain one number.--- -   Can be any printable ASCII character (ASCII code 33 to 126) except \' (single quote), \" (double quote), \\, \/, \', or space.+-- | An option that specifies whether to create the cluster with enhanced VPC routing enabled. To create a cluster that uses enhanced VPC routing, the cluster must be in a VPC. For more information, see <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/enhanced-vpc-routing.html Enhanced VPC Routing> in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. If this option is @true@ , enhanced VPC routing is enabled.  Default: false+mcEnhancedVPCRouting :: Lens' ModifyCluster (Maybe Bool)+mcEnhancedVPCRouting = lens _mcEnhancedVPCRouting (\ s a -> s{_mcEnhancedVPCRouting = a});++-- | The new password for the cluster master user. This change is asynchronously applied as soon as possible. Between the time of the request and the completion of the request, the @MasterUserPassword@ element exists in the @PendingModifiedValues@ element of the operation response.  Default: Uses existing setting. Constraints:     * Must be between 8 and 64 characters in length.     * Must contain at least one uppercase letter.     * Must contain at least one lowercase letter.     * Must contain one number.     * Can be any printable ASCII character (ASCII code 33 to 126) except ' (single quote), " (double quote), \, /, @, or space. mcMasterUserPassword :: Lens' ModifyCluster (Maybe Text) mcMasterUserPassword = lens _mcMasterUserPassword (\ s a -> s{_mcMasterUserPassword = a}); --- | If 'true', the cluster can be accessed from a public network. Only clusters in VPCs can be set to be publicly available.+-- | If @true@ , the cluster can be accessed from a public network. Only clusters in VPCs can be set to be publicly available. mcPubliclyAccessible :: Lens' ModifyCluster (Maybe Bool) mcPubliclyAccessible = lens _mcPubliclyAccessible (\ s a -> s{_mcPubliclyAccessible = a}); @@ -168,25 +169,11 @@ mcHSMConfigurationIdentifier :: Lens' ModifyCluster (Maybe Text) mcHSMConfigurationIdentifier = lens _mcHSMConfigurationIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_mcHSMConfigurationIdentifier = a}); --- | A list of cluster security groups to be authorized on this cluster. This change is asynchronously applied as soon as possible.------ Security groups currently associated with the cluster, and not in the list of groups to apply, will be revoked from the cluster.------ Constraints:------ -   Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens--- -   First character must be a letter--- -   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens+-- | A list of cluster security groups to be authorized on this cluster. This change is asynchronously applied as soon as possible. Security groups currently associated with the cluster, and not in the list of groups to apply, will be revoked from the cluster. Constraints:     * Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens     * First character must be a letter     * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens mcClusterSecurityGroups :: Lens' ModifyCluster [Text] mcClusterSecurityGroups = lens _mcClusterSecurityGroups (\ s a -> s{_mcClusterSecurityGroups = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The number of days that automated snapshots are retained. If the value is 0, automated snapshots are disabled. Even if automated snapshots are disabled, you can still create manual snapshots when you want with < CreateClusterSnapshot>.------ If you decrease the automated snapshot retention period from its current value, existing automated snapshots that fall outside of the new retention period will be immediately deleted.------ Default: Uses existing setting.------ Constraints: Must be a value from 0 to 35.+-- | The number of days that automated snapshots are retained. If the value is 0, automated snapshots are disabled. Even if automated snapshots are disabled, you can still create manual snapshots when you want with 'CreateClusterSnapshot' .  If you decrease the automated snapshot retention period from its current value, existing automated snapshots that fall outside of the new retention period will be immediately deleted. Default: Uses existing setting. Constraints: Must be a value from 0 to 35. mcAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod :: Lens' ModifyCluster (Maybe Int) mcAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod = lens _mcAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod (\ s a -> s{_mcAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod = a}); @@ -194,31 +181,15 @@ mcHSMClientCertificateIdentifier :: Lens' ModifyCluster (Maybe Text) mcHSMClientCertificateIdentifier = lens _mcHSMClientCertificateIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_mcHSMClientCertificateIdentifier = a}); --- | The new number of nodes of the cluster. If you specify a new number of nodes, you must also specify the node type parameter.------ When you submit your request to resize a cluster, Amazon Redshift sets access permissions for the cluster to read-only. After Amazon Redshift provisions a new cluster according to your resize requirements, there will be a temporary outage while the old cluster is deleted and your connection is switched to the new cluster. When the new connection is complete, the original access permissions for the cluster are restored. You can use < DescribeResize> to track the progress of the resize request.------ Valid Values: Integer greater than '0'.+-- | The new number of nodes of the cluster. If you specify a new number of nodes, you must also specify the node type parameter. When you submit your request to resize a cluster, Amazon Redshift sets access permissions for the cluster to read-only. After Amazon Redshift provisions a new cluster according to your resize requirements, there will be a temporary outage while the old cluster is deleted and your connection is switched to the new cluster. When the new connection is complete, the original access permissions for the cluster are restored. You can use 'DescribeResize' to track the progress of the resize request.  Valid Values: Integer greater than @0@ . mcNumberOfNodes :: Lens' ModifyCluster (Maybe Int) mcNumberOfNodes = lens _mcNumberOfNodes (\ s a -> s{_mcNumberOfNodes = a}); --- | The Elastic IP (EIP) address for the cluster.------ Constraints: The cluster must be provisioned in EC2-VPC and publicly-accessible through an Internet gateway. For more information about provisioning clusters in EC2-VPC, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html#cluster-platforms Supported Platforms to Launch Your Cluster> in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.+-- | The Elastic IP (EIP) address for the cluster. Constraints: The cluster must be provisioned in EC2-VPC and publicly-accessible through an Internet gateway. For more information about provisioning clusters in EC2-VPC, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html#cluster-platforms Supported Platforms to Launch Your Cluster> in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. mcElasticIP :: Lens' ModifyCluster (Maybe Text) mcElasticIP = lens _mcElasticIP (\ s a -> s{_mcElasticIP = a}); --- | The weekly time range (in UTC) during which system maintenance can occur, if necessary. If system maintenance is necessary during the window, it may result in an outage.------ This maintenance window change is made immediately. If the new maintenance window indicates the current time, there must be at least 120 minutes between the current time and end of the window in order to ensure that pending changes are applied.------ Default: Uses existing setting.------ Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi, for example 'wed:07:30-wed:08:00'.------ Valid Days: Mon | Tue | Wed | Thu | Fri | Sat | Sun------ Constraints: Must be at least 30 minutes.+-- | The weekly time range (in UTC) during which system maintenance can occur, if necessary. If system maintenance is necessary during the window, it may result in an outage. This maintenance window change is made immediately. If the new maintenance window indicates the current time, there must be at least 120 minutes between the current time and end of the window in order to ensure that pending changes are applied. Default: Uses existing setting. Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi, for example @wed:07:30-wed:08:00@ . Valid Days: Mon | Tue | Wed | Thu | Fri | Sat | Sun Constraints: Must be at least 30 minutes. mcPreferredMaintenanceWindow :: Lens' ModifyCluster (Maybe Text) mcPreferredMaintenanceWindow = lens _mcPreferredMaintenanceWindow (\ s a -> s{_mcPreferredMaintenanceWindow = a}); @@ -226,61 +197,31 @@ mcVPCSecurityGroupIds :: Lens' ModifyCluster [Text] mcVPCSecurityGroupIds = lens _mcVPCSecurityGroupIds (\ s a -> s{_mcVPCSecurityGroupIds = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The new cluster type.------ When you submit your cluster resize request, your existing cluster goes into a read-only mode. After Amazon Redshift provisions a new cluster based on your resize requirements, there will be outage for a period while the old cluster is deleted and your connection is switched to the new cluster. You can use < DescribeResize> to track the progress of the resize request.------ Valid Values: ' multi-node | single-node '+-- | The new cluster type. When you submit your cluster resize request, your existing cluster goes into a read-only mode. After Amazon Redshift provisions a new cluster based on your resize requirements, there will be outage for a period while the old cluster is deleted and your connection is switched to the new cluster. You can use 'DescribeResize' to track the progress of the resize request.  Valid Values: @multi-node | single-node @ mcClusterType :: Lens' ModifyCluster (Maybe Text) mcClusterType = lens _mcClusterType (\ s a -> s{_mcClusterType = a}); --- | The new identifier for the cluster.------ Constraints:------ -   Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.--- -   Alphabetic characters must be lowercase.--- -   First character must be a letter.--- -   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.--- -   Must be unique for all clusters within an AWS account.------ Example: 'examplecluster'+-- | The new identifier for the cluster. Constraints:     * Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.     * Alphabetic characters must be lowercase.     * First character must be a letter.     * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.     * Must be unique for all clusters within an AWS account. Example: @examplecluster@ mcNewClusterIdentifier :: Lens' ModifyCluster (Maybe Text) mcNewClusterIdentifier = lens _mcNewClusterIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_mcNewClusterIdentifier = a}); --- | The new version number of the Amazon Redshift engine to upgrade to.------ For major version upgrades, if a non-default cluster parameter group is currently in use, a new cluster parameter group in the cluster parameter group family for the new version must be specified. The new cluster parameter group can be the default for that cluster parameter group family. For more information about parameters and parameter groups, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-parameter-groups.html Amazon Redshift Parameter Groups> in the /Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide/.------ Example: '1.0'+-- | The new version number of the Amazon Redshift engine to upgrade to. For major version upgrades, if a non-default cluster parameter group is currently in use, a new cluster parameter group in the cluster parameter group family for the new version must be specified. The new cluster parameter group can be the default for that cluster parameter group family. For more information about parameters and parameter groups, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-parameter-groups.html Amazon Redshift Parameter Groups> in the /Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide/ . Example: @1.0@ mcClusterVersion :: Lens' ModifyCluster (Maybe Text) mcClusterVersion = lens _mcClusterVersion (\ s a -> s{_mcClusterVersion = a}); --- | The new node type of the cluster. If you specify a new node type, you must also specify the number of nodes parameter.------ When you submit your request to resize a cluster, Amazon Redshift sets access permissions for the cluster to read-only. After Amazon Redshift provisions a new cluster according to your resize requirements, there will be a temporary outage while the old cluster is deleted and your connection is switched to the new cluster. When the new connection is complete, the original access permissions for the cluster are restored. You can use < DescribeResize> to track the progress of the resize request.------ Valid Values: ' ds1.xlarge' | 'ds1.8xlarge' | ' ds2.xlarge' | 'ds2.8xlarge' | 'dc1.large' | 'dc1.8xlarge'.+-- | The new node type of the cluster. If you specify a new node type, you must also specify the number of nodes parameter. When you submit your request to resize a cluster, Amazon Redshift sets access permissions for the cluster to read-only. After Amazon Redshift provisions a new cluster according to your resize requirements, there will be a temporary outage while the old cluster is deleted and your connection is switched to the new cluster. When the new connection is complete, the original access permissions for the cluster are restored. You can use 'DescribeResize' to track the progress of the resize request.  Valid Values: @ds1.xlarge@ | @ds1.8xlarge@ | @ds2.xlarge@ | @ds2.8xlarge@ | @dc1.large@ | @dc1.8xlarge@ . mcNodeType :: Lens' ModifyCluster (Maybe Text) mcNodeType = lens _mcNodeType (\ s a -> s{_mcNodeType = a}); --- | If 'true', major version upgrades will be applied automatically to the cluster during the maintenance window.------ Default: 'false'+-- | If @true@ , major version upgrades will be applied automatically to the cluster during the maintenance window.  Default: @false@ mcAllowVersionUpgrade :: Lens' ModifyCluster (Maybe Bool) mcAllowVersionUpgrade = lens _mcAllowVersionUpgrade (\ s a -> s{_mcAllowVersionUpgrade = a}); --- | The name of the cluster parameter group to apply to this cluster. This change is applied only after the cluster is rebooted. To reboot a cluster use < RebootCluster>.------ Default: Uses existing setting.------ Constraints: The cluster parameter group must be in the same parameter group family that matches the cluster version.+-- | The name of the cluster parameter group to apply to this cluster. This change is applied only after the cluster is rebooted. To reboot a cluster use 'RebootCluster' .  Default: Uses existing setting. Constraints: The cluster parameter group must be in the same parameter group family that matches the cluster version. mcClusterParameterGroupName :: Lens' ModifyCluster (Maybe Text) mcClusterParameterGroupName = lens _mcClusterParameterGroupName (\ s a -> s{_mcClusterParameterGroupName = a}); --- | The unique identifier of the cluster to be modified.------ Example: 'examplecluster'+-- | The unique identifier of the cluster to be modified. Example: @examplecluster@ mcClusterIdentifier :: Lens' ModifyCluster Text mcClusterIdentifier = lens _mcClusterIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_mcClusterIdentifier = a}); @@ -308,6 +249,7 @@           = mconcat               ["Action" =: ("ModifyCluster" :: ByteString),                "Version" =: ("2012-12-01" :: ByteString),+               "EnhancedVpcRouting" =: _mcEnhancedVPCRouting,                "MasterUserPassword" =: _mcMasterUserPassword,                "PubliclyAccessible" =: _mcPubliclyAccessible,                "HsmConfigurationIdentifier" =:@@ -347,9 +289,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'mcrsCluster'+-- * 'mcrsCluster' - Undocumented member. ----- * 'mcrsResponseStatus'+-- * 'mcrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. modifyClusterResponse     :: Int -- ^ 'mcrsResponseStatus'     -> ModifyClusterResponse@@ -363,7 +305,7 @@ mcrsCluster :: Lens' ModifyClusterResponse (Maybe Cluster) mcrsCluster = lens _mcrsCluster (\ s a -> s{_mcrsCluster = a}); --- | The response status code.+-- | -- | The response status code. mcrsResponseStatus :: Lens' ModifyClusterResponse Int mcrsResponseStatus = lens _mcrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_mcrsResponseStatus = a}); 

@@ -20,7 +20,9 @@ -- -- Modifies the list of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) roles that can be used by the cluster to access other AWS services. --+-- -- A cluster can have up to 10 IAM roles associated at any time.+-- module Network.AWS.Redshift.ModifyClusterIAMRoles     (     -- * Creating a Request@@ -48,6 +50,8 @@  -- | --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'modifyClusterIAMRoles' smart constructor. data ModifyClusterIAMRoles = ModifyClusterIAMRoles'     { _mcirRemoveIAMRoles    :: !(Maybe [Text])@@ -59,11 +63,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'mcirRemoveIAMRoles'+-- * 'mcirRemoveIAMRoles' - Zero or more IAM roles in ARN format to disassociate from the cluster. You can disassociate up to 10 IAM roles from a single cluster in a single request. ----- * 'mcirAddIAMRoles'+-- * 'mcirAddIAMRoles' - Zero or more IAM roles to associate with the cluster. The roles must be in their Amazon Resource Name (ARN) format. You can associate up to 10 IAM roles with a single cluster in a single request. ----- * 'mcirClusterIdentifier'+-- * 'mcirClusterIdentifier' - The unique identifier of the cluster for which you want to associate or disassociate IAM roles. modifyClusterIAMRoles     :: Text -- ^ 'mcirClusterIdentifier'     -> ModifyClusterIAMRoles@@ -74,11 +78,11 @@     , _mcirClusterIdentifier = pClusterIdentifier_     } --- | Zero or more IAM roles (in their ARN format) to disassociate from the cluster. You can disassociate up to 10 IAM roles from a single cluster in a single request.+-- | Zero or more IAM roles in ARN format to disassociate from the cluster. You can disassociate up to 10 IAM roles from a single cluster in a single request. mcirRemoveIAMRoles :: Lens' ModifyClusterIAMRoles [Text] mcirRemoveIAMRoles = lens _mcirRemoveIAMRoles (\ s a -> s{_mcirRemoveIAMRoles = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | Zero or more IAM roles (in their ARN format) to associate with the cluster. You can associate up to 10 IAM roles with a single cluster in a single request.+-- | Zero or more IAM roles to associate with the cluster. The roles must be in their Amazon Resource Name (ARN) format. You can associate up to 10 IAM roles with a single cluster in a single request. mcirAddIAMRoles :: Lens' ModifyClusterIAMRoles [Text] mcirAddIAMRoles = lens _mcirAddIAMRoles (\ s a -> s{_mcirAddIAMRoles = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; @@ -129,9 +133,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'mcirrsCluster'+-- * 'mcirrsCluster' - Undocumented member. ----- * 'mcirrsResponseStatus'+-- * 'mcirrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. modifyClusterIAMRolesResponse     :: Int -- ^ 'mcirrsResponseStatus'     -> ModifyClusterIAMRolesResponse@@ -145,7 +149,7 @@ mcirrsCluster :: Lens' ModifyClusterIAMRolesResponse (Maybe Cluster) mcirrsCluster = lens _mcirrsCluster (\ s a -> s{_mcirrsCluster = a}); --- | The response status code.+-- | -- | The response status code. mcirrsResponseStatus :: Lens' ModifyClusterIAMRolesResponse Int mcirrsResponseStatus = lens _mcirrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_mcirrsResponseStatus = a}); 

@@ -20,7 +20,9 @@ -- -- Modifies the parameters of a parameter group. ----- For more information about parameters and parameter groups, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-parameter-groups.html Amazon Redshift Parameter Groups> in the /Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide/.+--+-- For more information about parameters and parameter groups, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-parameter-groups.html Amazon Redshift Parameter Groups> in the /Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide/ .+-- module Network.AWS.Redshift.ModifyClusterParameterGroup     (     -- * Creating a Request@@ -47,6 +49,8 @@  -- | --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'modifyClusterParameterGroup' smart constructor. data ModifyClusterParameterGroup = ModifyClusterParameterGroup'     { _mcpgParameterGroupName :: !Text@@ -57,9 +61,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'mcpgParameterGroupName'+-- * 'mcpgParameterGroupName' - The name of the parameter group to be modified. ----- * 'mcpgParameters'+-- * 'mcpgParameters' - An array of parameters to be modified. A maximum of 20 parameters can be modified in a single request. For each parameter to be modified, you must supply at least the parameter name and parameter value; other name-value pairs of the parameter are optional. For the workload management (WLM) configuration, you must supply all the name-value pairs in the wlm_json_configuration parameter. modifyClusterParameterGroup     :: Text -- ^ 'mcpgParameterGroupName'     -> ModifyClusterParameterGroup@@ -73,11 +77,7 @@ mcpgParameterGroupName :: Lens' ModifyClusterParameterGroup Text mcpgParameterGroupName = lens _mcpgParameterGroupName (\ s a -> s{_mcpgParameterGroupName = a}); --- | An array of parameters to be modified. A maximum of 20 parameters can be modified in a single request.------ For each parameter to be modified, you must supply at least the parameter name and parameter value; other name-value pairs of the parameter are optional.------ For the workload management (WLM) configuration, you must supply all the name-value pairs in the wlm_json_configuration parameter.+-- | An array of parameters to be modified. A maximum of 20 parameters can be modified in a single request. For each parameter to be modified, you must supply at least the parameter name and parameter value; other name-value pairs of the parameter are optional. For the workload management (WLM) configuration, you must supply all the name-value pairs in the wlm_json_configuration parameter. mcpgParameters :: Lens' ModifyClusterParameterGroup [Parameter] mcpgParameters = lens _mcpgParameters (\ s a -> s{_mcpgParameters = a}) . _Coerce; 

@@ -19,6 +19,8 @@ -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- -- Modifies a cluster subnet group to include the specified list of VPC subnets. The operation replaces the existing list of subnets with the new list of subnets.+--+-- module Network.AWS.Redshift.ModifyClusterSubnetGroup     (     -- * Creating a Request@@ -46,6 +48,8 @@  -- | --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'modifyClusterSubnetGroup' smart constructor. data ModifyClusterSubnetGroup = ModifyClusterSubnetGroup'     { _mcsgDescription            :: !(Maybe Text)@@ -57,11 +61,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'mcsgDescription'+-- * 'mcsgDescription' - A text description of the subnet group to be modified. ----- * 'mcsgClusterSubnetGroupName'+-- * 'mcsgClusterSubnetGroupName' - The name of the subnet group to be modified. ----- * 'mcsgSubnetIds'+-- * 'mcsgSubnetIds' - An array of VPC subnet IDs. A maximum of 20 subnets can be modified in a single request. modifyClusterSubnetGroup     :: Text -- ^ 'mcsgClusterSubnetGroupName'     -> ModifyClusterSubnetGroup@@ -126,9 +130,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'mcsgrsClusterSubnetGroup'+-- * 'mcsgrsClusterSubnetGroup' - Undocumented member. ----- * 'mcsgrsResponseStatus'+-- * 'mcsgrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. modifyClusterSubnetGroupResponse     :: Int -- ^ 'mcsgrsResponseStatus'     -> ModifyClusterSubnetGroupResponse@@ -142,7 +146,7 @@ mcsgrsClusterSubnetGroup :: Lens' ModifyClusterSubnetGroupResponse (Maybe ClusterSubnetGroup) mcsgrsClusterSubnetGroup = lens _mcsgrsClusterSubnetGroup (\ s a -> s{_mcsgrsClusterSubnetGroup = a}); --- | The response status code.+-- | -- | The response status code. mcsgrsResponseStatus :: Lens' ModifyClusterSubnetGroupResponse Int mcsgrsResponseStatus = lens _mcsgrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_mcsgrsResponseStatus = a}); 

@@ -19,6 +19,8 @@ -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- -- Modifies an existing Amazon Redshift event notification subscription.+--+-- module Network.AWS.Redshift.ModifyEventSubscription     (     -- * Creating a Request@@ -50,6 +52,8 @@  -- | --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'modifyEventSubscription' smart constructor. data ModifyEventSubscription = ModifyEventSubscription'     { _mesSNSTopicARN      :: !(Maybe Text)@@ -65,19 +69,19 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'mesSNSTopicARN'+-- * 'mesSNSTopicARN' - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the SNS topic to be used by the event notification subscription. ----- * 'mesEnabled'+-- * 'mesEnabled' - A Boolean value indicating if the subscription is enabled. @true@ indicates the subscription is enabled ----- * 'mesSourceType'+-- * 'mesSourceType' - The type of source that will be generating the events. For example, if you want to be notified of events generated by a cluster, you would set this parameter to cluster. If this value is not specified, events are returned for all Amazon Redshift objects in your AWS account. You must specify a source type in order to specify source IDs. Valid values: cluster, cluster-parameter-group, cluster-security-group, and cluster-snapshot. ----- * 'mesSeverity'+-- * 'mesSeverity' - Specifies the Amazon Redshift event severity to be published by the event notification subscription. Values: ERROR, INFO ----- * 'mesEventCategories'+-- * 'mesEventCategories' - Specifies the Amazon Redshift event categories to be published by the event notification subscription. Values: Configuration, Management, Monitoring, Security ----- * 'mesSourceIds'+-- * 'mesSourceIds' - A list of one or more identifiers of Amazon Redshift source objects. All of the objects must be of the same type as was specified in the source type parameter. The event subscription will return only events generated by the specified objects. If not specified, then events are returned for all objects within the source type specified. Example: my-cluster-1, my-cluster-2 Example: my-snapshot-20131010 ----- * 'mesSubscriptionName'+-- * 'mesSubscriptionName' - The name of the modified Amazon Redshift event notification subscription. modifyEventSubscription     :: Text -- ^ 'mesSubscriptionName'     -> ModifyEventSubscription@@ -96,33 +100,23 @@ mesSNSTopicARN :: Lens' ModifyEventSubscription (Maybe Text) mesSNSTopicARN = lens _mesSNSTopicARN (\ s a -> s{_mesSNSTopicARN = a}); --- | A Boolean value indicating if the subscription is enabled. 'true' indicates the subscription is enabled+-- | A Boolean value indicating if the subscription is enabled. @true@ indicates the subscription is enabled mesEnabled :: Lens' ModifyEventSubscription (Maybe Bool) mesEnabled = lens _mesEnabled (\ s a -> s{_mesEnabled = a}); --- | The type of source that will be generating the events. For example, if you want to be notified of events generated by a cluster, you would set this parameter to cluster. If this value is not specified, events are returned for all Amazon Redshift objects in your AWS account. You must specify a source type in order to specify source IDs.------ Valid values: cluster, cluster-parameter-group, cluster-security-group, and cluster-snapshot.+-- | The type of source that will be generating the events. For example, if you want to be notified of events generated by a cluster, you would set this parameter to cluster. If this value is not specified, events are returned for all Amazon Redshift objects in your AWS account. You must specify a source type in order to specify source IDs. Valid values: cluster, cluster-parameter-group, cluster-security-group, and cluster-snapshot. mesSourceType :: Lens' ModifyEventSubscription (Maybe Text) mesSourceType = lens _mesSourceType (\ s a -> s{_mesSourceType = a}); --- | Specifies the Amazon Redshift event severity to be published by the event notification subscription.------ Values: ERROR, INFO+-- | Specifies the Amazon Redshift event severity to be published by the event notification subscription. Values: ERROR, INFO mesSeverity :: Lens' ModifyEventSubscription (Maybe Text) mesSeverity = lens _mesSeverity (\ s a -> s{_mesSeverity = a}); --- | Specifies the Amazon Redshift event categories to be published by the event notification subscription.------ Values: Configuration, Management, Monitoring, Security+-- | Specifies the Amazon Redshift event categories to be published by the event notification subscription. Values: Configuration, Management, Monitoring, Security mesEventCategories :: Lens' ModifyEventSubscription [Text] mesEventCategories = lens _mesEventCategories (\ s a -> s{_mesEventCategories = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | A list of one or more identifiers of Amazon Redshift source objects. All of the objects must be of the same type as was specified in the source type parameter. The event subscription will return only events generated by the specified objects. If not specified, then events are returned for all objects within the source type specified.------ Example: my-cluster-1, my-cluster-2------ Example: my-snapshot-20131010+-- | A list of one or more identifiers of Amazon Redshift source objects. All of the objects must be of the same type as was specified in the source type parameter. The event subscription will return only events generated by the specified objects. If not specified, then events are returned for all objects within the source type specified. Example: my-cluster-1, my-cluster-2 Example: my-snapshot-20131010 mesSourceIds :: Lens' ModifyEventSubscription [Text] mesSourceIds = lens _mesSourceIds (\ s a -> s{_mesSourceIds = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; @@ -178,9 +172,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'mesrsEventSubscription'+-- * 'mesrsEventSubscription' - Undocumented member. ----- * 'mesrsResponseStatus'+-- * 'mesrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. modifyEventSubscriptionResponse     :: Int -- ^ 'mesrsResponseStatus'     -> ModifyEventSubscriptionResponse@@ -194,7 +188,7 @@ mesrsEventSubscription :: Lens' ModifyEventSubscriptionResponse (Maybe EventSubscription) mesrsEventSubscription = lens _mesrsEventSubscription (\ s a -> s{_mesrsEventSubscription = a}); --- | The response status code.+-- | -- | The response status code. mesrsResponseStatus :: Lens' ModifyEventSubscriptionResponse Int mesrsResponseStatus = lens _mesrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_mesrsResponseStatus = a}); 

@@ -19,6 +19,8 @@ -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- -- Modifies the number of days to retain automated snapshots in the destination region after they are copied from the source region.+--+-- module Network.AWS.Redshift.ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod     (     -- * Creating a Request@@ -45,6 +47,8 @@  -- | --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'modifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod' smart constructor. data ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod = ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod'     { _mscrpClusterIdentifier :: !Text@@ -55,9 +59,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'mscrpClusterIdentifier'+-- * 'mscrpClusterIdentifier' - The unique identifier of the cluster for which you want to change the retention period for automated snapshots that are copied to a destination region. Constraints: Must be the valid name of an existing cluster that has cross-region snapshot copy enabled. ----- * 'mscrpRetentionPeriod'+-- * 'mscrpRetentionPeriod' - The number of days to retain automated snapshots in the destination region after they are copied from the source region. If you decrease the retention period for automated snapshots that are copied to a destination region, Amazon Redshift will delete any existing automated snapshots that were copied to the destination region and that fall outside of the new retention period. Constraints: Must be at least 1 and no more than 35. modifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod     :: Text -- ^ 'mscrpClusterIdentifier'     -> Int -- ^ 'mscrpRetentionPeriod'@@ -68,17 +72,11 @@     , _mscrpRetentionPeriod = pRetentionPeriod_     } --- | The unique identifier of the cluster for which you want to change the retention period for automated snapshots that are copied to a destination region.------ Constraints: Must be the valid name of an existing cluster that has cross-region snapshot copy enabled.+-- | The unique identifier of the cluster for which you want to change the retention period for automated snapshots that are copied to a destination region. Constraints: Must be the valid name of an existing cluster that has cross-region snapshot copy enabled. mscrpClusterIdentifier :: Lens' ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod Text mscrpClusterIdentifier = lens _mscrpClusterIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_mscrpClusterIdentifier = a}); --- | The number of days to retain automated snapshots in the destination region after they are copied from the source region.------ If you decrease the retention period for automated snapshots that are copied to a destination region, Amazon Redshift will delete any existing automated snapshots that were copied to the destination region and that fall outside of the new retention period.------ Constraints: Must be at least 1 and no more than 35.+-- | The number of days to retain automated snapshots in the destination region after they are copied from the source region. If you decrease the retention period for automated snapshots that are copied to a destination region, Amazon Redshift will delete any existing automated snapshots that were copied to the destination region and that fall outside of the new retention period. Constraints: Must be at least 1 and no more than 35. mscrpRetentionPeriod :: Lens' ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod Int mscrpRetentionPeriod = lens _mscrpRetentionPeriod (\ s a -> s{_mscrpRetentionPeriod = a}); @@ -126,9 +124,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'mscrprsCluster'+-- * 'mscrprsCluster' - Undocumented member. ----- * 'mscrprsResponseStatus'+-- * 'mscrprsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. modifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodResponse     :: Int -- ^ 'mscrprsResponseStatus'     -> ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodResponse@@ -142,7 +140,7 @@ mscrprsCluster :: Lens' ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodResponse (Maybe Cluster) mscrprsCluster = lens _mscrprsCluster (\ s a -> s{_mscrprsCluster = a}); --- | The response status code.+-- | -- | The response status code. mscrprsResponseStatus :: Lens' ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodResponse Int mscrprsResponseStatus = lens _mscrprsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_mscrprsResponseStatus = a}); 

@@ -18,9 +18,11 @@ -- Stability   : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) ----- Allows you to purchase reserved nodes. Amazon Redshift offers a predefined set of reserved node offerings. You can purchase one or more of the offerings. You can call the < DescribeReservedNodeOfferings> API to obtain the available reserved node offerings. You can call this API by providing a specific reserved node offering and the number of nodes you want to reserve.+-- Allows you to purchase reserved nodes. Amazon Redshift offers a predefined set of reserved node offerings. You can purchase one or more of the offerings. You can call the 'DescribeReservedNodeOfferings' API to obtain the available reserved node offerings. You can call this API by providing a specific reserved node offering and the number of nodes you want to reserve. ----- For more information about reserved node offerings, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/purchase-reserved-node-instance.html Purchasing Reserved Nodes> in the /Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide/.+--+-- For more information about reserved node offerings, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/purchase-reserved-node-instance.html Purchasing Reserved Nodes> in the /Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide/ .+-- module Network.AWS.Redshift.PurchaseReservedNodeOffering     (     -- * Creating a Request@@ -47,6 +49,8 @@  -- | --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'purchaseReservedNodeOffering' smart constructor. data PurchaseReservedNodeOffering = PurchaseReservedNodeOffering'     { _prnoNodeCount              :: !(Maybe Int)@@ -57,9 +61,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'prnoNodeCount'+-- * 'prnoNodeCount' - The number of reserved nodes that you want to purchase. Default: @1@ ----- * 'prnoReservedNodeOfferingId'+-- * 'prnoReservedNodeOfferingId' - The unique identifier of the reserved node offering you want to purchase. purchaseReservedNodeOffering     :: Text -- ^ 'prnoReservedNodeOfferingId'     -> PurchaseReservedNodeOffering@@ -69,9 +73,7 @@     , _prnoReservedNodeOfferingId = pReservedNodeOfferingId_     } --- | The number of reserved nodes that you want to purchase.------ Default: '1'+-- | The number of reserved nodes that you want to purchase. Default: @1@ prnoNodeCount :: Lens' PurchaseReservedNodeOffering (Maybe Int) prnoNodeCount = lens _prnoNodeCount (\ s a -> s{_prnoNodeCount = a}); @@ -121,9 +123,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'prnorsReservedNode'+-- * 'prnorsReservedNode' - Undocumented member. ----- * 'prnorsResponseStatus'+-- * 'prnorsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. purchaseReservedNodeOfferingResponse     :: Int -- ^ 'prnorsResponseStatus'     -> PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingResponse@@ -137,7 +139,7 @@ prnorsReservedNode :: Lens' PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingResponse (Maybe ReservedNode) prnorsReservedNode = lens _prnorsReservedNode (\ s a -> s{_prnorsReservedNode = a}); --- | The response status code.+-- | -- | The response status code. prnorsResponseStatus :: Lens' PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingResponse Int prnorsResponseStatus = lens _prnorsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_prnorsResponseStatus = a}); 

@@ -18,7 +18,9 @@ -- Stability   : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) ----- Reboots a cluster. This action is taken as soon as possible. It results in a momentary outage to the cluster, during which the cluster status is set to 'rebooting'. A cluster event is created when the reboot is completed. Any pending cluster modifications (see < ModifyCluster>) are applied at this reboot. For more information about managing clusters, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html Amazon Redshift Clusters> in the /Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide/+-- Reboots a cluster. This action is taken as soon as possible. It results in a momentary outage to the cluster, during which the cluster status is set to @rebooting@ . A cluster event is created when the reboot is completed. Any pending cluster modifications (see 'ModifyCluster' ) are applied at this reboot. For more information about managing clusters, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html Amazon Redshift Clusters> in the /Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide/ .+--+-- module Network.AWS.Redshift.RebootCluster     (     -- * Creating a Request@@ -44,6 +46,8 @@  -- | --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'rebootCluster' smart constructor. newtype RebootCluster = RebootCluster'     { _rcClusterIdentifier :: Text@@ -53,7 +57,7 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'rcClusterIdentifier'+-- * 'rcClusterIdentifier' - The cluster identifier. rebootCluster     :: Text -- ^ 'rcClusterIdentifier'     -> RebootCluster@@ -102,9 +106,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'rcrsCluster'+-- * 'rcrsCluster' - Undocumented member. ----- * 'rcrsResponseStatus'+-- * 'rcrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. rebootClusterResponse     :: Int -- ^ 'rcrsResponseStatus'     -> RebootClusterResponse@@ -118,7 +122,7 @@ rcrsCluster :: Lens' RebootClusterResponse (Maybe Cluster) rcrsCluster = lens _rcrsCluster (\ s a -> s{_rcrsCluster = a}); --- | The response status code.+-- | -- | The response status code. rcrsResponseStatus :: Lens' RebootClusterResponse Int rcrsResponseStatus = lens _rcrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_rcrsResponseStatus = a}); 

@@ -18,7 +18,9 @@ -- Stability   : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) ----- Sets one or more parameters of the specified parameter group to their default values and sets the source values of the parameters to \"engine-default\". To reset the entire parameter group specify the /ResetAllParameters/ parameter. For parameter changes to take effect you must reboot any associated clusters.+-- Sets one or more parameters of the specified parameter group to their default values and sets the source values of the parameters to "engine-default". To reset the entire parameter group specify the /ResetAllParameters/ parameter. For parameter changes to take effect you must reboot any associated clusters.+--+-- module Network.AWS.Redshift.ResetClusterParameterGroup     (     -- * Creating a Request@@ -46,6 +48,8 @@  -- | --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'resetClusterParameterGroup' smart constructor. data ResetClusterParameterGroup = ResetClusterParameterGroup'     { _rcpgResetAllParameters :: !(Maybe Bool)@@ -57,11 +61,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'rcpgResetAllParameters'+-- * 'rcpgResetAllParameters' - If @true@ , all parameters in the specified parameter group will be reset to their default values.  Default: @true@ ----- * 'rcpgParameters'+-- * 'rcpgParameters' - An array of names of parameters to be reset. If /ResetAllParameters/ option is not used, then at least one parameter name must be supplied.  Constraints: A maximum of 20 parameters can be reset in a single request. ----- * 'rcpgParameterGroupName'+-- * 'rcpgParameterGroupName' - The name of the cluster parameter group to be reset. resetClusterParameterGroup     :: Text -- ^ 'rcpgParameterGroupName'     -> ResetClusterParameterGroup@@ -72,15 +76,11 @@     , _rcpgParameterGroupName = pParameterGroupName_     } --- | If 'true', all parameters in the specified parameter group will be reset to their default values.------ Default: 'true'+-- | If @true@ , all parameters in the specified parameter group will be reset to their default values.  Default: @true@ rcpgResetAllParameters :: Lens' ResetClusterParameterGroup (Maybe Bool) rcpgResetAllParameters = lens _rcpgResetAllParameters (\ s a -> s{_rcpgResetAllParameters = a}); --- | An array of names of parameters to be reset. If /ResetAllParameters/ option is not used, then at least one parameter name must be supplied.------ Constraints: A maximum of 20 parameters can be reset in a single request.+-- | An array of names of parameters to be reset. If /ResetAllParameters/ option is not used, then at least one parameter name must be supplied.  Constraints: A maximum of 20 parameters can be reset in a single request. rcpgParameters :: Lens' ResetClusterParameterGroup [Parameter] rcpgParameters = lens _rcpgParameters (\ s a -> s{_rcpgParameters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; 

@@ -18,17 +18,20 @@ -- Stability   : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) ----- Creates a new cluster from a snapshot. By default, Amazon Redshift creates the resulting cluster with the same configuration as the original cluster from which the snapshot was created, except that the new cluster is created with the default cluster security and parameter groups. After Amazon Redshift creates the cluster, you can use the < ModifyCluster> API to associate a different security group and different parameter group with the restored cluster. If you are using a DS node type, you can also choose to change to another DS node type of the same size during restore.+-- Creates a new cluster from a snapshot. By default, Amazon Redshift creates the resulting cluster with the same configuration as the original cluster from which the snapshot was created, except that the new cluster is created with the default cluster security and parameter groups. After Amazon Redshift creates the cluster, you can use the 'ModifyCluster' API to associate a different security group and different parameter group with the restored cluster. If you are using a DS node type, you can also choose to change to another DS node type of the same size during restore. --+-- -- If you restore a cluster into a VPC, you must provide a cluster subnet group where you want the cluster restored. ----- For more information about working with snapshots, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-snapshots.html Amazon Redshift Snapshots> in the /Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide/.+-- For more information about working with snapshots, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-snapshots.html Amazon Redshift Snapshots> in the /Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide/ .+-- module Network.AWS.Redshift.RestoreFromClusterSnapshot     (     -- * Creating a Request       restoreFromClusterSnapshot     , RestoreFromClusterSnapshot     -- * Request Lenses+    , rfcsEnhancedVPCRouting     , rfcsAdditionalInfo     , rfcsPubliclyAccessible     , rfcsSnapshotClusterIdentifier@@ -68,9 +71,12 @@  -- | --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'restoreFromClusterSnapshot' smart constructor. data RestoreFromClusterSnapshot = RestoreFromClusterSnapshot'-    { _rfcsAdditionalInfo                   :: !(Maybe Text)+    { _rfcsEnhancedVPCRouting               :: !(Maybe Bool)+    , _rfcsAdditionalInfo                   :: !(Maybe Text)     , _rfcsPubliclyAccessible               :: !(Maybe Bool)     , _rfcsSnapshotClusterIdentifier        :: !(Maybe Text)     , _rfcsHSMConfigurationIdentifier       :: !(Maybe Text)@@ -97,54 +103,57 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'rfcsAdditionalInfo'+-- * 'rfcsEnhancedVPCRouting' - An option that specifies whether to create the cluster with enhanced VPC routing enabled. To create a cluster that uses enhanced VPC routing, the cluster must be in a VPC. For more information, see <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/enhanced-vpc-routing.html Enhanced VPC Routing> in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. If this option is @true@ , enhanced VPC routing is enabled.  Default: false ----- * 'rfcsPubliclyAccessible'+-- * 'rfcsAdditionalInfo' - Reserved. ----- * 'rfcsSnapshotClusterIdentifier'+-- * 'rfcsPubliclyAccessible' - If @true@ , the cluster can be accessed from a public network. ----- * 'rfcsHSMConfigurationIdentifier'+-- * 'rfcsSnapshotClusterIdentifier' - The name of the cluster the source snapshot was created from. This parameter is required if your IAM user has a policy containing a snapshot resource element that specifies anything other than * for the cluster name. ----- * 'rfcsClusterSecurityGroups'+-- * 'rfcsHSMConfigurationIdentifier' - Specifies the name of the HSM configuration that contains the information the Amazon Redshift cluster can use to retrieve and store keys in an HSM. ----- * 'rfcsAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod'+-- * 'rfcsClusterSecurityGroups' - A list of security groups to be associated with this cluster. Default: The default cluster security group for Amazon Redshift. Cluster security groups only apply to clusters outside of VPCs. ----- * 'rfcsClusterSubnetGroupName'+-- * 'rfcsAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod' - The number of days that automated snapshots are retained. If the value is 0, automated snapshots are disabled. Even if automated snapshots are disabled, you can still create manual snapshots when you want with 'CreateClusterSnapshot' .  Default: The value selected for the cluster from which the snapshot was taken. Constraints: Must be a value from 0 to 35. ----- * 'rfcsHSMClientCertificateIdentifier'+-- * 'rfcsClusterSubnetGroupName' - The name of the subnet group where you want to cluster restored. A snapshot of cluster in VPC can be restored only in VPC. Therefore, you must provide subnet group name where you want the cluster restored. ----- * 'rfcsElasticIP'+-- * 'rfcsHSMClientCertificateIdentifier' - Specifies the name of the HSM client certificate the Amazon Redshift cluster uses to retrieve the data encryption keys stored in an HSM. ----- * 'rfcsPreferredMaintenanceWindow'+-- * 'rfcsElasticIP' - The elastic IP (EIP) address for the cluster. ----- * 'rfcsKMSKeyId'+-- * 'rfcsPreferredMaintenanceWindow' - The weekly time range (in UTC) during which automated cluster maintenance can occur. Format: @ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi@  Default: The value selected for the cluster from which the snapshot was taken. For more information about the time blocks for each region, see <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html#rs-maintenance-windows Maintenance Windows> in Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.  Valid Days: Mon | Tue | Wed | Thu | Fri | Sat | Sun Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window. ----- * 'rfcsAvailabilityZone'+-- * 'rfcsKMSKeyId' - The AWS Key Management Service (KMS) key ID of the encryption key that you want to use to encrypt data in the cluster that you restore from a shared snapshot. ----- * 'rfcsVPCSecurityGroupIds'+-- * 'rfcsAvailabilityZone' - The Amazon EC2 Availability Zone in which to restore the cluster. Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone. Example: @us-east-1a@ ----- * 'rfcsIAMRoles'+-- * 'rfcsVPCSecurityGroupIds' - A list of Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) security groups to be associated with the cluster. Default: The default VPC security group is associated with the cluster. VPC security groups only apply to clusters in VPCs. ----- * 'rfcsOwnerAccount'+-- * 'rfcsIAMRoles' - A list of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) roles that can be used by the cluster to access other AWS services. You must supply the IAM roles in their Amazon Resource Name (ARN) format. You can supply up to 10 IAM roles in a single request. A cluster can have up to 10 IAM roles associated at any time. ----- * 'rfcsNodeType'+-- * 'rfcsOwnerAccount' - The AWS customer account used to create or copy the snapshot. Required if you are restoring a snapshot you do not own, optional if you own the snapshot. ----- * 'rfcsAllowVersionUpgrade'+-- * 'rfcsNodeType' - The node type that the restored cluster will be provisioned with. Default: The node type of the cluster from which the snapshot was taken. You can modify this if you are using any DS node type. In that case, you can choose to restore into another DS node type of the same size. For example, you can restore ds1.8xlarge into ds2.8xlarge, or ds2.xlarge into ds1.xlarge. If you have a DC instance type, you must restore into that same instance type and size. In other words, you can only restore a dc1.large instance type into another dc1.large instance type. For more information about node types, see <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html#rs-about-clusters-and-nodes About Clusters and Nodes> in the /Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide/ ----- * 'rfcsClusterParameterGroupName'+-- * 'rfcsAllowVersionUpgrade' - If @true@ , major version upgrades can be applied during the maintenance window to the Amazon Redshift engine that is running on the cluster.  Default: @true@ ----- * 'rfcsPort'+-- * 'rfcsClusterParameterGroupName' - The name of the parameter group to be associated with this cluster. Default: The default Amazon Redshift cluster parameter group. For information about the default parameter group, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-parameter-groups.html Working with Amazon Redshift Parameter Groups> . Constraints:     * Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.     * First character must be a letter.     * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. ----- * 'rfcsClusterIdentifier'+-- * 'rfcsPort' - The port number on which the cluster accepts connections. Default: The same port as the original cluster. Constraints: Must be between @1115@ and @65535@ . ----- * 'rfcsSnapshotIdentifier'+-- * 'rfcsClusterIdentifier' - The identifier of the cluster that will be created from restoring the snapshot. Constraints:     * Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.     * Alphabetic characters must be lowercase.     * First character must be a letter.     * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.     * Must be unique for all clusters within an AWS account.+--+-- * 'rfcsSnapshotIdentifier' - The name of the snapshot from which to create the new cluster. This parameter isn't case sensitive. Example: @my-snapshot-id@ restoreFromClusterSnapshot     :: Text -- ^ 'rfcsClusterIdentifier'     -> Text -- ^ 'rfcsSnapshotIdentifier'     -> RestoreFromClusterSnapshot restoreFromClusterSnapshot pClusterIdentifier_ pSnapshotIdentifier_ =     RestoreFromClusterSnapshot'-    { _rfcsAdditionalInfo = Nothing+    { _rfcsEnhancedVPCRouting = Nothing+    , _rfcsAdditionalInfo = Nothing     , _rfcsPubliclyAccessible = Nothing     , _rfcsSnapshotClusterIdentifier = Nothing     , _rfcsHSMConfigurationIdentifier = Nothing@@ -167,11 +176,15 @@     , _rfcsSnapshotIdentifier = pSnapshotIdentifier_     } +-- | An option that specifies whether to create the cluster with enhanced VPC routing enabled. To create a cluster that uses enhanced VPC routing, the cluster must be in a VPC. For more information, see <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/enhanced-vpc-routing.html Enhanced VPC Routing> in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. If this option is @true@ , enhanced VPC routing is enabled.  Default: false+rfcsEnhancedVPCRouting :: Lens' RestoreFromClusterSnapshot (Maybe Bool)+rfcsEnhancedVPCRouting = lens _rfcsEnhancedVPCRouting (\ s a -> s{_rfcsEnhancedVPCRouting = a});+ -- | Reserved. rfcsAdditionalInfo :: Lens' RestoreFromClusterSnapshot (Maybe Text) rfcsAdditionalInfo = lens _rfcsAdditionalInfo (\ s a -> s{_rfcsAdditionalInfo = a}); --- | If 'true', the cluster can be accessed from a public network.+-- | If @true@ , the cluster can be accessed from a public network. rfcsPubliclyAccessible :: Lens' RestoreFromClusterSnapshot (Maybe Bool) rfcsPubliclyAccessible = lens _rfcsPubliclyAccessible (\ s a -> s{_rfcsPubliclyAccessible = a}); @@ -183,25 +196,15 @@ rfcsHSMConfigurationIdentifier :: Lens' RestoreFromClusterSnapshot (Maybe Text) rfcsHSMConfigurationIdentifier = lens _rfcsHSMConfigurationIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_rfcsHSMConfigurationIdentifier = a}); --- | A list of security groups to be associated with this cluster.------ Default: The default cluster security group for Amazon Redshift.------ Cluster security groups only apply to clusters outside of VPCs.+-- | A list of security groups to be associated with this cluster. Default: The default cluster security group for Amazon Redshift. Cluster security groups only apply to clusters outside of VPCs. rfcsClusterSecurityGroups :: Lens' RestoreFromClusterSnapshot [Text] rfcsClusterSecurityGroups = lens _rfcsClusterSecurityGroups (\ s a -> s{_rfcsClusterSecurityGroups = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The number of days that automated snapshots are retained. If the value is 0, automated snapshots are disabled. Even if automated snapshots are disabled, you can still create manual snapshots when you want with < CreateClusterSnapshot>.------ Default: The value selected for the cluster from which the snapshot was taken.------ Constraints: Must be a value from 0 to 35.+-- | The number of days that automated snapshots are retained. If the value is 0, automated snapshots are disabled. Even if automated snapshots are disabled, you can still create manual snapshots when you want with 'CreateClusterSnapshot' .  Default: The value selected for the cluster from which the snapshot was taken. Constraints: Must be a value from 0 to 35. rfcsAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod :: Lens' RestoreFromClusterSnapshot (Maybe Int) rfcsAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod = lens _rfcsAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod (\ s a -> s{_rfcsAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod = a}); --- | The name of the subnet group where you want to cluster restored.------ A snapshot of cluster in VPC can be restored only in VPC. Therefore, you must provide subnet group name where you want the cluster restored.+-- | The name of the subnet group where you want to cluster restored. A snapshot of cluster in VPC can be restored only in VPC. Therefore, you must provide subnet group name where you want the cluster restored. rfcsClusterSubnetGroupName :: Lens' RestoreFromClusterSnapshot (Maybe Text) rfcsClusterSubnetGroupName = lens _rfcsClusterSubnetGroupName (\ s a -> s{_rfcsClusterSubnetGroupName = a}); @@ -213,15 +216,7 @@ rfcsElasticIP :: Lens' RestoreFromClusterSnapshot (Maybe Text) rfcsElasticIP = lens _rfcsElasticIP (\ s a -> s{_rfcsElasticIP = a}); --- | The weekly time range (in UTC) during which automated cluster maintenance can occur.------ Format: 'ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi'------ Default: The value selected for the cluster from which the snapshot was taken. For more information about the time blocks for each region, see <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html#rs-maintenance-windows Maintenance Windows> in Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.------ Valid Days: Mon | Tue | Wed | Thu | Fri | Sat | Sun------ Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window.+-- | The weekly time range (in UTC) during which automated cluster maintenance can occur. Format: @ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi@  Default: The value selected for the cluster from which the snapshot was taken. For more information about the time blocks for each region, see <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html#rs-maintenance-windows Maintenance Windows> in Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.  Valid Days: Mon | Tue | Wed | Thu | Fri | Sat | Sun Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window. rfcsPreferredMaintenanceWindow :: Lens' RestoreFromClusterSnapshot (Maybe Text) rfcsPreferredMaintenanceWindow = lens _rfcsPreferredMaintenanceWindow (\ s a -> s{_rfcsPreferredMaintenanceWindow = a}); @@ -229,25 +224,15 @@ rfcsKMSKeyId :: Lens' RestoreFromClusterSnapshot (Maybe Text) rfcsKMSKeyId = lens _rfcsKMSKeyId (\ s a -> s{_rfcsKMSKeyId = a}); --- | The Amazon EC2 Availability Zone in which to restore the cluster.------ Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone.------ Example: 'us-east-1a'+-- | The Amazon EC2 Availability Zone in which to restore the cluster. Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone. Example: @us-east-1a@ rfcsAvailabilityZone :: Lens' RestoreFromClusterSnapshot (Maybe Text) rfcsAvailabilityZone = lens _rfcsAvailabilityZone (\ s a -> s{_rfcsAvailabilityZone = a}); --- | A list of Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) security groups to be associated with the cluster.------ Default: The default VPC security group is associated with the cluster.------ VPC security groups only apply to clusters in VPCs.+-- | A list of Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) security groups to be associated with the cluster. Default: The default VPC security group is associated with the cluster. VPC security groups only apply to clusters in VPCs. rfcsVPCSecurityGroupIds :: Lens' RestoreFromClusterSnapshot [Text] rfcsVPCSecurityGroupIds = lens _rfcsVPCSecurityGroupIds (\ s a -> s{_rfcsVPCSecurityGroupIds = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | A list of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) roles that can be used by the cluster to access other AWS services. You must supply the IAM roles in their Amazon Resource Name (ARN) format. You can supply up to 10 IAM roles in a single request.------ A cluster can have up to 10 IAM roles associated at any time.+-- | A list of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) roles that can be used by the cluster to access other AWS services. You must supply the IAM roles in their Amazon Resource Name (ARN) format. You can supply up to 10 IAM roles in a single request. A cluster can have up to 10 IAM roles associated at any time. rfcsIAMRoles :: Lens' RestoreFromClusterSnapshot [Text] rfcsIAMRoles = lens _rfcsIAMRoles (\ s a -> s{_rfcsIAMRoles = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; @@ -255,53 +240,27 @@ rfcsOwnerAccount :: Lens' RestoreFromClusterSnapshot (Maybe Text) rfcsOwnerAccount = lens _rfcsOwnerAccount (\ s a -> s{_rfcsOwnerAccount = a}); --- | The node type that the restored cluster will be provisioned with.------ Default: The node type of the cluster from which the snapshot was taken. You can modify this if you are using any DS node type. In that case, you can choose to restore into another DS node type of the same size. For example, you can restore ds1.8xlarge into ds2.8xlarge, or ds2.xlarge into ds1.xlarge. If you have a DC instance type, you must restore into that same instance type and size. In other words, you can only restore a dc1.large instance type into another dc1.large instance type. For more information about node types, see <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html#rs-about-clusters-and-nodes About Clusters and Nodes> in the /Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide/+-- | The node type that the restored cluster will be provisioned with. Default: The node type of the cluster from which the snapshot was taken. You can modify this if you are using any DS node type. In that case, you can choose to restore into another DS node type of the same size. For example, you can restore ds1.8xlarge into ds2.8xlarge, or ds2.xlarge into ds1.xlarge. If you have a DC instance type, you must restore into that same instance type and size. In other words, you can only restore a dc1.large instance type into another dc1.large instance type. For more information about node types, see <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html#rs-about-clusters-and-nodes About Clusters and Nodes> in the /Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide/ rfcsNodeType :: Lens' RestoreFromClusterSnapshot (Maybe Text) rfcsNodeType = lens _rfcsNodeType (\ s a -> s{_rfcsNodeType = a}); --- | If 'true', major version upgrades can be applied during the maintenance window to the Amazon Redshift engine that is running on the cluster.------ Default: 'true'+-- | If @true@ , major version upgrades can be applied during the maintenance window to the Amazon Redshift engine that is running on the cluster.  Default: @true@ rfcsAllowVersionUpgrade :: Lens' RestoreFromClusterSnapshot (Maybe Bool) rfcsAllowVersionUpgrade = lens _rfcsAllowVersionUpgrade (\ s a -> s{_rfcsAllowVersionUpgrade = a}); --- | The name of the parameter group to be associated with this cluster.------ Default: The default Amazon Redshift cluster parameter group. For information about the default parameter group, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-parameter-groups.html Working with Amazon Redshift Parameter Groups>.------ Constraints:------ -   Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.--- -   First character must be a letter.--- -   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.+-- | The name of the parameter group to be associated with this cluster. Default: The default Amazon Redshift cluster parameter group. For information about the default parameter group, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-parameter-groups.html Working with Amazon Redshift Parameter Groups> . Constraints:     * Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.     * First character must be a letter.     * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. rfcsClusterParameterGroupName :: Lens' RestoreFromClusterSnapshot (Maybe Text) rfcsClusterParameterGroupName = lens _rfcsClusterParameterGroupName (\ s a -> s{_rfcsClusterParameterGroupName = a}); --- | The port number on which the cluster accepts connections.------ Default: The same port as the original cluster.------ Constraints: Must be between '1115' and '65535'.+-- | The port number on which the cluster accepts connections. Default: The same port as the original cluster. Constraints: Must be between @1115@ and @65535@ . rfcsPort :: Lens' RestoreFromClusterSnapshot (Maybe Int) rfcsPort = lens _rfcsPort (\ s a -> s{_rfcsPort = a}); --- | The identifier of the cluster that will be created from restoring the snapshot.------ Constraints:------ -   Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.--- -   Alphabetic characters must be lowercase.--- -   First character must be a letter.--- -   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.--- -   Must be unique for all clusters within an AWS account.+-- | The identifier of the cluster that will be created from restoring the snapshot. Constraints:     * Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.     * Alphabetic characters must be lowercase.     * First character must be a letter.     * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.     * Must be unique for all clusters within an AWS account. rfcsClusterIdentifier :: Lens' RestoreFromClusterSnapshot Text rfcsClusterIdentifier = lens _rfcsClusterIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_rfcsClusterIdentifier = a}); --- | The name of the snapshot from which to create the new cluster. This parameter isn\'t case sensitive.------ Example: 'my-snapshot-id'+-- | The name of the snapshot from which to create the new cluster. This parameter isn't case sensitive. Example: @my-snapshot-id@ rfcsSnapshotIdentifier :: Lens' RestoreFromClusterSnapshot Text rfcsSnapshotIdentifier = lens _rfcsSnapshotIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_rfcsSnapshotIdentifier = a}); @@ -332,6 +291,7 @@               ["Action" =:                  ("RestoreFromClusterSnapshot" :: ByteString),                "Version" =: ("2012-12-01" :: ByteString),+               "EnhancedVpcRouting" =: _rfcsEnhancedVPCRouting,                "AdditionalInfo" =: _rfcsAdditionalInfo,                "PubliclyAccessible" =: _rfcsPubliclyAccessible,                "SnapshotClusterIdentifier" =:@@ -378,9 +338,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'rfcsrsCluster'+-- * 'rfcsrsCluster' - Undocumented member. ----- * 'rfcsrsResponseStatus'+-- * 'rfcsrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. restoreFromClusterSnapshotResponse     :: Int -- ^ 'rfcsrsResponseStatus'     -> RestoreFromClusterSnapshotResponse@@ -394,7 +354,7 @@ rfcsrsCluster :: Lens' RestoreFromClusterSnapshotResponse (Maybe Cluster) rfcsrsCluster = lens _rfcsrsCluster (\ s a -> s{_rfcsrsCluster = a}); --- | The response status code.+-- | -- | The response status code. rfcsrsResponseStatus :: Lens' RestoreFromClusterSnapshotResponse Int rfcsrsResponseStatus = lens _rfcsrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_rfcsrsResponseStatus = a}); 

@@ -20,7 +20,9 @@ -- -- Creates a new table from a table in an Amazon Redshift cluster snapshot. You must create the new table within the Amazon Redshift cluster that the snapshot was taken from. ----- You cannot use 'RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot' to restore a table with the same name as an existing table in an Amazon Redshift cluster. That is, you cannot overwrite an existing table in a cluster with a restored table. If you want to replace your original table with a new, restored table, then rename or drop your original table before you call 'RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot'. When you have renamed your original table, then you can pass the original name of the table as the 'NewTableName' parameter value in the call to 'RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot'. This way, you can replace the original table with the table created from the snapshot.+--+-- You cannot use @RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot@ to restore a table with the same name as an existing table in an Amazon Redshift cluster. That is, you cannot overwrite an existing table in a cluster with a restored table. If you want to replace your original table with a new, restored table, then rename or drop your original table before you call @RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot@ . When you have renamed your original table, then you can pass the original name of the table as the @NewTableName@ parameter value in the call to @RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot@ . This way, you can replace the original table with the table created from the snapshot.+-- module Network.AWS.Redshift.RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot     (     -- * Creating a Request@@ -51,7 +53,11 @@ import           Network.AWS.Request import           Network.AWS.Response --- | /See:/ 'restoreTableFromClusterSnapshot' smart constructor.+-- |+--+--+--+-- /See:/ 'restoreTableFromClusterSnapshot' smart constructor. data RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot = RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot'     { _rtfcsTargetSchemaName   :: !(Maybe Text)     , _rtfcsTargetDatabaseName :: !(Maybe Text)@@ -67,21 +73,21 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'rtfcsTargetSchemaName'+-- * 'rtfcsTargetSchemaName' - The name of the schema to restore the table to. ----- * 'rtfcsTargetDatabaseName'+-- * 'rtfcsTargetDatabaseName' - The name of the database to restore the table to. ----- * 'rtfcsSourceSchemaName'+-- * 'rtfcsSourceSchemaName' - The name of the source schema that contains the table to restore from. If you do not specify a @SourceSchemaName@ value, the default is @public@ . ----- * 'rtfcsClusterIdentifier'+-- * 'rtfcsClusterIdentifier' - The identifier of the Amazon Redshift cluster to restore the table to. ----- * 'rtfcsSnapshotIdentifier'+-- * 'rtfcsSnapshotIdentifier' - The identifier of the snapshot to restore the table from. This snapshot must have been created from the Amazon Redshift cluster specified by the @ClusterIdentifier@ parameter. ----- * 'rtfcsSourceDatabaseName'+-- * 'rtfcsSourceDatabaseName' - The name of the source database that contains the table to restore from. ----- * 'rtfcsSourceTableName'+-- * 'rtfcsSourceTableName' - The name of the source table to restore from. ----- * 'rtfcsNewTableName'+-- * 'rtfcsNewTableName' - The name of the table to create as a result of the current request. restoreTableFromClusterSnapshot     :: Text -- ^ 'rtfcsClusterIdentifier'     -> Text -- ^ 'rtfcsSnapshotIdentifier'@@ -109,7 +115,7 @@ rtfcsTargetDatabaseName :: Lens' RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot (Maybe Text) rtfcsTargetDatabaseName = lens _rtfcsTargetDatabaseName (\ s a -> s{_rtfcsTargetDatabaseName = a}); --- | The name of the source schema that contains the table to restore from. If you do not specify a 'SourceSchemaName' value, the default is 'public'.+-- | The name of the source schema that contains the table to restore from. If you do not specify a @SourceSchemaName@ value, the default is @public@ . rtfcsSourceSchemaName :: Lens' RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot (Maybe Text) rtfcsSourceSchemaName = lens _rtfcsSourceSchemaName (\ s a -> s{_rtfcsSourceSchemaName = a}); @@ -117,7 +123,7 @@ rtfcsClusterIdentifier :: Lens' RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot Text rtfcsClusterIdentifier = lens _rtfcsClusterIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_rtfcsClusterIdentifier = a}); --- | The identifier of the snapshot to restore the table from. This snapshot must have been created from the Amazon Redshift cluster specified by the 'ClusterIdentifier' parameter.+-- | The identifier of the snapshot to restore the table from. This snapshot must have been created from the Amazon Redshift cluster specified by the @ClusterIdentifier@ parameter. rtfcsSnapshotIdentifier :: Lens' RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot Text rtfcsSnapshotIdentifier = lens _rtfcsSnapshotIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_rtfcsSnapshotIdentifier = a}); @@ -182,9 +188,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'rtfcsrsTableRestoreStatus'+-- * 'rtfcsrsTableRestoreStatus' - Undocumented member. ----- * 'rtfcsrsResponseStatus'+-- * 'rtfcsrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. restoreTableFromClusterSnapshotResponse     :: Int -- ^ 'rtfcsrsResponseStatus'     -> RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotResponse@@ -198,7 +204,7 @@ rtfcsrsTableRestoreStatus :: Lens' RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotResponse (Maybe TableRestoreStatus) rtfcsrsTableRestoreStatus = lens _rtfcsrsTableRestoreStatus (\ s a -> s{_rtfcsrsTableRestoreStatus = a}); --- | The response status code.+-- | -- | The response status code. rtfcsrsResponseStatus :: Lens' RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotResponse Int rtfcsrsResponseStatus = lens _rtfcsrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_rtfcsrsResponseStatus = a}); 

@@ -18,7 +18,9 @@ -- Stability   : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) ----- Revokes an ingress rule in an Amazon Redshift security group for a previously authorized IP range or Amazon EC2 security group. To add an ingress rule, see < AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress>. For information about managing security groups, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-security-groups.html Amazon Redshift Cluster Security Groups> in the /Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide/.+-- Revokes an ingress rule in an Amazon Redshift security group for a previously authorized IP range or Amazon EC2 security group. To add an ingress rule, see 'AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress' . For information about managing security groups, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-security-groups.html Amazon Redshift Cluster Security Groups> in the /Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide/ .+--+-- module Network.AWS.Redshift.RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress     (     -- * Creating a Request@@ -47,6 +49,8 @@  -- | --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'revokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress' smart constructor. data RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress = RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress'     { _rcsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId  :: !(Maybe Text)@@ -59,13 +63,13 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'rcsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId'+-- * 'rcsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId' - The AWS account number of the owner of the security group specified in the @EC2SecurityGroupName@ parameter. The AWS access key ID is not an acceptable value. If @EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId@ is specified, @EC2SecurityGroupName@ must also be provided. and @CIDRIP@ cannot be provided.  Example: @111122223333@ ----- * 'rcsgiEC2SecurityGroupName'+-- * 'rcsgiEC2SecurityGroupName' - The name of the EC2 Security Group whose access is to be revoked. If @EC2SecurityGroupName@ is specified, @EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId@ must also be provided and @CIDRIP@ cannot be provided. ----- * 'rcsgiCIdRIP'+-- * 'rcsgiCIdRIP' - The IP range for which to revoke access. This range must be a valid Classless Inter-Domain Routing (CIDR) block of IP addresses. If @CIDRIP@ is specified, @EC2SecurityGroupName@ and @EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId@ cannot be provided. ----- * 'rcsgiClusterSecurityGroupName'+-- * 'rcsgiClusterSecurityGroupName' - The name of the security Group from which to revoke the ingress rule. revokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress     :: Text -- ^ 'rcsgiClusterSecurityGroupName'     -> RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress@@ -77,17 +81,15 @@     , _rcsgiClusterSecurityGroupName = pClusterSecurityGroupName_     } --- | The AWS account number of the owner of the security group specified in the 'EC2SecurityGroupName' parameter. The AWS access key ID is not an acceptable value. If 'EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId' is specified, 'EC2SecurityGroupName' must also be provided. and 'CIDRIP' cannot be provided.------ Example: '111122223333'+-- | The AWS account number of the owner of the security group specified in the @EC2SecurityGroupName@ parameter. The AWS access key ID is not an acceptable value. If @EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId@ is specified, @EC2SecurityGroupName@ must also be provided. and @CIDRIP@ cannot be provided.  Example: @111122223333@ rcsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId :: Lens' RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress (Maybe Text) rcsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId = lens _rcsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId (\ s a -> s{_rcsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId = a}); --- | The name of the EC2 Security Group whose access is to be revoked. If 'EC2SecurityGroupName' is specified, 'EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId' must also be provided and 'CIDRIP' cannot be provided.+-- | The name of the EC2 Security Group whose access is to be revoked. If @EC2SecurityGroupName@ is specified, @EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId@ must also be provided and @CIDRIP@ cannot be provided. rcsgiEC2SecurityGroupName :: Lens' RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress (Maybe Text) rcsgiEC2SecurityGroupName = lens _rcsgiEC2SecurityGroupName (\ s a -> s{_rcsgiEC2SecurityGroupName = a}); --- | The IP range for which to revoke access. This range must be a valid Classless Inter-Domain Routing (CIDR) block of IP addresses. If 'CIDRIP' is specified, 'EC2SecurityGroupName' and 'EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId' cannot be provided.+-- | The IP range for which to revoke access. This range must be a valid Classless Inter-Domain Routing (CIDR) block of IP addresses. If @CIDRIP@ is specified, @EC2SecurityGroupName@ and @EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId@ cannot be provided. rcsgiCIdRIP :: Lens' RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress (Maybe Text) rcsgiCIdRIP = lens _rcsgiCIdRIP (\ s a -> s{_rcsgiCIdRIP = a}); @@ -144,9 +146,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'rcsgirsClusterSecurityGroup'+-- * 'rcsgirsClusterSecurityGroup' - Undocumented member. ----- * 'rcsgirsResponseStatus'+-- * 'rcsgirsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. revokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressResponse     :: Int -- ^ 'rcsgirsResponseStatus'     -> RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressResponse@@ -160,7 +162,7 @@ rcsgirsClusterSecurityGroup :: Lens' RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressResponse (Maybe ClusterSecurityGroup) rcsgirsClusterSecurityGroup = lens _rcsgirsClusterSecurityGroup (\ s a -> s{_rcsgirsClusterSecurityGroup = a}); --- | The response status code.+-- | -- | The response status code. rcsgirsResponseStatus :: Lens' RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressResponse Int rcsgirsResponseStatus = lens _rcsgirsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_rcsgirsResponseStatus = a}); 

@@ -20,7 +20,9 @@ -- -- Removes the ability of the specified AWS customer account to restore the specified snapshot. If the account is currently restoring the snapshot, the restore will run to completion. ----- For more information about working with snapshots, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-snapshots.html Amazon Redshift Snapshots> in the /Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide/.+--+-- For more information about working with snapshots, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-snapshots.html Amazon Redshift Snapshots> in the /Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide/ .+-- module Network.AWS.Redshift.RevokeSnapshotAccess     (     -- * Creating a Request@@ -48,6 +50,8 @@  -- | --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'revokeSnapshotAccess' smart constructor. data RevokeSnapshotAccess = RevokeSnapshotAccess'     { _rsaSnapshotClusterIdentifier :: !(Maybe Text)@@ -59,11 +63,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'rsaSnapshotClusterIdentifier'+-- * 'rsaSnapshotClusterIdentifier' - The identifier of the cluster the snapshot was created from. This parameter is required if your IAM user has a policy containing a snapshot resource element that specifies anything other than * for the cluster name. ----- * 'rsaSnapshotIdentifier'+-- * 'rsaSnapshotIdentifier' - The identifier of the snapshot that the account can no longer access. ----- * 'rsaAccountWithRestoreAccess'+-- * 'rsaAccountWithRestoreAccess' - The identifier of the AWS customer account that can no longer restore the specified snapshot. revokeSnapshotAccess     :: Text -- ^ 'rsaSnapshotIdentifier'     -> Text -- ^ 'rsaAccountWithRestoreAccess'@@ -128,9 +132,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'rsarsSnapshot'+-- * 'rsarsSnapshot' - Undocumented member. ----- * 'rsarsResponseStatus'+-- * 'rsarsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. revokeSnapshotAccessResponse     :: Int -- ^ 'rsarsResponseStatus'     -> RevokeSnapshotAccessResponse@@ -144,7 +148,7 @@ rsarsSnapshot :: Lens' RevokeSnapshotAccessResponse (Maybe Snapshot) rsarsSnapshot = lens _rsarsSnapshot (\ s a -> s{_rsarsSnapshot = a}); --- | The response status code.+-- | -- | The response status code. rsarsResponseStatus :: Lens' RevokeSnapshotAccessResponse Int rsarsResponseStatus = lens _rsarsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_rsarsResponseStatus = a}); 

@@ -19,6 +19,8 @@ -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- -- Rotates the encryption keys for a cluster.+--+-- module Network.AWS.Redshift.RotateEncryptionKey     (     -- * Creating a Request@@ -44,6 +46,8 @@  -- | --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'rotateEncryptionKey' smart constructor. newtype RotateEncryptionKey = RotateEncryptionKey'     { _rekClusterIdentifier :: Text@@ -53,7 +57,7 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'rekClusterIdentifier'+-- * 'rekClusterIdentifier' - The unique identifier of the cluster that you want to rotate the encryption keys for. Constraints: Must be the name of valid cluster that has encryption enabled. rotateEncryptionKey     :: Text -- ^ 'rekClusterIdentifier'     -> RotateEncryptionKey@@ -62,9 +66,7 @@     { _rekClusterIdentifier = pClusterIdentifier_     } --- | The unique identifier of the cluster that you want to rotate the encryption keys for.------ Constraints: Must be the name of valid cluster that has encryption enabled.+-- | The unique identifier of the cluster that you want to rotate the encryption keys for. Constraints: Must be the name of valid cluster that has encryption enabled. rekClusterIdentifier :: Lens' RotateEncryptionKey Text rekClusterIdentifier = lens _rekClusterIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_rekClusterIdentifier = a}); @@ -105,9 +107,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'rekrsCluster'+-- * 'rekrsCluster' - Undocumented member. ----- * 'rekrsResponseStatus'+-- * 'rekrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. rotateEncryptionKeyResponse     :: Int -- ^ 'rekrsResponseStatus'     -> RotateEncryptionKeyResponse@@ -121,7 +123,7 @@ rekrsCluster :: Lens' RotateEncryptionKeyResponse (Maybe Cluster) rekrsCluster = lens _rekrsCluster (\ s a -> s{_rekrsCluster = a}); --- | The response status code.+-- | -- | The response status code. rekrsResponseStatus :: Lens' RotateEncryptionKeyResponse Int rekrsResponseStatus = lens _rekrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_rekrsResponseStatus = a}); 

@@ -100,6 +100,9 @@     , _InsufficientS3BucketPolicyFault     , _ClusterSubnetGroupQuotaExceededFault +    -- * Re-exported Types+    , module Network.AWS.Redshift.Internal+     -- * ParameterApplyType     , ParameterApplyType (..) @@ -123,6 +126,7 @@     , Cluster     , cluster     , cRestoreStatus+    , cEnhancedVPCRouting     , cClusterSnapshotCopyStatus     , cClusterRevisionNumber     , cPubliclyAccessible@@ -366,6 +370,7 @@     -- * PendingModifiedValues     , PendingModifiedValues     , pendingModifiedValues+    , pmvEnhancedVPCRouting     , pmvMasterUserPassword     , pmvPubliclyAccessible     , pmvAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod@@ -425,6 +430,7 @@     , sStatus     , sRestorableNodeTypes     , sAccountsWithRestoreAccess+    , sEnhancedVPCRouting     , sSnapshotIdentifier     , sEncryptedWithHSM     , sMasterUsername@@ -505,11 +511,12 @@  import           Network.AWS.Lens import           Network.AWS.Prelude+import           Network.AWS.Redshift.Internal import           Network.AWS.Redshift.Types.Product import           Network.AWS.Redshift.Types.Sum import           Network.AWS.Sign.V4 --- | API version '2012-12-01' of the Amazon Redshift SDK configuration.+-- | API version @2012-12-01@ of the Amazon Redshift SDK configuration. redshift :: Service redshift =     Service@@ -543,427 +550,593 @@       | has (hasStatus 509) e = Just "limit_exceeded"       | otherwise = Nothing --- | The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of cluster security groups. For information about increasing your quota, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html Limits in Amazon Redshift> in the /Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide/.+-- | The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of cluster security groups. For information about increasing your quota, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html Limits in Amazon Redshift> in the /Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide/ .+--+-- _ClusterSecurityGroupQuotaExceededFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError _ClusterSecurityGroupQuotaExceededFault =     _ServiceError .     hasStatus 400 . hasCode "QuotaExceeded.ClusterSecurityGroup"  -- | The string specified for the logging S3 key prefix does not comply with the documented constraints.+--+-- _InvalidS3KeyPrefixFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError _InvalidS3KeyPrefixFault =     _ServiceError . hasStatus 400 . hasCode "InvalidS3KeyPrefixFault"  -- | The specified Amazon Redshift event source could not be found.+--+-- _SourceNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError _SourceNotFoundFault = _ServiceError . hasStatus 404 . hasCode "SourceNotFound"  -- | The authorization quota for the cluster security group has been reached.+--+-- _AuthorizationQuotaExceededFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError _AuthorizationQuotaExceededFault =     _ServiceError . hasStatus 400 . hasCode "AuthorizationQuotaExceeded"  -- | Cross-region snapshot copy was temporarily disabled. Try your request again.+--+-- _CopyToRegionDisabledFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError _CopyToRegionDisabledFault =     _ServiceError . hasStatus 400 . hasCode "CopyToRegionDisabledFault"  -- | The encryption key has exceeded its grant limit in AWS KMS.+--+-- _LimitExceededFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError _LimitExceededFault =     _ServiceError . hasStatus 400 . hasCode "LimitExceededFault" --- | The state of the cluster security group is not 'available'.+-- | The state of the cluster security group is not @available@ .+--+-- _InvalidClusterSecurityGroupStateFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError _InvalidClusterSecurityGroupStateFault =     _ServiceError . hasStatus 400 . hasCode "InvalidClusterSecurityGroupState"  -- | A cluster security group with the same name already exists.+--+-- _ClusterSecurityGroupAlreadyExistsFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError _ClusterSecurityGroupAlreadyExistsFault =     _ServiceError . hasStatus 400 . hasCode "ClusterSecurityGroupAlreadyExists"  -- | The snapshot identifier does not refer to an existing cluster snapshot.+--+-- _ClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError _ClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault =     _ServiceError . hasStatus 404 . hasCode "ClusterSnapshotNotFound"  -- | The Elastic IP (EIP) is invalid or cannot be found.+--+-- _InvalidElasticIPFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError _InvalidElasticIPFault =     _ServiceError . hasStatus 400 . hasCode "InvalidElasticIpFault" --- | The specified 'TableRestoreRequestId' value was not found.+-- | The specified @TableRestoreRequestId@ value was not found.+--+-- _TableRestoreNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError _TableRestoreNotFoundFault =     _ServiceError . hasStatus 400 . hasCode "TableRestoreNotFoundFault"  -- | There is no Amazon Redshift HSM configuration with the specified identifier.+--+-- _HSMConfigurationNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError _HSMConfigurationNotFoundFault =     _ServiceError . hasStatus 400 . hasCode "HsmConfigurationNotFoundFault"  -- | The specified CIDR block or EC2 security group is already authorized for the specified cluster security group.+--+-- _AuthorizationAlreadyExistsFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError _AuthorizationAlreadyExistsFault =     _ServiceError . hasStatus 400 . hasCode "AuthorizationAlreadyExists"  -- | The value specified for the event category was not one of the allowed values, or it specified a category that does not apply to the specified source type. The allowed values are Configuration, Management, Monitoring, and Security.+--+-- _SubscriptionCategoryNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError _SubscriptionCategoryNotFoundFault =     _ServiceError . hasStatus 404 . hasCode "SubscriptionCategoryNotFound"  -- | There is already an existing Amazon Redshift HSM configuration with the specified identifier.+--+-- _HSMConfigurationAlreadyExistsFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError _HSMConfigurationAlreadyExistsFault =     _ServiceError .     hasStatus 400 . hasCode "HsmConfigurationAlreadyExistsFault"  -- | An Amazon Redshift event notification subscription with the specified name does not exist.+--+-- _SubscriptionNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError _SubscriptionNotFoundFault =     _ServiceError . hasStatus 404 . hasCode "SubscriptionNotFound"  -- | The S3 bucket name is invalid. For more information about naming rules, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/BucketRestrictions.html Bucket Restrictions and Limitations> in the Amazon Simple Storage Service (S3) Developer Guide.+--+-- _InvalidS3BucketNameFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError _InvalidS3BucketNameFault =     _ServiceError . hasStatus 400 . hasCode "InvalidS3BucketNameFault"  -- | The value specified as a snapshot identifier is already used by an existing snapshot.+--+-- _ClusterSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError _ClusterSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault =     _ServiceError . hasStatus 400 . hasCode "ClusterSnapshotAlreadyExists"  -- | The requested subnet is not valid, or not all of the subnets are in the same VPC.+--+-- _InvalidSubnet :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError _InvalidSubnet = _ServiceError . hasStatus 400 . hasCode "InvalidSubnet" --- | The specified HSM configuration is not in the 'available' state, or it is still in use by one or more Amazon Redshift clusters.+-- | The specified HSM configuration is not in the @available@ state, or it is still in use by one or more Amazon Redshift clusters.+--+-- _InvalidHSMConfigurationStateFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError _InvalidHSMConfigurationStateFault =     _ServiceError . hasStatus 400 . hasCode "InvalidHsmConfigurationStateFault"  -- | The cluster already has cross-region snapshot copy disabled.+--+-- _SnapshotCopyAlreadyDisabledFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError _SnapshotCopyAlreadyDisabledFault =     _ServiceError . hasStatus 400 . hasCode "SnapshotCopyAlreadyDisabledFault" --- | The request would exceed the allowed number of cluster instances for this account. For information about increasing your quota, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html Limits in Amazon Redshift> in the /Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide/.+-- | The request would exceed the allowed number of cluster instances for this account. For information about increasing your quota, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html Limits in Amazon Redshift> in the /Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide/ .+--+-- _ClusterQuotaExceededFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError _ClusterQuotaExceededFault =     _ServiceError . hasStatus 400 . hasCode "ClusterQuotaExceeded" --- | The quota for HSM client certificates has been reached. For information about increasing your quota, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html Limits in Amazon Redshift> in the /Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide/.+-- | The quota for HSM client certificates has been reached. For information about increasing your quota, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html Limits in Amazon Redshift> in the /Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide/ .+--+-- _HSMClientCertificateQuotaExceededFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError _HSMClientCertificateQuotaExceededFault =     _ServiceError .     hasStatus 400 . hasCode "HsmClientCertificateQuotaExceededFault"  -- | The parameter group name does not refer to an existing parameter group.+--+-- _ClusterParameterGroupNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError _ClusterParameterGroupNotFoundFault =     _ServiceError . hasStatus 404 . hasCode "ClusterParameterGroupNotFound"  -- | The AWS account has exceeded the maximum number of snapshot copy grants in this region.+--+-- _SnapshotCopyGrantQuotaExceededFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError _SnapshotCopyGrantQuotaExceededFault =     _ServiceError .     hasStatus 400 . hasCode "SnapshotCopyGrantQuotaExceededFault"  -- | The operation would exceed the number of nodes allowed for a cluster.+--+-- _NumberOfNodesPerClusterLimitExceededFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError _NumberOfNodesPerClusterLimitExceededFault =     _ServiceError .     hasStatus 400 . hasCode "NumberOfNodesPerClusterLimitExceeded"  -- | The cluster already has cross-region snapshot copy enabled.+--+-- _SnapshotCopyAlreadyEnabledFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError _SnapshotCopyAlreadyEnabledFault =     _ServiceError . hasStatus 400 . hasCode "SnapshotCopyAlreadyEnabledFault"  -- | A cluster parameter group with the same name already exists.+--+-- _ClusterParameterGroupAlreadyExistsFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError _ClusterParameterGroupAlreadyExistsFault =     _ServiceError .     hasStatus 400 . hasCode "ClusterParameterGroupAlreadyExists"  -- | Cross-region snapshot copy was temporarily disabled. Try your request again.+--+-- _SnapshotCopyDisabledFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError _SnapshotCopyDisabledFault =     _ServiceError . hasStatus 400 . hasCode "SnapshotCopyDisabledFault"  -- | A resize operation for the specified cluster is not found.+--+-- _ResizeNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError _ResizeNotFoundFault = _ServiceError . hasStatus 404 . hasCode "ResizeNotFound"  -- | There is no Amazon Redshift HSM client certificate with the specified identifier.+--+-- _HSMClientCertificateNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError _HSMClientCertificateNotFoundFault =     _ServiceError . hasStatus 400 . hasCode "HsmClientCertificateNotFoundFault"  -- | An Amazon SNS topic with the specified Amazon Resource Name (ARN) does not exist.+--+-- _SNSTopicARNNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError _SNSTopicARNNotFoundFault =     _ServiceError . hasStatus 404 . hasCode "SNSTopicArnNotFound" --- | The 'ClusterIdentifier' parameter does not refer to an existing cluster.+-- | The @ClusterIdentifier@ parameter does not refer to an existing cluster.+--+-- _ClusterNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError _ClusterNotFoundFault =     _ServiceError . hasStatus 404 . hasCode "ClusterNotFound" --- | The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of cluster parameter groups. For information about increasing your quota, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html Limits in Amazon Redshift> in the /Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide/.+-- | The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of cluster parameter groups. For information about increasing your quota, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html Limits in Amazon Redshift> in the /Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide/ .+--+-- _ClusterParameterGroupQuotaExceededFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError _ClusterParameterGroupQuotaExceededFault =     _ServiceError .     hasStatus 400 . hasCode "ClusterParameterGroupQuotaExceeded" --- | The snapshot copy grant can\'t be created because a grant with the same name already exists.+-- | The snapshot copy grant can't be created because a grant with the same name already exists.+--+-- _SnapshotCopyGrantAlreadyExistsFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError _SnapshotCopyGrantAlreadyExistsFault =     _ServiceError .     hasStatus 400 . hasCode "SnapshotCopyGrantAlreadyExistsFault"  -- | You do not have permission to publish to the specified Amazon SNS topic.+--+-- _SNSNoAuthorizationFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError _SNSNoAuthorizationFault =     _ServiceError . hasStatus 400 . hasCode "SNSNoAuthorization" --- | The specified cluster is not in the 'available' state.+-- | The specified cluster is not in the @available@ state.+--+-- _InvalidClusterStateFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError _InvalidClusterStateFault =     _ServiceError . hasStatus 400 . hasCode "InvalidClusterState" --- | The value specified for the 'sourceDatabaseName', 'sourceSchemaName', or 'sourceTableName' parameter, or a combination of these, doesn\'t exist in the snapshot.+-- | The value specified for the @sourceDatabaseName@ , @sourceSchemaName@ , or @sourceTableName@ parameter, or a combination of these, doesn't exist in the snapshot.+--+-- _InvalidTableRestoreArgumentFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError _InvalidTableRestoreArgumentFault =     _ServiceError . hasStatus 400 . hasCode "InvalidTableRestoreArgument" --- | The specified snapshot copy grant can\'t be found. Make sure that the name is typed correctly and that the grant exists in the destination region.+-- | The specified snapshot copy grant can't be found. Make sure that the name is typed correctly and that the grant exists in the destination region.+--+-- _SnapshotCopyGrantNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError _SnapshotCopyGrantNotFoundFault =     _ServiceError . hasStatus 400 . hasCode "SnapshotCopyGrantNotFoundFault" --- | The quota for HSM configurations has been reached. For information about increasing your quota, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html Limits in Amazon Redshift> in the /Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide/.+-- | The quota for HSM configurations has been reached. For information about increasing your quota, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html Limits in Amazon Redshift> in the /Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide/ .+--+-- _HSMConfigurationQuotaExceededFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError _HSMConfigurationQuotaExceededFault =     _ServiceError .     hasStatus 400 . hasCode "HsmConfigurationQuotaExceededFault"  -- | The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of cluster snapshots.+--+-- _ClusterSnapshotQuotaExceededFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError _ClusterSnapshotQuotaExceededFault =     _ServiceError . hasStatus 400 . hasCode "ClusterSnapshotQuotaExceeded"  -- | The number of nodes specified exceeds the allotted capacity of the cluster.+--+-- _InsufficientClusterCapacityFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError _InsufficientClusterCapacityFault =     _ServiceError . hasStatus 400 . hasCode "InsufficientClusterCapacity"  -- | Amazon SNS has responded that there is a problem with the specified Amazon SNS topic.+--+-- _SNSInvalidTopicFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError _SNSInvalidTopicFault =     _ServiceError . hasStatus 400 . hasCode "SNSInvalidTopic"  -- | A request option was specified that is not supported.+--+-- _UnsupportedOptionFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError _UnsupportedOptionFault =     _ServiceError . hasStatus 400 . hasCode "UnsupportedOptionFault"  -- | There is already an existing event notification subscription with the specified name.+--+-- _SubscriptionAlreadyExistFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError _SubscriptionAlreadyExistFault =     _ServiceError . hasStatus 400 . hasCode "SubscriptionAlreadyExist"  -- | The cluster subnet group does not cover all Availability Zones.+--+-- _InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError _InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault =     _ServiceError . hasStatus 400 . hasCode "InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault"  -- | The cluster subnet group name does not refer to an existing cluster subnet group.+--+-- _ClusterSubnetGroupNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError _ClusterSubnetGroupNotFoundFault =     _ServiceError . hasStatus 400 . hasCode "ClusterSubnetGroupNotFoundFault"  -- | Could not find the specified S3 bucket.+--+-- _BucketNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError _BucketNotFoundFault =     _ServiceError . hasStatus 400 . hasCode "BucketNotFoundFault"  -- | The subscription request is invalid because it is a duplicate request. This subscription request is already in progress.+--+-- _InvalidSubscriptionStateFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError _InvalidSubscriptionStateFault =     _ServiceError . hasStatus 400 . hasCode "InvalidSubscriptionStateFault"  -- | The request cannot be completed because a dependent service is throttling requests made by Amazon Redshift on your behalf. Wait and retry the request.+--+-- _DependentServiceRequestThrottlingFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError _DependentServiceRequestThrottlingFault =     _ServiceError .     hasStatus 400 . hasCode "DependentServiceRequestThrottlingFault"  -- | The specified CIDR IP range or EC2 security group is not authorized for the specified cluster security group.+--+-- _AuthorizationNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError _AuthorizationNotFoundFault =     _ServiceError . hasStatus 404 . hasCode "AuthorizationNotFound"  -- | The cluster subnet group cannot be deleted because it is in use.+--+-- _InvalidClusterSubnetGroupStateFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError _InvalidClusterSubnetGroupStateFault =     _ServiceError .     hasStatus 400 . hasCode "InvalidClusterSubnetGroupStateFault" --- | The requested operation isn\'t supported.+-- | The requested operation isn't supported.+--+-- _UnsupportedOperationFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError _UnsupportedOperationFault =     _ServiceError . hasStatus 400 . hasCode "UnsupportedOperation"  -- | A /ClusterSubnetGroupName/ is already used by an existing cluster subnet group.+--+-- _ClusterSubnetGroupAlreadyExistsFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError _ClusterSubnetGroupAlreadyExistsFault =     _ServiceError . hasStatus 400 . hasCode "ClusterSubnetGroupAlreadyExists" --- | The specified cluster snapshot is not in the 'available' state, or other accounts are authorized to access the snapshot.+-- | The specified cluster snapshot is not in the @available@ state, or other accounts are authorized to access the snapshot.+--+-- _InvalidClusterSnapshotStateFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError _InvalidClusterSnapshotStateFault =     _ServiceError . hasStatus 400 . hasCode "InvalidClusterSnapshotState"  -- | The cluster security group name does not refer to an existing cluster security group.+--+-- _ClusterSecurityGroupNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError _ClusterSecurityGroupNotFoundFault =     _ServiceError . hasStatus 404 . hasCode "ClusterSecurityGroupNotFound"  -- | The specified reserved compute node not found.+--+-- _ReservedNodeNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError _ReservedNodeNotFoundFault =     _ServiceError . hasStatus 404 . hasCode "ReservedNodeNotFound"  -- | Specified offering does not exist.+--+-- _ReservedNodeOfferingNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError _ReservedNodeOfferingNotFoundFault =     _ServiceError . hasStatus 404 . hasCode "ReservedNodeOfferingNotFound"  -- | The state of the subnet is invalid.+--+-- _InvalidClusterSubnetStateFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError _InvalidClusterSubnetStateFault =     _ServiceError . hasStatus 400 . hasCode "InvalidClusterSubnetStateFault"  -- | The specified options are incompatible.+--+-- _IncompatibleOrderableOptions :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError _IncompatibleOrderableOptions =     _ServiceError . hasStatus 400 . hasCode "IncompatibleOrderableOptions" --- | The request would exceed the allowed number of event subscriptions for this account. For information about increasing your quota, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html Limits in Amazon Redshift> in the /Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide/.+-- | The request would exceed the allowed number of event subscriptions for this account. For information about increasing your quota, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html Limits in Amazon Redshift> in the /Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide/ .+--+-- _EventSubscriptionQuotaExceededFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError _EventSubscriptionQuotaExceededFault =     _ServiceError . hasStatus 400 . hasCode "EventSubscriptionQuotaExceeded"  -- | The cluster parameter group action can not be completed because another task is in progress that involves the parameter group. Wait a few moments and try the operation again.+--+-- _InvalidClusterParameterGroupStateFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError _InvalidClusterParameterGroupStateFault =     _ServiceError . hasStatus 400 . hasCode "InvalidClusterParameterGroupState"  -- | User already has a reservation with the given identifier.+--+-- _ReservedNodeAlreadyExistsFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError _ReservedNodeAlreadyExistsFault =     _ServiceError . hasStatus 404 . hasCode "ReservedNodeAlreadyExists"  -- | You have exceeded the allowed number of table restore requests. Wait for your current table restore requests to complete before making a new request.+--+-- _InProgressTableRestoreQuotaExceededFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError _InProgressTableRestoreQuotaExceededFault =     _ServiceError .     hasStatus 400 . hasCode "InProgressTableRestoreQuotaExceededFault"  -- | The restore is invalid.+--+-- _InvalidRestoreFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError _InvalidRestoreFault = _ServiceError . hasStatus 406 . hasCode "InvalidRestore"  -- | The resource could not be found.+--+-- _ResourceNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError _ResourceNotFoundFault =     _ServiceError . hasStatus 404 . hasCode "ResourceNotFoundFault"  -- | An Amazon Redshift event with the specified event ID does not exist.+--+-- _SubscriptionEventIdNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError _SubscriptionEventIdNotFoundFault =     _ServiceError . hasStatus 404 . hasCode "SubscriptionEventIdNotFound" --- | The snapshot copy grant can\'t be deleted because it is used by one or more clusters.+-- | The snapshot copy grant can't be deleted because it is used by one or more clusters.+--+-- _InvalidSnapshotCopyGrantStateFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError _InvalidSnapshotCopyGrantStateFault =     _ServiceError .     hasStatus 400 . hasCode "InvalidSnapshotCopyGrantStateFault"  -- | The specified region is incorrect or does not exist.+--+-- _UnknownSnapshotCopyRegionFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError _UnknownSnapshotCopyRegionFault =     _ServiceError . hasStatus 404 . hasCode "UnknownSnapshotCopyRegionFault" --- | Request would exceed the user\'s compute node quota. For information about increasing your quota, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html Limits in Amazon Redshift> in the /Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide/.+-- | Request would exceed the user's compute node quota. For information about increasing your quota, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html Limits in Amazon Redshift> in the /Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide/ .+--+-- _ReservedNodeQuotaExceededFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError _ReservedNodeQuotaExceededFault =     _ServiceError . hasStatus 400 . hasCode "ReservedNodeQuotaExceeded" --- | The request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of subnets in a cluster subnet groups. For information about increasing your quota, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html Limits in Amazon Redshift> in the /Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide/.+-- | The request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of subnets in a cluster subnet groups. For information about increasing your quota, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html Limits in Amazon Redshift> in the /Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide/ .+--+-- _ClusterSubnetQuotaExceededFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError _ClusterSubnetQuotaExceededFault =     _ServiceError . hasStatus 400 . hasCode "ClusterSubnetQuotaExceededFault"  -- | The account already has a cluster with the given identifier.+--+-- _ClusterAlreadyExistsFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError _ClusterAlreadyExistsFault =     _ServiceError . hasStatus 400 . hasCode "ClusterAlreadyExists"  -- | The owner of the specified snapshot has not authorized your account to access the snapshot.+--+-- _AccessToSnapshotDeniedFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError _AccessToSnapshotDeniedFault =     _ServiceError . hasStatus 400 . hasCode "AccessToSnapshotDenied"  -- | The request exceeds the limit of 10 tags for the resource.+--+-- _TagLimitExceededFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError _TagLimitExceededFault =     _ServiceError . hasStatus 400 . hasCode "TagLimitExceededFault" --- | The operation would exceed the number of nodes allotted to the account. For information about increasing your quota, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html Limits in Amazon Redshift> in the /Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide/.+-- | The operation would exceed the number of nodes allotted to the account. For information about increasing your quota, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html Limits in Amazon Redshift> in the /Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide/ .+--+-- _NumberOfNodesQuotaExceededFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError _NumberOfNodesQuotaExceededFault =     _ServiceError . hasStatus 400 . hasCode "NumberOfNodesQuotaExceeded"  -- | There is already an existing Amazon Redshift HSM client certificate with the specified identifier.+--+-- _HSMClientCertificateAlreadyExistsFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError _HSMClientCertificateAlreadyExistsFault =     _ServiceError .     hasStatus 400 . hasCode "HsmClientCertificateAlreadyExistsFault" --- | The specified HSM client certificate is not in the 'available' state, or it is still in use by one or more Amazon Redshift clusters.+-- | The specified HSM client certificate is not in the @available@ state, or it is still in use by one or more Amazon Redshift clusters.+--+-- _InvalidHSMClientCertificateStateFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError _InvalidHSMClientCertificateStateFault =     _ServiceError .     hasStatus 400 . hasCode "InvalidHsmClientCertificateStateFault"  -- | A specified subnet is already in use by another cluster.+--+-- _SubnetAlreadyInUse :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError _SubnetAlreadyInUse =     _ServiceError . hasStatus 400 . hasCode "SubnetAlreadyInUse"  -- | The value specified for the event severity was not one of the allowed values, or it specified a severity that does not apply to the specified source type. The allowed values are ERROR and INFO.+--+-- _SubscriptionSeverityNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError _SubscriptionSeverityNotFoundFault =     _ServiceError . hasStatus 404 . hasCode "SubscriptionSeverityNotFound"  -- | Your account is not authorized to perform the requested operation.+--+-- _UnauthorizedOperation :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError _UnauthorizedOperation =     _ServiceError . hasStatus 400 . hasCode "UnauthorizedOperation"  -- | The tag is invalid.+--+-- _InvalidTagFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError _InvalidTagFault = _ServiceError . hasStatus 400 . hasCode "InvalidTagFault"  -- | The cluster does not have read bucket or put object permissions on the S3 bucket specified when enabling logging.+--+-- _InsufficientS3BucketPolicyFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError _InsufficientS3BucketPolicyFault =     _ServiceError . hasStatus 400 . hasCode "InsufficientS3BucketPolicyFault" --- | The request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of cluster subnet groups. For information about increasing your quota, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html Limits in Amazon Redshift> in the /Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide/.+-- | The request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of cluster subnet groups. For information about increasing your quota, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html Limits in Amazon Redshift> in the /Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide/ .+--+-- _ClusterSubnetGroupQuotaExceededFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError _ClusterSubnetGroupQuotaExceededFault =     _ServiceError . hasStatus 400 . hasCode "ClusterSubnetGroupQuotaExceeded"

@@ -19,10 +19,13 @@  import           Network.AWS.Lens import           Network.AWS.Prelude+import           Network.AWS.Redshift.Internal import           Network.AWS.Redshift.Types.Sum  -- | Describes an AWS customer account authorized to restore a snapshot. --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'accountWithRestoreAccess' smart constructor. newtype AccountWithRestoreAccess = AccountWithRestoreAccess'     { _awraAccountId :: Maybe Text@@ -32,7 +35,7 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'awraAccountId'+-- * 'awraAccountId' - The identifier of an AWS customer account authorized to restore a snapshot. accountWithRestoreAccess     :: AccountWithRestoreAccess accountWithRestoreAccess =@@ -54,6 +57,8 @@  -- | Describes an availability zone. --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'availabilityZone' smart constructor. newtype AvailabilityZone = AvailabilityZone'     { _azName :: Maybe Text@@ -63,7 +68,7 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'azName'+-- * 'azName' - The name of the availability zone. availabilityZone     :: AvailabilityZone availabilityZone =@@ -84,9 +89,12 @@  -- | Describes a cluster. --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'cluster' smart constructor. data Cluster = Cluster'     { _cRestoreStatus                    :: !(Maybe RestoreStatus)+    , _cEnhancedVPCRouting               :: !(Maybe Bool)     , _cClusterSnapshotCopyStatus        :: !(Maybe ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus)     , _cClusterRevisionNumber            :: !(Maybe Text)     , _cPubliclyAccessible               :: !(Maybe Bool)@@ -124,74 +132,77 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'cRestoreStatus'+-- * 'cRestoreStatus' - A value that describes the status of a cluster restore action. This parameter returns null if the cluster was not created by restoring a snapshot. ----- * 'cClusterSnapshotCopyStatus'+-- * 'cEnhancedVPCRouting' - An option that specifies whether to create the cluster with enhanced VPC routing enabled. To create a cluster that uses enhanced VPC routing, the cluster must be in a VPC. For more information, see <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/enhanced-vpc-routing.html Enhanced VPC Routing> in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. If this option is @true@ , enhanced VPC routing is enabled.  Default: false ----- * 'cClusterRevisionNumber'+-- * 'cClusterSnapshotCopyStatus' - A value that returns the destination region and retention period that are configured for cross-region snapshot copy. ----- * 'cPubliclyAccessible'+-- * 'cClusterRevisionNumber' - The specific revision number of the database in the cluster. ----- * 'cMasterUsername'+-- * 'cPubliclyAccessible' - A Boolean value that, if @true@ , indicates that the cluster can be accessed from a public network. ----- * 'cVPCId'+-- * 'cMasterUsername' - The master user name for the cluster. This name is used to connect to the database that is specified in the __DBName__ parameter. ----- * 'cClusterSecurityGroups'+-- * 'cVPCId' - The identifier of the VPC the cluster is in, if the cluster is in a VPC. ----- * 'cAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod'+-- * 'cClusterSecurityGroups' - A list of cluster security group that are associated with the cluster. Each security group is represented by an element that contains @ClusterSecurityGroup.Name@ and @ClusterSecurityGroup.Status@ subelements.  Cluster security groups are used when the cluster is not created in an Amazon Virtual Private Cloud (VPC). Clusters that are created in a VPC use VPC security groups, which are listed by the __VpcSecurityGroups__ parameter. ----- * 'cEncrypted'+-- * 'cAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod' - The number of days that automatic cluster snapshots are retained. ----- * 'cClusterSubnetGroupName'+-- * 'cEncrypted' - A Boolean value that, if @true@ , indicates that data in the cluster is encrypted at rest. ----- * 'cClusterIdentifier'+-- * 'cClusterSubnetGroupName' - The name of the subnet group that is associated with the cluster. This parameter is valid only when the cluster is in a VPC. ----- * 'cNumberOfNodes'+-- * 'cClusterIdentifier' - The unique identifier of the cluster. ----- * 'cClusterPublicKey'+-- * 'cNumberOfNodes' - The number of compute nodes in the cluster. ----- * 'cPreferredMaintenanceWindow'+-- * 'cClusterPublicKey' - The public key for the cluster. ----- * 'cModifyStatus'+-- * 'cPreferredMaintenanceWindow' - The weekly time range, in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC), during which system maintenance can occur. ----- * 'cKMSKeyId'+-- * 'cModifyStatus' - The status of a modify operation, if any, initiated for the cluster. ----- * 'cClusterParameterGroups'+-- * 'cKMSKeyId' - The AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) key ID of the encryption key used to encrypt data in the cluster. ----- * 'cAvailabilityZone'+-- * 'cClusterParameterGroups' - The list of cluster parameter groups that are associated with this cluster. Each parameter group in the list is returned with its status. ----- * 'cVPCSecurityGroups'+-- * 'cAvailabilityZone' - The name of the Availability Zone in which the cluster is located. ----- * 'cHSMStatus'+-- * 'cVPCSecurityGroups' - A list of Amazon Virtual Private Cloud (Amazon VPC) security groups that are associated with the cluster. This parameter is returned only if the cluster is in a VPC. ----- * 'cIAMRoles'+-- * 'cHSMStatus' - A value that reports whether the Amazon Redshift cluster has finished applying any hardware security module (HSM) settings changes specified in a modify cluster command. Values: active, applying ----- * 'cElasticIPStatus'+-- * 'cIAMRoles' - A list of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) roles that can be used by the cluster to access other AWS services. ----- * 'cClusterVersion'+-- * 'cElasticIPStatus' - The status of the elastic IP (EIP) address. ----- * 'cNodeType'+-- * 'cClusterVersion' - The version ID of the Amazon Redshift engine that is running on the cluster. ----- * 'cClusterCreateTime'+-- * 'cNodeType' - The node type for the nodes in the cluster. ----- * 'cEndpoint'+-- * 'cClusterCreateTime' - The date and time that the cluster was created. ----- * 'cAllowVersionUpgrade'+-- * 'cEndpoint' - The connection endpoint. ----- * 'cClusterStatus'+-- * 'cAllowVersionUpgrade' - A Boolean value that, if @true@ , indicates that major version upgrades will be applied automatically to the cluster during the maintenance window. ----- * 'cPendingModifiedValues'+-- * 'cClusterStatus' - The current state of the cluster. Possible values are the following:     * @available@      * @creating@      * @deleting@      * @final-snapshot@      * @hardware-failure@      * @incompatible-hsm@      * @incompatible-network@      * @incompatible-parameters@      * @incompatible-restore@      * @modifying@      * @rebooting@      * @renaming@      * @resizing@      * @rotating-keys@      * @storage-full@      * @updating-hsm@ ----- * 'cTags'+-- * 'cPendingModifiedValues' - A value that, if present, indicates that changes to the cluster are pending. Specific pending changes are identified by subelements. ----- * 'cClusterNodes'+-- * 'cTags' - The list of tags for the cluster. ----- * 'cDBName'+-- * 'cClusterNodes' - The nodes in the cluster.+--+-- * 'cDBName' - The name of the initial database that was created when the cluster was created. This same name is returned for the life of the cluster. If an initial database was not specified, a database named @dev@ dev was created by default. cluster     :: Cluster cluster =     Cluster'     { _cRestoreStatus = Nothing+    , _cEnhancedVPCRouting = Nothing     , _cClusterSnapshotCopyStatus = Nothing     , _cClusterRevisionNumber = Nothing     , _cPubliclyAccessible = Nothing@@ -225,11 +236,15 @@     , _cDBName = Nothing     } --- | Describes the status of a cluster restore action. Returns null if the cluster was not created by restoring a snapshot.+-- | A value that describes the status of a cluster restore action. This parameter returns null if the cluster was not created by restoring a snapshot. cRestoreStatus :: Lens' Cluster (Maybe RestoreStatus) cRestoreStatus = lens _cRestoreStatus (\ s a -> s{_cRestoreStatus = a}); --- | Returns the destination region and retention period that are configured for cross-region snapshot copy.+-- | An option that specifies whether to create the cluster with enhanced VPC routing enabled. To create a cluster that uses enhanced VPC routing, the cluster must be in a VPC. For more information, see <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/enhanced-vpc-routing.html Enhanced VPC Routing> in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. If this option is @true@ , enhanced VPC routing is enabled.  Default: false+cEnhancedVPCRouting :: Lens' Cluster (Maybe Bool)+cEnhancedVPCRouting = lens _cEnhancedVPCRouting (\ s a -> s{_cEnhancedVPCRouting = a});++-- | A value that returns the destination region and retention period that are configured for cross-region snapshot copy. cClusterSnapshotCopyStatus :: Lens' Cluster (Maybe ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus) cClusterSnapshotCopyStatus = lens _cClusterSnapshotCopyStatus (\ s a -> s{_cClusterSnapshotCopyStatus = a}); @@ -237,11 +252,11 @@ cClusterRevisionNumber :: Lens' Cluster (Maybe Text) cClusterRevisionNumber = lens _cClusterRevisionNumber (\ s a -> s{_cClusterRevisionNumber = a}); --- | If 'true', the cluster can be accessed from a public network.+-- | A Boolean value that, if @true@ , indicates that the cluster can be accessed from a public network. cPubliclyAccessible :: Lens' Cluster (Maybe Bool) cPubliclyAccessible = lens _cPubliclyAccessible (\ s a -> s{_cPubliclyAccessible = a}); --- | The master user name for the cluster. This name is used to connect to the database that is specified in __DBName__.+-- | The master user name for the cluster. This name is used to connect to the database that is specified in the __DBName__ parameter. cMasterUsername :: Lens' Cluster (Maybe Text) cMasterUsername = lens _cMasterUsername (\ s a -> s{_cMasterUsername = a}); @@ -249,9 +264,7 @@ cVPCId :: Lens' Cluster (Maybe Text) cVPCId = lens _cVPCId (\ s a -> s{_cVPCId = a}); --- | A list of cluster security group that are associated with the cluster. Each security group is represented by an element that contains 'ClusterSecurityGroup.Name' and 'ClusterSecurityGroup.Status' subelements.------ Cluster security groups are used when the cluster is not created in a VPC. Clusters that are created in a VPC use VPC security groups, which are listed by the __VpcSecurityGroups__ parameter.+-- | A list of cluster security group that are associated with the cluster. Each security group is represented by an element that contains @ClusterSecurityGroup.Name@ and @ClusterSecurityGroup.Status@ subelements.  Cluster security groups are used when the cluster is not created in an Amazon Virtual Private Cloud (VPC). Clusters that are created in a VPC use VPC security groups, which are listed by the __VpcSecurityGroups__ parameter. cClusterSecurityGroups :: Lens' Cluster [ClusterSecurityGroupMembership] cClusterSecurityGroups = lens _cClusterSecurityGroups (\ s a -> s{_cClusterSecurityGroups = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; @@ -259,7 +272,7 @@ cAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod :: Lens' Cluster (Maybe Int) cAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod = lens _cAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod (\ s a -> s{_cAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod = a}); --- | If 'true', data in the cluster is encrypted at rest.+-- | A Boolean value that, if @true@ , indicates that data in the cluster is encrypted at rest. cEncrypted :: Lens' Cluster (Maybe Bool) cEncrypted = lens _cEncrypted (\ s a -> s{_cEncrypted = a}); @@ -279,7 +292,7 @@ cClusterPublicKey :: Lens' Cluster (Maybe Text) cClusterPublicKey = lens _cClusterPublicKey (\ s a -> s{_cClusterPublicKey = a}); --- | The weekly time range (in UTC) during which system maintenance can occur.+-- | The weekly time range, in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC), during which system maintenance can occur. cPreferredMaintenanceWindow :: Lens' Cluster (Maybe Text) cPreferredMaintenanceWindow = lens _cPreferredMaintenanceWindow (\ s a -> s{_cPreferredMaintenanceWindow = a}); @@ -287,7 +300,7 @@ cModifyStatus :: Lens' Cluster (Maybe Text) cModifyStatus = lens _cModifyStatus (\ s a -> s{_cModifyStatus = a}); --- | The AWS Key Management Service (KMS) key ID of the encryption key used to encrypt data in the cluster.+-- | The AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) key ID of the encryption key used to encrypt data in the cluster. cKMSKeyId :: Lens' Cluster (Maybe Text) cKMSKeyId = lens _cKMSKeyId (\ s a -> s{_cKMSKeyId = a}); @@ -299,13 +312,11 @@ cAvailabilityZone :: Lens' Cluster (Maybe Text) cAvailabilityZone = lens _cAvailabilityZone (\ s a -> s{_cAvailabilityZone = a}); --- | A list of Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) security groups that are associated with the cluster. This parameter is returned only if the cluster is in a VPC.+-- | A list of Amazon Virtual Private Cloud (Amazon VPC) security groups that are associated with the cluster. This parameter is returned only if the cluster is in a VPC. cVPCSecurityGroups :: Lens' Cluster [VPCSecurityGroupMembership] cVPCSecurityGroups = lens _cVPCSecurityGroups (\ s a -> s{_cVPCSecurityGroups = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | Reports whether the Amazon Redshift cluster has finished applying any HSM settings changes specified in a modify cluster command.------ Values: active, applying+-- | A value that reports whether the Amazon Redshift cluster has finished applying any hardware security module (HSM) settings changes specified in a modify cluster command. Values: active, applying cHSMStatus :: Lens' Cluster (Maybe HSMStatus) cHSMStatus = lens _cHSMStatus (\ s a -> s{_cHSMStatus = a}); @@ -333,32 +344,15 @@ cEndpoint :: Lens' Cluster (Maybe Endpoint) cEndpoint = lens _cEndpoint (\ s a -> s{_cEndpoint = a}); --- | If 'true', major version upgrades will be applied automatically to the cluster during the maintenance window.+-- | A Boolean value that, if @true@ , indicates that major version upgrades will be applied automatically to the cluster during the maintenance window. cAllowVersionUpgrade :: Lens' Cluster (Maybe Bool) cAllowVersionUpgrade = lens _cAllowVersionUpgrade (\ s a -> s{_cAllowVersionUpgrade = a}); --- | The current state of the cluster. Possible values are:------ -   'available'--- -   'creating'--- -   'deleting'--- -   'final-snapshot'--- -   'hardware-failure'--- -   'incompatible-hsm'--- -   'incompatible-network'--- -   'incompatible-parameters'--- -   'incompatible-restore'--- -   'modifying'--- -   'rebooting'--- -   'renaming'--- -   'resizing'--- -   'rotating-keys'--- -   'storage-full'--- -   'updating-hsm'+-- | The current state of the cluster. Possible values are the following:     * @available@      * @creating@      * @deleting@      * @final-snapshot@      * @hardware-failure@      * @incompatible-hsm@      * @incompatible-network@      * @incompatible-parameters@      * @incompatible-restore@      * @modifying@      * @rebooting@      * @renaming@      * @resizing@      * @rotating-keys@      * @storage-full@      * @updating-hsm@ cClusterStatus :: Lens' Cluster (Maybe Text) cClusterStatus = lens _cClusterStatus (\ s a -> s{_cClusterStatus = a}); --- | If present, changes to the cluster are pending. Specific pending changes are identified by subelements.+-- | A value that, if present, indicates that changes to the cluster are pending. Specific pending changes are identified by subelements. cPendingModifiedValues :: Lens' Cluster (Maybe PendingModifiedValues) cPendingModifiedValues = lens _cPendingModifiedValues (\ s a -> s{_cPendingModifiedValues = a}); @@ -366,11 +360,11 @@ cTags :: Lens' Cluster [Tag] cTags = lens _cTags (\ s a -> s{_cTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The nodes in a cluster.+-- | The nodes in the cluster. cClusterNodes :: Lens' Cluster [ClusterNode] cClusterNodes = lens _cClusterNodes (\ s a -> s{_cClusterNodes = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The name of the initial database that was created when the cluster was created. This same name is returned for the life of the cluster. If an initial database was not specified, a database named \"dev\" was created by default.+-- | The name of the initial database that was created when the cluster was created. This same name is returned for the life of the cluster. If an initial database was not specified, a database named @dev@ dev was created by default. cDBName :: Lens' Cluster (Maybe Text) cDBName = lens _cDBName (\ s a -> s{_cDBName = a}); @@ -378,7 +372,8 @@         parseXML x           = Cluster' <$>               (x .@? "RestoreStatus") <*>-                (x .@? "ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus")+                (x .@? "EnhancedVpcRouting")+                <*> (x .@? "ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus")                 <*> (x .@? "ClusterRevisionNumber")                 <*> (x .@? "PubliclyAccessible")                 <*> (x .@? "MasterUsername")@@ -428,6 +423,8 @@  -- | An AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) role that can be used by the associated Amazon Redshift cluster to access other AWS services. --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'clusterIAMRole' smart constructor. data ClusterIAMRole = ClusterIAMRole'     { _cirIAMRoleARN  :: !(Maybe Text)@@ -438,9 +435,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'cirIAMRoleARN'+-- * 'cirIAMRoleARN' - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role, for example, @arn:aws:iam::123456789012:role/RedshiftCopyUnload@ . ----- * 'cirApplyStatus'+-- * 'cirApplyStatus' - A value that describes the status of the IAM role's association with an Amazon Redshift cluster. The following are possible statuses and descriptions.     * @in-sync@ : The role is available for use by the cluster.     * @adding@ : The role is in the process of being associated with the cluster.     * @removing@ : The role is in the process of being disassociated with the cluster. clusterIAMRole     :: ClusterIAMRole clusterIAMRole =@@ -449,17 +446,11 @@     , _cirApplyStatus = Nothing     } --- | The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role. For example, 'arn:aws:iam::123456789012:role\/RedshiftCopyUnload'.+-- | The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role, for example, @arn:aws:iam::123456789012:role/RedshiftCopyUnload@ . cirIAMRoleARN :: Lens' ClusterIAMRole (Maybe Text) cirIAMRoleARN = lens _cirIAMRoleARN (\ s a -> s{_cirIAMRoleARN = a}); --- | Describes the status of the IAM role\'s association with an Amazon Redshift cluster.------ The following are possible statuses and descriptions.------ -   'in-sync': The role is available for use by the cluster.--- -   'adding': The role is in the process of being associated with the cluster.--- -   'removing': The role is in the process of being disassociated with the cluster.+-- | A value that describes the status of the IAM role's association with an Amazon Redshift cluster. The following are possible statuses and descriptions.     * @in-sync@ : The role is available for use by the cluster.     * @adding@ : The role is in the process of being associated with the cluster.     * @removing@ : The role is in the process of being disassociated with the cluster. cirApplyStatus :: Lens' ClusterIAMRole (Maybe Text) cirApplyStatus = lens _cirApplyStatus (\ s a -> s{_cirApplyStatus = a}); @@ -474,6 +465,8 @@  -- | The identifier of a node in a cluster. --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'clusterNode' smart constructor. data ClusterNode = ClusterNode'     { _cnNodeRole         :: !(Maybe Text)@@ -485,11 +478,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'cnNodeRole'+-- * 'cnNodeRole' - Whether the node is a leader node or a compute node. ----- * 'cnPrivateIPAddress'+-- * 'cnPrivateIPAddress' - The private IP address of a node within a cluster. ----- * 'cnPublicIPAddress'+-- * 'cnPublicIPAddress' - The public IP address of a node within a cluster. clusterNode     :: ClusterNode clusterNode =@@ -523,6 +516,8 @@  -- | Describes a parameter group. --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'clusterParameterGroup' smart constructor. data ClusterParameterGroup = ClusterParameterGroup'     { _cpgParameterGroupFamily :: !(Maybe Text)@@ -535,13 +530,13 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'cpgParameterGroupFamily'+-- * 'cpgParameterGroupFamily' - The name of the cluster parameter group family that this cluster parameter group is compatible with. ----- * 'cpgDescription'+-- * 'cpgDescription' - The description of the parameter group. ----- * 'cpgTags'+-- * 'cpgTags' - The list of tags for the cluster parameter group. ----- * 'cpgParameterGroupName'+-- * 'cpgParameterGroupName' - The name of the cluster parameter group. clusterParameterGroup     :: ClusterParameterGroup clusterParameterGroup =@@ -584,6 +579,8 @@  -- | --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'clusterParameterGroupNameMessage' smart constructor. data ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage = ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage'     { _cpgnmParameterGroupStatus :: !(Maybe Text)@@ -594,9 +591,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'cpgnmParameterGroupStatus'+-- * 'cpgnmParameterGroupStatus' - The status of the parameter group. For example, if you made a change to a parameter group name-value pair, then the change could be pending a reboot of an associated cluster. ----- * 'cpgnmParameterGroupName'+-- * 'cpgnmParameterGroupName' - The name of the cluster parameter group. clusterParameterGroupNameMessage     :: ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage clusterParameterGroupNameMessage =@@ -626,6 +623,8 @@  -- | Describes the status of a parameter group. --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'clusterParameterGroupStatus' smart constructor. data ClusterParameterGroupStatus = ClusterParameterGroupStatus'     { _cpgsClusterParameterStatusList :: !(Maybe [ClusterParameterStatus])@@ -637,11 +636,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'cpgsClusterParameterStatusList'+-- * 'cpgsClusterParameterStatusList' - The list of parameter statuses. For more information about parameters and parameter groups, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-parameter-groups.html Amazon Redshift Parameter Groups> in the /Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide/ . ----- * 'cpgsParameterApplyStatus'+-- * 'cpgsParameterApplyStatus' - The status of parameter updates. ----- * 'cpgsParameterGroupName'+-- * 'cpgsParameterGroupName' - The name of the cluster parameter group. clusterParameterGroupStatus     :: ClusterParameterGroupStatus clusterParameterGroupStatus =@@ -651,9 +650,7 @@     , _cpgsParameterGroupName = Nothing     } --- | The list of parameter statuses.------ For more information about parameters and parameter groups, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-parameter-groups.html Amazon Redshift Parameter Groups> in the /Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide/.+-- | The list of parameter statuses. For more information about parameters and parameter groups, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-parameter-groups.html Amazon Redshift Parameter Groups> in the /Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide/ . cpgsClusterParameterStatusList :: Lens' ClusterParameterGroupStatus [ClusterParameterStatus] cpgsClusterParameterStatusList = lens _cpgsClusterParameterStatusList (\ s a -> s{_cpgsClusterParameterStatusList = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; @@ -679,6 +676,8 @@  -- | Describes the status of a parameter group. --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'clusterParameterStatus' smart constructor. data ClusterParameterStatus = ClusterParameterStatus'     { _cpsParameterApplyErrorDescription :: !(Maybe Text)@@ -690,11 +689,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'cpsParameterApplyErrorDescription'+-- * 'cpsParameterApplyErrorDescription' - The error that prevented the parameter from being applied to the database. ----- * 'cpsParameterName'+-- * 'cpsParameterName' - The name of the parameter. ----- * 'cpsParameterApplyStatus'+-- * 'cpsParameterApplyStatus' - The status of the parameter that indicates whether the parameter is in sync with the database, waiting for a cluster reboot, or encountered an error when being applied. The following are possible statuses and descriptions.     * @in-sync@ : The parameter value is in sync with the database.     * @pending-reboot@ : The parameter value will be applied after the cluster reboots.     * @applying@ : The parameter value is being applied to the database.     * @invalid-parameter@ : Cannot apply the parameter value because it has an invalid value or syntax.     * @apply-deferred@ : The parameter contains static property changes. The changes are deferred until the cluster reboots.     * @apply-error@ : Cannot connect to the cluster. The parameter change will be applied after the cluster reboots.     * @unknown-error@ : Cannot apply the parameter change right now. The change will be applied after the cluster reboots. clusterParameterStatus     :: ClusterParameterStatus clusterParameterStatus =@@ -712,17 +711,7 @@ cpsParameterName :: Lens' ClusterParameterStatus (Maybe Text) cpsParameterName = lens _cpsParameterName (\ s a -> s{_cpsParameterName = a}); --- | The status of the parameter that indicates whether the parameter is in sync with the database, waiting for a cluster reboot, or encountered an error when being applied.------ The following are possible statuses and descriptions.------ -   'in-sync': The parameter value is in sync with the database.--- -   'pending-reboot': The parameter value will be applied after the cluster reboots.--- -   'applying': The parameter value is being applied to the database.--- -   'invalid-parameter': Cannot apply the parameter value because it has an invalid value or syntax.--- -   'apply-deferred': The parameter contains static property changes. The changes are deferred until the cluster reboots.--- -   'apply-error': Cannot connect to the cluster. The parameter change will be applied after the cluster reboots.--- -   'unknown-error': Cannot apply the parameter change right now. The change will be applied after the cluster reboots.+-- | The status of the parameter that indicates whether the parameter is in sync with the database, waiting for a cluster reboot, or encountered an error when being applied. The following are possible statuses and descriptions.     * @in-sync@ : The parameter value is in sync with the database.     * @pending-reboot@ : The parameter value will be applied after the cluster reboots.     * @applying@ : The parameter value is being applied to the database.     * @invalid-parameter@ : Cannot apply the parameter value because it has an invalid value or syntax.     * @apply-deferred@ : The parameter contains static property changes. The changes are deferred until the cluster reboots.     * @apply-error@ : Cannot connect to the cluster. The parameter change will be applied after the cluster reboots.     * @unknown-error@ : Cannot apply the parameter change right now. The change will be applied after the cluster reboots. cpsParameterApplyStatus :: Lens' ClusterParameterStatus (Maybe Text) cpsParameterApplyStatus = lens _cpsParameterApplyStatus (\ s a -> s{_cpsParameterApplyStatus = a}); @@ -739,6 +728,8 @@  -- | Describes a security group. --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'clusterSecurityGroup' smart constructor. data ClusterSecurityGroup = ClusterSecurityGroup'     { _cluClusterSecurityGroupName :: !(Maybe Text)@@ -752,15 +743,15 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'cluClusterSecurityGroupName'+-- * 'cluClusterSecurityGroupName' - The name of the cluster security group to which the operation was applied. ----- * 'cluIPRanges'+-- * 'cluIPRanges' - A list of IP ranges (CIDR blocks) that are permitted to access clusters associated with this cluster security group. ----- * 'cluEC2SecurityGroups'+-- * 'cluEC2SecurityGroups' - A list of EC2 security groups that are permitted to access clusters associated with this cluster security group. ----- * 'cluDescription'+-- * 'cluDescription' - A description of the security group. ----- * 'cluTags'+-- * 'cluTags' - The list of tags for the cluster security group. clusterSecurityGroup     :: ClusterSecurityGroup clusterSecurityGroup =@@ -812,6 +803,8 @@  -- | Describes a cluster security group. --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'clusterSecurityGroupMembership' smart constructor. data ClusterSecurityGroupMembership = ClusterSecurityGroupMembership'     { _csgmStatus                   :: !(Maybe Text)@@ -822,9 +815,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'csgmStatus'+-- * 'csgmStatus' - The status of the cluster security group. ----- * 'csgmClusterSecurityGroupName'+-- * 'csgmClusterSecurityGroupName' - The name of the cluster security group. clusterSecurityGroupMembership     :: ClusterSecurityGroupMembership clusterSecurityGroupMembership =@@ -853,6 +846,8 @@  -- | Returns the destination region and retention period that are configured for cross-region snapshot copy. --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'clusterSnapshotCopyStatus' smart constructor. data ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus = ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus'     { _cscsRetentionPeriod       :: !(Maybe Integer)@@ -864,11 +859,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'cscsRetentionPeriod'+-- * 'cscsRetentionPeriod' - The number of days that automated snapshots are retained in the destination region after they are copied from a source region. ----- * 'cscsDestinationRegion'+-- * 'cscsDestinationRegion' - The destination region that snapshots are automatically copied to when cross-region snapshot copy is enabled. ----- * 'cscsSnapshotCopyGrantName'+-- * 'cscsSnapshotCopyGrantName' - The name of the snapshot copy grant. clusterSnapshotCopyStatus     :: ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus clusterSnapshotCopyStatus =@@ -903,6 +898,8 @@  -- | Describes a subnet group. --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'clusterSubnetGroup' smart constructor. data ClusterSubnetGroup = ClusterSubnetGroup'     { _csgVPCId                  :: !(Maybe Text)@@ -917,17 +914,17 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'csgVPCId'+-- * 'csgVPCId' - The VPC ID of the cluster subnet group. ----- * 'csgSubnets'+-- * 'csgSubnets' - A list of the VPC 'Subnet' elements. ----- * 'csgClusterSubnetGroupName'+-- * 'csgClusterSubnetGroupName' - The name of the cluster subnet group. ----- * 'csgSubnetGroupStatus'+-- * 'csgSubnetGroupStatus' - The status of the cluster subnet group. Possible values are @Complete@ , @Incomplete@ and @Invalid@ . ----- * 'csgDescription'+-- * 'csgDescription' - The description of the cluster subnet group. ----- * 'csgTags'+-- * 'csgTags' - The list of tags for the cluster subnet group. clusterSubnetGroup     :: ClusterSubnetGroup clusterSubnetGroup =@@ -944,7 +941,7 @@ csgVPCId :: Lens' ClusterSubnetGroup (Maybe Text) csgVPCId = lens _csgVPCId (\ s a -> s{_csgVPCId = a}); --- | A list of the VPC < Subnet> elements.+-- | A list of the VPC 'Subnet' elements. csgSubnets :: Lens' ClusterSubnetGroup [Subnet] csgSubnets = lens _csgSubnets (\ s a -> s{_csgSubnets = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; @@ -952,7 +949,7 @@ csgClusterSubnetGroupName :: Lens' ClusterSubnetGroup (Maybe Text) csgClusterSubnetGroupName = lens _csgClusterSubnetGroupName (\ s a -> s{_csgClusterSubnetGroupName = a}); --- | The status of the cluster subnet group. Possible values are 'Complete', 'Incomplete' and 'Invalid'.+-- | The status of the cluster subnet group. Possible values are @Complete@ , @Incomplete@ and @Invalid@ . csgSubnetGroupStatus :: Lens' ClusterSubnetGroup (Maybe Text) csgSubnetGroupStatus = lens _csgSubnetGroupStatus (\ s a -> s{_csgSubnetGroupStatus = a}); @@ -983,6 +980,8 @@  -- | Describes a cluster version, including the parameter group family and description of the version. --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'clusterVersion' smart constructor. data ClusterVersion = ClusterVersion'     { _cvClusterParameterGroupFamily :: !(Maybe Text)@@ -994,11 +993,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'cvClusterParameterGroupFamily'+-- * 'cvClusterParameterGroupFamily' - The name of the cluster parameter group family for the cluster. ----- * 'cvClusterVersion'+-- * 'cvClusterVersion' - The version number used by the cluster. ----- * 'cvDescription'+-- * 'cvDescription' - The description of the cluster version. clusterVersion     :: ClusterVersion clusterVersion =@@ -1033,6 +1032,8 @@  -- | Describes the default cluster parameters for a parameter group family. --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'defaultClusterParameters' smart constructor. data DefaultClusterParameters = DefaultClusterParameters'     { _dcpMarker               :: !(Maybe Text)@@ -1044,11 +1045,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'dcpMarker'+-- * 'dcpMarker' - A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the @Marker@ parameter and retrying the command. If the @Marker@ field is empty, all response records have been retrieved for the request. ----- * 'dcpParameters'+-- * 'dcpParameters' - The list of cluster default parameters. ----- * 'dcpParameterGroupFamily'+-- * 'dcpParameterGroupFamily' - The name of the cluster parameter group family to which the engine default parameters apply. defaultClusterParameters     :: DefaultClusterParameters defaultClusterParameters =@@ -1058,7 +1059,7 @@     , _dcpParameterGroupFamily = Nothing     } --- | A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the 'Marker' parameter and retrying the command. If the 'Marker' field is empty, all response records have been retrieved for the request.+-- | A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the @Marker@ parameter and retrying the command. If the @Marker@ field is empty, all response records have been retrieved for the request. dcpMarker :: Lens' DefaultClusterParameters (Maybe Text) dcpMarker = lens _dcpMarker (\ s a -> s{_dcpMarker = a}); @@ -1084,6 +1085,8 @@  -- | Describes an Amazon EC2 security group. --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'ec2SecurityGroup' smart constructor. data EC2SecurityGroup = EC2SecurityGroup'     { _esgStatus                  :: !(Maybe Text)@@ -1096,13 +1099,13 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'esgStatus'+-- * 'esgStatus' - The status of the EC2 security group. ----- * 'esgEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId'+-- * 'esgEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId' - The AWS ID of the owner of the EC2 security group specified in the @EC2SecurityGroupName@ field. ----- * 'esgEC2SecurityGroupName'+-- * 'esgEC2SecurityGroupName' - The name of the EC2 Security Group. ----- * 'esgTags'+-- * 'esgTags' - The list of tags for the EC2 security group. ec2SecurityGroup     :: EC2SecurityGroup ec2SecurityGroup =@@ -1117,7 +1120,7 @@ esgStatus :: Lens' EC2SecurityGroup (Maybe Text) esgStatus = lens _esgStatus (\ s a -> s{_esgStatus = a}); --- | The AWS ID of the owner of the EC2 security group specified in the 'EC2SecurityGroupName' field.+-- | The AWS ID of the owner of the EC2 security group specified in the @EC2SecurityGroupName@ field. esgEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId :: Lens' EC2SecurityGroup (Maybe Text) esgEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId = lens _esgEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId (\ s a -> s{_esgEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId = a}); @@ -1145,6 +1148,8 @@  -- | Describes the status of the elastic IP (EIP) address. --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'elasticIPStatus' smart constructor. data ElasticIPStatus = ElasticIPStatus'     { _eisStatus    :: !(Maybe Text)@@ -1155,9 +1160,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'eisStatus'+-- * 'eisStatus' - The status of the elastic IP (EIP) address. ----- * 'eisElasticIP'+-- * 'eisElasticIP' - The elastic IP (EIP) address for the cluster. elasticIPStatus     :: ElasticIPStatus elasticIPStatus =@@ -1185,6 +1190,8 @@  -- | Describes a connection endpoint. --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'endpoint' smart constructor. data Endpoint = Endpoint'     { _eAddress :: !(Maybe Text)@@ -1195,9 +1202,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'eAddress'+-- * 'eAddress' - The DNS address of the Cluster. ----- * 'ePort'+-- * 'ePort' - The port that the database engine is listening on. endpoint     :: Endpoint endpoint =@@ -1224,6 +1231,8 @@  -- | Describes an event. --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'event' smart constructor. data Event = Event'     { _eSourceType       :: !(Maybe SourceType)@@ -1239,19 +1248,19 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'eSourceType'+-- * 'eSourceType' - The source type for this event. ----- * 'eSeverity'+-- * 'eSeverity' - The severity of the event. Values: ERROR, INFO ----- * 'eSourceIdentifier'+-- * 'eSourceIdentifier' - The identifier for the source of the event. ----- * 'eDate'+-- * 'eDate' - The date and time of the event. ----- * 'eEventCategories'+-- * 'eEventCategories' - A list of the event categories. Values: Configuration, Management, Monitoring, Security ----- * 'eMessage'+-- * 'eMessage' - The text of this event. ----- * 'eEventId'+-- * 'eEventId' - The identifier of the event. event     :: Event event =@@ -1269,9 +1278,7 @@ eSourceType :: Lens' Event (Maybe SourceType) eSourceType = lens _eSourceType (\ s a -> s{_eSourceType = a}); --- | The severity of the event.------ Values: ERROR, INFO+-- | The severity of the event. Values: ERROR, INFO eSeverity :: Lens' Event (Maybe Text) eSeverity = lens _eSeverity (\ s a -> s{_eSeverity = a}); @@ -1283,9 +1290,7 @@ eDate :: Lens' Event (Maybe UTCTime) eDate = lens _eDate (\ s a -> s{_eDate = a}) . mapping _Time; --- | A list of the event categories.------ Values: Configuration, Management, Monitoring, Security+-- | A list of the event categories. Values: Configuration, Management, Monitoring, Security eEventCategories :: Lens' Event [Text] eEventCategories = lens _eEventCategories (\ s a -> s{_eEventCategories = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; @@ -1315,6 +1320,8 @@  -- | Describes event categories. --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'eventCategoriesMap' smart constructor. data EventCategoriesMap = EventCategoriesMap'     { _ecmSourceType :: !(Maybe Text)@@ -1325,9 +1332,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'ecmSourceType'+-- * 'ecmSourceType' - The source type, such as cluster or cluster-snapshot, that the returned categories belong to. ----- * 'ecmEvents'+-- * 'ecmEvents' - The events in the event category. eventCategoriesMap     :: EventCategoriesMap eventCategoriesMap =@@ -1357,6 +1364,8 @@  -- | Describes event information. --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'eventInfoMap' smart constructor. data EventInfoMap = EventInfoMap'     { _eimEventDescription :: !(Maybe Text)@@ -1369,13 +1378,13 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'eimEventDescription'+-- * 'eimEventDescription' - The description of an Amazon Redshift event. ----- * 'eimSeverity'+-- * 'eimSeverity' - The severity of the event. Values: ERROR, INFO ----- * 'eimEventCategories'+-- * 'eimEventCategories' - The category of an Amazon Redshift event. ----- * 'eimEventId'+-- * 'eimEventId' - The identifier of an Amazon Redshift event. eventInfoMap     :: EventInfoMap eventInfoMap =@@ -1390,9 +1399,7 @@ eimEventDescription :: Lens' EventInfoMap (Maybe Text) eimEventDescription = lens _eimEventDescription (\ s a -> s{_eimEventDescription = a}); --- | The severity of the event.------ Values: ERROR, INFO+-- | The severity of the event. Values: ERROR, INFO eimSeverity :: Lens' EventInfoMap (Maybe Text) eimSeverity = lens _eimSeverity (\ s a -> s{_eimSeverity = a}); @@ -1418,6 +1425,8 @@  -- | Describes event subscriptions. --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'eventSubscription' smart constructor. data EventSubscription = EventSubscription'     { _esStatus                   :: !(Maybe Text)@@ -1437,27 +1446,27 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'esStatus'+-- * 'esStatus' - The status of the Amazon Redshift event notification subscription. Constraints:     * Can be one of the following: active | no-permission | topic-not-exist     * The status "no-permission" indicates that Amazon Redshift no longer has permission to post to the Amazon SNS topic. The status "topic-not-exist" indicates that the topic was deleted after the subscription was created. ----- * 'esCustomerAWSId'+-- * 'esCustomerAWSId' - The AWS customer account associated with the Amazon Redshift event notification subscription. ----- * 'esCustSubscriptionId'+-- * 'esCustSubscriptionId' - The name of the Amazon Redshift event notification subscription. ----- * 'esSNSTopicARN'+-- * 'esSNSTopicARN' - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon SNS topic used by the event notification subscription. ----- * 'esEnabled'+-- * 'esEnabled' - A Boolean value indicating whether the subscription is enabled. @true@ indicates the subscription is enabled. ----- * 'esSourceType'+-- * 'esSourceType' - The source type of the events returned the Amazon Redshift event notification, such as cluster, or cluster-snapshot. ----- * 'esSeverity'+-- * 'esSeverity' - The event severity specified in the Amazon Redshift event notification subscription. Values: ERROR, INFO ----- * 'esSubscriptionCreationTime'+-- * 'esSubscriptionCreationTime' - The date and time the Amazon Redshift event notification subscription was created. ----- * 'esEventCategoriesList'+-- * 'esEventCategoriesList' - The list of Amazon Redshift event categories specified in the event notification subscription. Values: Configuration, Management, Monitoring, Security ----- * 'esTags'+-- * 'esTags' - The list of tags for the event subscription. ----- * 'esSourceIdsList'+-- * 'esSourceIdsList' - A list of the sources that publish events to the Amazon Redshift event notification subscription. eventSubscription     :: EventSubscription eventSubscription =@@ -1475,12 +1484,7 @@     , _esSourceIdsList = Nothing     } --- | The status of the Amazon Redshift event notification subscription.------ Constraints:------ -   Can be one of the following: active | no-permission | topic-not-exist--- -   The status \"no-permission\" indicates that Amazon Redshift no longer has permission to post to the Amazon SNS topic. The status \"topic-not-exist\" indicates that the topic was deleted after the subscription was created.+-- | The status of the Amazon Redshift event notification subscription. Constraints:     * Can be one of the following: active | no-permission | topic-not-exist     * The status "no-permission" indicates that Amazon Redshift no longer has permission to post to the Amazon SNS topic. The status "topic-not-exist" indicates that the topic was deleted after the subscription was created. esStatus :: Lens' EventSubscription (Maybe Text) esStatus = lens _esStatus (\ s a -> s{_esStatus = a}); @@ -1496,7 +1500,7 @@ esSNSTopicARN :: Lens' EventSubscription (Maybe Text) esSNSTopicARN = lens _esSNSTopicARN (\ s a -> s{_esSNSTopicARN = a}); --- | A Boolean value indicating whether the subscription is enabled. 'true' indicates the subscription is enabled.+-- | A Boolean value indicating whether the subscription is enabled. @true@ indicates the subscription is enabled. esEnabled :: Lens' EventSubscription (Maybe Bool) esEnabled = lens _esEnabled (\ s a -> s{_esEnabled = a}); @@ -1504,9 +1508,7 @@ esSourceType :: Lens' EventSubscription (Maybe Text) esSourceType = lens _esSourceType (\ s a -> s{_esSourceType = a}); --- | The event severity specified in the Amazon Redshift event notification subscription.------ Values: ERROR, INFO+-- | The event severity specified in the Amazon Redshift event notification subscription. Values: ERROR, INFO esSeverity :: Lens' EventSubscription (Maybe Text) esSeverity = lens _esSeverity (\ s a -> s{_esSeverity = a}); @@ -1514,9 +1516,7 @@ esSubscriptionCreationTime :: Lens' EventSubscription (Maybe UTCTime) esSubscriptionCreationTime = lens _esSubscriptionCreationTime (\ s a -> s{_esSubscriptionCreationTime = a}) . mapping _Time; --- | The list of Amazon Redshift event categories specified in the event notification subscription.------ Values: Configuration, Management, Monitoring, Security+-- | The list of Amazon Redshift event categories specified in the event notification subscription. Values: Configuration, Management, Monitoring, Security esEventCategoriesList :: Lens' EventSubscription [Text] esEventCategoriesList = lens _esEventCategoriesList (\ s a -> s{_esEventCategoriesList = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; @@ -1554,6 +1554,8 @@  -- | Returns information about an HSM client certificate. The certificate is stored in a secure Hardware Storage Module (HSM), and used by the Amazon Redshift cluster to encrypt data files. --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'hsmClientCertificate' smart constructor. data HSMClientCertificate = HSMClientCertificate'     { _hccHSMClientCertificateIdentifier :: !(Maybe Text)@@ -1565,11 +1567,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'hccHSMClientCertificateIdentifier'+-- * 'hccHSMClientCertificateIdentifier' - The identifier of the HSM client certificate. ----- * 'hccHSMClientCertificatePublicKey'+-- * 'hccHSMClientCertificatePublicKey' - The public key that the Amazon Redshift cluster will use to connect to the HSM. You must register the public key in the HSM. ----- * 'hccTags'+-- * 'hccTags' - The list of tags for the HSM client certificate. hsmClientCertificate     :: HSMClientCertificate hsmClientCertificate =@@ -1606,6 +1608,8 @@  -- | Returns information about an HSM configuration, which is an object that describes to Amazon Redshift clusters the information they require to connect to an HSM where they can store database encryption keys. --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'hsmConfiguration' smart constructor. data HSMConfiguration = HSMConfiguration'     { _hcHSMConfigurationIdentifier :: !(Maybe Text)@@ -1619,15 +1623,15 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'hcHSMConfigurationIdentifier'+-- * 'hcHSMConfigurationIdentifier' - The name of the Amazon Redshift HSM configuration. ----- * 'hcHSMPartitionName'+-- * 'hcHSMPartitionName' - The name of the partition in the HSM where the Amazon Redshift clusters will store their database encryption keys. ----- * 'hcDescription'+-- * 'hcDescription' - A text description of the HSM configuration. ----- * 'hcTags'+-- * 'hcTags' - The list of tags for the HSM configuration. ----- * 'hcHSMIPAddress'+-- * 'hcHSMIPAddress' - The IP address that the Amazon Redshift cluster must use to access the HSM. hsmConfiguration     :: HSMConfiguration hsmConfiguration =@@ -1676,6 +1680,8 @@  -- | Describes the status of changes to HSM settings. --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'hsmStatus' smart constructor. data HSMStatus = HSMStatus'     { _hsStatus                         :: !(Maybe Text)@@ -1687,11 +1693,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'hsStatus'+-- * 'hsStatus' - Reports whether the Amazon Redshift cluster has finished applying any HSM settings changes specified in a modify cluster command. Values: active, applying ----- * 'hsHSMConfigurationIdentifier'+-- * 'hsHSMConfigurationIdentifier' - Specifies the name of the HSM configuration that contains the information the Amazon Redshift cluster can use to retrieve and store keys in an HSM. ----- * 'hsHSMClientCertificateIdentifier'+-- * 'hsHSMClientCertificateIdentifier' - Specifies the name of the HSM client certificate the Amazon Redshift cluster uses to retrieve the data encryption keys stored in an HSM. hsmStatus     :: HSMStatus hsmStatus =@@ -1701,9 +1707,7 @@     , _hsHSMClientCertificateIdentifier = Nothing     } --- | Reports whether the Amazon Redshift cluster has finished applying any HSM settings changes specified in a modify cluster command.------ Values: active, applying+-- | Reports whether the Amazon Redshift cluster has finished applying any HSM settings changes specified in a modify cluster command. Values: active, applying hsStatus :: Lens' HSMStatus (Maybe Text) hsStatus = lens _hsStatus (\ s a -> s{_hsStatus = a}); @@ -1728,6 +1732,8 @@  -- | Describes an IP range used in a security group. --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'ipRange' smart constructor. data IPRange = IPRange'     { _irStatus :: !(Maybe Text)@@ -1739,11 +1745,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'irStatus'+-- * 'irStatus' - The status of the IP range, for example, "authorized". ----- * 'irCIdRIP'+-- * 'irCIdRIP' - The IP range in Classless Inter-Domain Routing (CIDR) notation. ----- * 'irTags'+-- * 'irTags' - The list of tags for the IP range. ipRange     :: IPRange ipRange =@@ -1753,7 +1759,7 @@     , _irTags = Nothing     } --- | The status of the IP range, for example, \"authorized\".+-- | The status of the IP range, for example, "authorized". irStatus :: Lens' IPRange (Maybe Text) irStatus = lens _irStatus (\ s a -> s{_irStatus = a}); @@ -1778,6 +1784,8 @@  -- | Describes the status of logging for a cluster. --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'loggingStatus' smart constructor. data LoggingStatus = LoggingStatus'     { _lsLastFailureTime            :: !(Maybe ISO8601)@@ -1792,17 +1800,17 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'lsLastFailureTime'+-- * 'lsLastFailureTime' - The last time when logs failed to be delivered. ----- * 'lsLastSuccessfulDeliveryTime'+-- * 'lsLastSuccessfulDeliveryTime' - The last time that logs were delivered. ----- * 'lsS3KeyPrefix'+-- * 'lsS3KeyPrefix' - The prefix applied to the log file names. ----- * 'lsBucketName'+-- * 'lsBucketName' - The name of the S3 bucket where the log files are stored. ----- * 'lsLoggingEnabled'+-- * 'lsLoggingEnabled' - @true@ if logging is on, @false@ if logging is off. ----- * 'lsLastFailureMessage'+-- * 'lsLastFailureMessage' - The message indicating that logs failed to be delivered. loggingStatus     :: LoggingStatus loggingStatus =@@ -1831,7 +1839,7 @@ lsBucketName :: Lens' LoggingStatus (Maybe Text) lsBucketName = lens _lsBucketName (\ s a -> s{_lsBucketName = a}); --- | 'true' if logging is on, 'false' if logging is off.+-- | @true@ if logging is on, @false@ if logging is off. lsLoggingEnabled :: Lens' LoggingStatus (Maybe Bool) lsLoggingEnabled = lens _lsLoggingEnabled (\ s a -> s{_lsLoggingEnabled = a}); @@ -1855,6 +1863,8 @@  -- | Describes an orderable cluster option. --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'orderableClusterOption' smart constructor. data OrderableClusterOption = OrderableClusterOption'     { _ocoAvailabilityZones :: !(Maybe [AvailabilityZone])@@ -1867,13 +1877,13 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'ocoAvailabilityZones'+-- * 'ocoAvailabilityZones' - A list of availability zones for the orderable cluster. ----- * 'ocoClusterType'+-- * 'ocoClusterType' - The cluster type, for example @multi-node@ . ----- * 'ocoClusterVersion'+-- * 'ocoClusterVersion' - The version of the orderable cluster. ----- * 'ocoNodeType'+-- * 'ocoNodeType' - The node type for the orderable cluster. orderableClusterOption     :: OrderableClusterOption orderableClusterOption =@@ -1888,7 +1898,7 @@ ocoAvailabilityZones :: Lens' OrderableClusterOption [AvailabilityZone] ocoAvailabilityZones = lens _ocoAvailabilityZones (\ s a -> s{_ocoAvailabilityZones = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The cluster type, for example 'multi-node'.+-- | The cluster type, for example @multi-node@ . ocoClusterType :: Lens' OrderableClusterOption (Maybe Text) ocoClusterType = lens _ocoClusterType (\ s a -> s{_ocoClusterType = a}); @@ -1915,6 +1925,8 @@  -- | Describes a parameter in a cluster parameter group. --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'parameter' smart constructor. data Parameter = Parameter'     { _pApplyType            :: !(Maybe ParameterApplyType)@@ -1932,23 +1944,23 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'pApplyType'+-- * 'pApplyType' - Specifies how to apply the WLM configuration parameter. Some properties can be applied dynamically, while other properties require that any associated clusters be rebooted for the configuration changes to be applied. For more information about parameters and parameter groups, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-parameter-groups.html Amazon Redshift Parameter Groups> in the /Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide/ . ----- * 'pParameterValue'+-- * 'pParameterValue' - The value of the parameter. ----- * 'pMinimumEngineVersion'+-- * 'pMinimumEngineVersion' - The earliest engine version to which the parameter can apply. ----- * 'pSource'+-- * 'pSource' - The source of the parameter value, such as "engine-default" or "user". ----- * 'pIsModifiable'+-- * 'pIsModifiable' - If @true@ , the parameter can be modified. Some parameters have security or operational implications that prevent them from being changed. ----- * 'pDataType'+-- * 'pDataType' - The data type of the parameter. ----- * 'pAllowedValues'+-- * 'pAllowedValues' - The valid range of values for the parameter. ----- * 'pParameterName'+-- * 'pParameterName' - The name of the parameter. ----- * 'pDescription'+-- * 'pDescription' - A description of the parameter. parameter     :: Parameter parameter =@@ -1964,7 +1976,7 @@     , _pDescription = Nothing     } --- | Specifies how to apply the WLM configuration parameter. Some properties can be applied dynamically, while other properties require that any associated clusters be rebooted for the configuration changes to be applied. For more information about parameters and parameter groups, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-parameter-groups.html Amazon Redshift Parameter Groups> in the /Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide/.+-- | Specifies how to apply the WLM configuration parameter. Some properties can be applied dynamically, while other properties require that any associated clusters be rebooted for the configuration changes to be applied. For more information about parameters and parameter groups, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-parameter-groups.html Amazon Redshift Parameter Groups> in the /Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide/ . pApplyType :: Lens' Parameter (Maybe ParameterApplyType) pApplyType = lens _pApplyType (\ s a -> s{_pApplyType = a}); @@ -1976,11 +1988,11 @@ pMinimumEngineVersion :: Lens' Parameter (Maybe Text) pMinimumEngineVersion = lens _pMinimumEngineVersion (\ s a -> s{_pMinimumEngineVersion = a}); --- | The source of the parameter value, such as \"engine-default\" or \"user\".+-- | The source of the parameter value, such as "engine-default" or "user". pSource :: Lens' Parameter (Maybe Text) pSource = lens _pSource (\ s a -> s{_pSource = a}); --- | If 'true', the parameter can be modified. Some parameters have security or operational implications that prevent them from being changed.+-- | If @true@ , the parameter can be modified. Some parameters have security or operational implications that prevent them from being changed. pIsModifiable :: Lens' Parameter (Maybe Bool) pIsModifiable = lens _pIsModifiable (\ s a -> s{_pIsModifiable = a}); @@ -2031,9 +2043,12 @@  -- | Describes cluster attributes that are in a pending state. A change to one or more the attributes was requested and is in progress or will be applied. --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'pendingModifiedValues' smart constructor. data PendingModifiedValues = PendingModifiedValues'-    { _pmvMasterUserPassword               :: !(Maybe Text)+    { _pmvEnhancedVPCRouting               :: !(Maybe Bool)+    , _pmvMasterUserPassword               :: !(Maybe Text)     , _pmvPubliclyAccessible               :: !(Maybe Bool)     , _pmvAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod :: !(Maybe Int)     , _pmvClusterIdentifier                :: !(Maybe Text)@@ -2047,26 +2062,29 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'pmvMasterUserPassword'+-- * 'pmvEnhancedVPCRouting' - An option that specifies whether to create the cluster with enhanced VPC routing enabled. To create a cluster that uses enhanced VPC routing, the cluster must be in a VPC. For more information, see <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/enhanced-vpc-routing.html Enhanced VPC Routing> in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. If this option is @true@ , enhanced VPC routing is enabled.  Default: false ----- * 'pmvPubliclyAccessible'+-- * 'pmvMasterUserPassword' - The pending or in-progress change of the master user password for the cluster. ----- * 'pmvAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod'+-- * 'pmvPubliclyAccessible' - The pending or in-progress change of the ability to connect to the cluster from the public network. ----- * 'pmvClusterIdentifier'+-- * 'pmvAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod' - The pending or in-progress change of the automated snapshot retention period. ----- * 'pmvNumberOfNodes'+-- * 'pmvClusterIdentifier' - The pending or in-progress change of the new identifier for the cluster. ----- * 'pmvClusterType'+-- * 'pmvNumberOfNodes' - The pending or in-progress change of the number of nodes in the cluster. ----- * 'pmvClusterVersion'+-- * 'pmvClusterType' - The pending or in-progress change of the cluster type. ----- * 'pmvNodeType'+-- * 'pmvClusterVersion' - The pending or in-progress change of the service version.+--+-- * 'pmvNodeType' - The pending or in-progress change of the cluster's node type. pendingModifiedValues     :: PendingModifiedValues pendingModifiedValues =     PendingModifiedValues'-    { _pmvMasterUserPassword = Nothing+    { _pmvEnhancedVPCRouting = Nothing+    , _pmvMasterUserPassword = Nothing     , _pmvPubliclyAccessible = Nothing     , _pmvAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod = Nothing     , _pmvClusterIdentifier = Nothing@@ -2076,6 +2094,10 @@     , _pmvNodeType = Nothing     } +-- | An option that specifies whether to create the cluster with enhanced VPC routing enabled. To create a cluster that uses enhanced VPC routing, the cluster must be in a VPC. For more information, see <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/enhanced-vpc-routing.html Enhanced VPC Routing> in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. If this option is @true@ , enhanced VPC routing is enabled.  Default: false+pmvEnhancedVPCRouting :: Lens' PendingModifiedValues (Maybe Bool)+pmvEnhancedVPCRouting = lens _pmvEnhancedVPCRouting (\ s a -> s{_pmvEnhancedVPCRouting = a});+ -- | The pending or in-progress change of the master user password for the cluster. pmvMasterUserPassword :: Lens' PendingModifiedValues (Maybe Text) pmvMasterUserPassword = lens _pmvMasterUserPassword (\ s a -> s{_pmvMasterUserPassword = a});@@ -2104,15 +2126,16 @@ pmvClusterVersion :: Lens' PendingModifiedValues (Maybe Text) pmvClusterVersion = lens _pmvClusterVersion (\ s a -> s{_pmvClusterVersion = a}); --- | The pending or in-progress change of the cluster\'s node type.+-- | The pending or in-progress change of the cluster's node type. pmvNodeType :: Lens' PendingModifiedValues (Maybe Text) pmvNodeType = lens _pmvNodeType (\ s a -> s{_pmvNodeType = a});  instance FromXML PendingModifiedValues where         parseXML x           = PendingModifiedValues' <$>-              (x .@? "MasterUserPassword") <*>-                (x .@? "PubliclyAccessible")+              (x .@? "EnhancedVpcRouting") <*>+                (x .@? "MasterUserPassword")+                <*> (x .@? "PubliclyAccessible")                 <*> (x .@? "AutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod")                 <*> (x .@? "ClusterIdentifier")                 <*> (x .@? "NumberOfNodes")@@ -2126,6 +2149,8 @@  -- | Describes a recurring charge. --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'recurringCharge' smart constructor. data RecurringCharge = RecurringCharge'     { _rcRecurringChargeFrequency :: !(Maybe Text)@@ -2136,9 +2161,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'rcRecurringChargeFrequency'+-- * 'rcRecurringChargeFrequency' - The frequency at which the recurring charge amount is applied. ----- * 'rcRecurringChargeAmount'+-- * 'rcRecurringChargeAmount' - The amount charged per the period of time specified by the recurring charge frequency. recurringCharge     :: RecurringCharge recurringCharge =@@ -2165,8 +2190,10 @@  instance NFData RecurringCharge --- | Describes a reserved node. You can call the < DescribeReservedNodeOfferings> API to obtain the available reserved node offerings.+-- | Describes a reserved node. You can call the 'DescribeReservedNodeOfferings' API to obtain the available reserved node offerings. --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'reservedNode' smart constructor. data ReservedNode = ReservedNode'     { _rnState                  :: !(Maybe Text)@@ -2187,29 +2214,29 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'rnState'+-- * 'rnState' - The state of the reserved compute node. Possible Values:     * pending-payment-This reserved node has recently been purchased, and the sale has been approved, but payment has not yet been confirmed.     * active-This reserved node is owned by the caller and is available for use.     * payment-failed-Payment failed for the purchase attempt. ----- * 'rnCurrencyCode'+-- * 'rnCurrencyCode' - The currency code for the reserved cluster. ----- * 'rnStartTime'+-- * 'rnStartTime' - The time the reservation started. You purchase a reserved node offering for a duration. This is the start time of that duration. ----- * 'rnNodeCount'+-- * 'rnNodeCount' - The number of reserved compute nodes. ----- * 'rnReservedNodeId'+-- * 'rnReservedNodeId' - The unique identifier for the reservation. ----- * 'rnReservedNodeOfferingId'+-- * 'rnReservedNodeOfferingId' - The identifier for the reserved node offering. ----- * 'rnRecurringCharges'+-- * 'rnRecurringCharges' - The recurring charges for the reserved node. ----- * 'rnOfferingType'+-- * 'rnOfferingType' - The anticipated utilization of the reserved node, as defined in the reserved node offering. ----- * 'rnUsagePrice'+-- * 'rnUsagePrice' - The hourly rate Amazon Redshift charges you for this reserved node. ----- * 'rnNodeType'+-- * 'rnNodeType' - The node type of the reserved node. ----- * 'rnFixedPrice'+-- * 'rnFixedPrice' - The fixed cost Amazon Redshift charges you for this reserved node. ----- * 'rnDuration'+-- * 'rnDuration' - The duration of the node reservation in seconds. reservedNode     :: ReservedNode reservedNode =@@ -2228,13 +2255,7 @@     , _rnDuration = Nothing     } --- | The state of the reserved compute node.------ Possible Values:------ -   pending-payment-This reserved node has recently been purchased, and the sale has been approved, but payment has not yet been confirmed.--- -   active-This reserved node is owned by the caller and is available for use.--- -   payment-failed-Payment failed for the purchase attempt.+-- | The state of the reserved compute node. Possible Values:     * pending-payment-This reserved node has recently been purchased, and the sale has been approved, but payment has not yet been confirmed.     * active-This reserved node is owned by the caller and is available for use.     * payment-failed-Payment failed for the purchase attempt. rnState :: Lens' ReservedNode (Maybe Text) rnState = lens _rnState (\ s a -> s{_rnState = a}); @@ -2305,6 +2326,8 @@  -- | Describes a reserved node offering. --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'reservedNodeOffering' smart constructor. data ReservedNodeOffering = ReservedNodeOffering'     { _rnoCurrencyCode           :: !(Maybe Text)@@ -2321,21 +2344,21 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'rnoCurrencyCode'+-- * 'rnoCurrencyCode' - The currency code for the compute nodes offering. ----- * 'rnoReservedNodeOfferingId'+-- * 'rnoReservedNodeOfferingId' - The offering identifier. ----- * 'rnoRecurringCharges'+-- * 'rnoRecurringCharges' - The charge to your account regardless of whether you are creating any clusters using the node offering. Recurring charges are only in effect for heavy-utilization reserved nodes. ----- * 'rnoOfferingType'+-- * 'rnoOfferingType' - The anticipated utilization of the reserved node, as defined in the reserved node offering. ----- * 'rnoUsagePrice'+-- * 'rnoUsagePrice' - The rate you are charged for each hour the cluster that is using the offering is running. ----- * 'rnoNodeType'+-- * 'rnoNodeType' - The node type offered by the reserved node offering. ----- * 'rnoFixedPrice'+-- * 'rnoFixedPrice' - The upfront fixed charge you will pay to purchase the specific reserved node offering. ----- * 'rnoDuration'+-- * 'rnoDuration' - The duration, in seconds, for which the offering will reserve the node. reservedNodeOffering     :: ReservedNodeOffering reservedNodeOffering =@@ -2402,6 +2425,8 @@  -- | Describes the status of a cluster restore action. Returns null if the cluster was not created by restoring a snapshot. --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'restoreStatus' smart constructor. data RestoreStatus = RestoreStatus'     { _rsStatus                                 :: !(Maybe Text)@@ -2416,17 +2441,17 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'rsStatus'+-- * 'rsStatus' - The status of the restore action. Returns starting, restoring, completed, or failed. ----- * 'rsEstimatedTimeToCompletionInSeconds'+-- * 'rsEstimatedTimeToCompletionInSeconds' - The estimate of the time remaining before the restore will complete. Returns 0 for a completed restore. ----- * 'rsCurrentRestoreRateInMegaBytesPerSecond'+-- * 'rsCurrentRestoreRateInMegaBytesPerSecond' - The number of megabytes per second being transferred from the backup storage. Returns the average rate for a completed backup. ----- * 'rsProgressInMegaBytes'+-- * 'rsProgressInMegaBytes' - The number of megabytes that have been transferred from snapshot storage. ----- * 'rsElapsedTimeInSeconds'+-- * 'rsElapsedTimeInSeconds' - The amount of time an in-progress restore has been running, or the amount of time it took a completed restore to finish. ----- * 'rsSnapshotSizeInMegaBytes'+-- * 'rsSnapshotSizeInMegaBytes' - The size of the set of snapshot data used to restore the cluster. restoreStatus     :: RestoreStatus restoreStatus =@@ -2479,11 +2504,14 @@  -- | Describes a snapshot. --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'snapshot' smart constructor. data Snapshot = Snapshot'     { _sStatus                                 :: !(Maybe Text)     , _sRestorableNodeTypes                    :: !(Maybe [Text])     , _sAccountsWithRestoreAccess              :: !(Maybe [AccountWithRestoreAccess])+    , _sEnhancedVPCRouting                     :: !(Maybe Bool)     , _sSnapshotIdentifier                     :: !(Maybe Text)     , _sEncryptedWithHSM                       :: !(Maybe Bool)     , _sMasterUsername                         :: !(Maybe Text)@@ -2515,61 +2543,63 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'sStatus'+-- * 'sStatus' - The snapshot status. The value of the status depends on the API operation used.      * 'CreateClusterSnapshot' and 'CopyClusterSnapshot' returns status as "creating".      * 'DescribeClusterSnapshots' returns status as "creating", "available", "final snapshot", or "failed".     * 'DeleteClusterSnapshot' returns status as "deleted". ----- * 'sRestorableNodeTypes'+-- * 'sRestorableNodeTypes' - The list of node types that this cluster snapshot is able to restore into. ----- * 'sAccountsWithRestoreAccess'+-- * 'sAccountsWithRestoreAccess' - A list of the AWS customer accounts authorized to restore the snapshot. Returns @null@ if no accounts are authorized. Visible only to the snapshot owner. ----- * 'sSnapshotIdentifier'+-- * 'sEnhancedVPCRouting' - An option that specifies whether to create the cluster with enhanced VPC routing enabled. To create a cluster that uses enhanced VPC routing, the cluster must be in a VPC. For more information, see <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/enhanced-vpc-routing.html Enhanced VPC Routing> in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. If this option is @true@ , enhanced VPC routing is enabled.  Default: false ----- * 'sEncryptedWithHSM'+-- * 'sSnapshotIdentifier' - The snapshot identifier that is provided in the request. ----- * 'sMasterUsername'+-- * 'sEncryptedWithHSM' - A boolean that indicates whether the snapshot data is encrypted using the HSM keys of the source cluster. @true@ indicates that the data is encrypted using HSM keys. ----- * 'sSourceRegion'+-- * 'sMasterUsername' - The master user name for the cluster. ----- * 'sVPCId'+-- * 'sSourceRegion' - The source region from which the snapshot was copied. ----- * 'sBackupProgressInMegaBytes'+-- * 'sVPCId' - The VPC identifier of the cluster if the snapshot is from a cluster in a VPC. Otherwise, this field is not in the output. ----- * 'sEncrypted'+-- * 'sBackupProgressInMegaBytes' - The number of megabytes that have been transferred to the snapshot backup. ----- * 'sClusterIdentifier'+-- * 'sEncrypted' - If @true@ , the data in the snapshot is encrypted at rest. ----- * 'sNumberOfNodes'+-- * 'sClusterIdentifier' - The identifier of the cluster for which the snapshot was taken. ----- * 'sSnapshotType'+-- * 'sNumberOfNodes' - The number of nodes in the cluster. ----- * 'sKMSKeyId'+-- * 'sSnapshotType' - The snapshot type. Snapshots created using 'CreateClusterSnapshot' and 'CopyClusterSnapshot' will be of type "manual". ----- * 'sAvailabilityZone'+-- * 'sKMSKeyId' - The AWS Key Management Service (KMS) key ID of the encryption key that was used to encrypt data in the cluster from which the snapshot was taken. ----- * 'sCurrentBackupRateInMegaBytesPerSecond'+-- * 'sAvailabilityZone' - The Availability Zone in which the cluster was created. ----- * 'sSnapshotCreateTime'+-- * 'sCurrentBackupRateInMegaBytesPerSecond' - The number of megabytes per second being transferred to the snapshot backup. Returns @0@ for a completed backup. ----- * 'sClusterVersion'+-- * 'sSnapshotCreateTime' - The time (UTC) when Amazon Redshift began the snapshot. A snapshot contains a copy of the cluster data as of this exact time. ----- * 'sOwnerAccount'+-- * 'sClusterVersion' - The version ID of the Amazon Redshift engine that is running on the cluster. ----- * 'sNodeType'+-- * 'sOwnerAccount' - For manual snapshots, the AWS customer account used to create or copy the snapshot. For automatic snapshots, the owner of the cluster. The owner can perform all snapshot actions, such as sharing a manual snapshot. ----- * 'sElapsedTimeInSeconds'+-- * 'sNodeType' - The node type of the nodes in the cluster. ----- * 'sClusterCreateTime'+-- * 'sElapsedTimeInSeconds' - The amount of time an in-progress snapshot backup has been running, or the amount of time it took a completed backup to finish. ----- * 'sEstimatedSecondsToCompletion'+-- * 'sClusterCreateTime' - The time (UTC) when the cluster was originally created. ----- * 'sActualIncrementalBackupSizeInMegaBytes'+-- * 'sEstimatedSecondsToCompletion' - The estimate of the time remaining before the snapshot backup will complete. Returns @0@ for a completed backup. ----- * 'sTags'+-- * 'sActualIncrementalBackupSizeInMegaBytes' - The size of the incremental backup. ----- * 'sPort'+-- * 'sTags' - The list of tags for the cluster snapshot. ----- * 'sTotalBackupSizeInMegaBytes'+-- * 'sPort' - The port that the cluster is listening on. ----- * 'sDBName'+-- * 'sTotalBackupSizeInMegaBytes' - The size of the complete set of backup data that would be used to restore the cluster.+--+-- * 'sDBName' - The name of the database that was created when the cluster was created. snapshot     :: Snapshot snapshot =@@ -2577,6 +2607,7 @@     { _sStatus = Nothing     , _sRestorableNodeTypes = Nothing     , _sAccountsWithRestoreAccess = Nothing+    , _sEnhancedVPCRouting = Nothing     , _sSnapshotIdentifier = Nothing     , _sEncryptedWithHSM = Nothing     , _sMasterUsername = Nothing@@ -2604,11 +2635,7 @@     , _sDBName = Nothing     } --- | The snapshot status. The value of the status depends on the API operation used.------ -   < CreateClusterSnapshot> and < CopyClusterSnapshot> returns status as \"creating\".--- -   < DescribeClusterSnapshots> returns status as \"creating\", \"available\", \"final snapshot\", or \"failed\".--- -   < DeleteClusterSnapshot> returns status as \"deleted\".+-- | The snapshot status. The value of the status depends on the API operation used.      * 'CreateClusterSnapshot' and 'CopyClusterSnapshot' returns status as "creating".      * 'DescribeClusterSnapshots' returns status as "creating", "available", "final snapshot", or "failed".     * 'DeleteClusterSnapshot' returns status as "deleted". sStatus :: Lens' Snapshot (Maybe Text) sStatus = lens _sStatus (\ s a -> s{_sStatus = a}); @@ -2616,15 +2643,19 @@ sRestorableNodeTypes :: Lens' Snapshot [Text] sRestorableNodeTypes = lens _sRestorableNodeTypes (\ s a -> s{_sRestorableNodeTypes = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | A list of the AWS customer accounts authorized to restore the snapshot. Returns 'null' if no accounts are authorized. Visible only to the snapshot owner.+-- | A list of the AWS customer accounts authorized to restore the snapshot. Returns @null@ if no accounts are authorized. Visible only to the snapshot owner. sAccountsWithRestoreAccess :: Lens' Snapshot [AccountWithRestoreAccess] sAccountsWithRestoreAccess = lens _sAccountsWithRestoreAccess (\ s a -> s{_sAccountsWithRestoreAccess = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +-- | An option that specifies whether to create the cluster with enhanced VPC routing enabled. To create a cluster that uses enhanced VPC routing, the cluster must be in a VPC. For more information, see <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/enhanced-vpc-routing.html Enhanced VPC Routing> in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. If this option is @true@ , enhanced VPC routing is enabled.  Default: false+sEnhancedVPCRouting :: Lens' Snapshot (Maybe Bool)+sEnhancedVPCRouting = lens _sEnhancedVPCRouting (\ s a -> s{_sEnhancedVPCRouting = a});+ -- | The snapshot identifier that is provided in the request. sSnapshotIdentifier :: Lens' Snapshot (Maybe Text) sSnapshotIdentifier = lens _sSnapshotIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_sSnapshotIdentifier = a}); --- | A boolean that indicates whether the snapshot data is encrypted using the HSM keys of the source cluster. 'true' indicates that the data is encrypted using HSM keys.+-- | A boolean that indicates whether the snapshot data is encrypted using the HSM keys of the source cluster. @true@ indicates that the data is encrypted using HSM keys. sEncryptedWithHSM :: Lens' Snapshot (Maybe Bool) sEncryptedWithHSM = lens _sEncryptedWithHSM (\ s a -> s{_sEncryptedWithHSM = a}); @@ -2644,7 +2675,7 @@ sBackupProgressInMegaBytes :: Lens' Snapshot (Maybe Double) sBackupProgressInMegaBytes = lens _sBackupProgressInMegaBytes (\ s a -> s{_sBackupProgressInMegaBytes = a}); --- | If 'true', the data in the snapshot is encrypted at rest.+-- | If @true@ , the data in the snapshot is encrypted at rest. sEncrypted :: Lens' Snapshot (Maybe Bool) sEncrypted = lens _sEncrypted (\ s a -> s{_sEncrypted = a}); @@ -2656,7 +2687,7 @@ sNumberOfNodes :: Lens' Snapshot (Maybe Int) sNumberOfNodes = lens _sNumberOfNodes (\ s a -> s{_sNumberOfNodes = a}); --- | The snapshot type. Snapshots created using < CreateClusterSnapshot> and < CopyClusterSnapshot> will be of type \"manual\".+-- | The snapshot type. Snapshots created using 'CreateClusterSnapshot' and 'CopyClusterSnapshot' will be of type "manual". sSnapshotType :: Lens' Snapshot (Maybe Text) sSnapshotType = lens _sSnapshotType (\ s a -> s{_sSnapshotType = a}); @@ -2668,7 +2699,7 @@ sAvailabilityZone :: Lens' Snapshot (Maybe Text) sAvailabilityZone = lens _sAvailabilityZone (\ s a -> s{_sAvailabilityZone = a}); --- | The number of megabytes per second being transferred to the snapshot backup. Returns '0' for a completed backup.+-- | The number of megabytes per second being transferred to the snapshot backup. Returns @0@ for a completed backup. sCurrentBackupRateInMegaBytesPerSecond :: Lens' Snapshot (Maybe Double) sCurrentBackupRateInMegaBytesPerSecond = lens _sCurrentBackupRateInMegaBytesPerSecond (\ s a -> s{_sCurrentBackupRateInMegaBytesPerSecond = a}); @@ -2696,7 +2727,7 @@ sClusterCreateTime :: Lens' Snapshot (Maybe UTCTime) sClusterCreateTime = lens _sClusterCreateTime (\ s a -> s{_sClusterCreateTime = a}) . mapping _Time; --- | The estimate of the time remaining before the snapshot backup will complete. Returns '0' for a completed backup.+-- | The estimate of the time remaining before the snapshot backup will complete. Returns @0@ for a completed backup. sEstimatedSecondsToCompletion :: Lens' Snapshot (Maybe Integer) sEstimatedSecondsToCompletion = lens _sEstimatedSecondsToCompletion (\ s a -> s{_sEstimatedSecondsToCompletion = a}); @@ -2729,6 +2760,7 @@                 <*>                 (x .@? "AccountsWithRestoreAccess" .!@ mempty >>=                    may (parseXMLList "AccountWithRestoreAccess"))+                <*> (x .@? "EnhancedVpcRouting")                 <*> (x .@? "SnapshotIdentifier")                 <*> (x .@? "EncryptedWithHSM")                 <*> (x .@? "MasterUsername")@@ -2763,8 +2795,10 @@  -- | The snapshot copy grant that grants Amazon Redshift permission to encrypt copied snapshots with the specified customer master key (CMK) from AWS KMS in the destination region. ----- For more information about managing snapshot copy grants, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-db-encryption.html Amazon Redshift Database Encryption> in the /Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide/. --+-- For more information about managing snapshot copy grants, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-db-encryption.html Amazon Redshift Database Encryption> in the /Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide/ .+--+-- -- /See:/ 'snapshotCopyGrant' smart constructor. data SnapshotCopyGrant = SnapshotCopyGrant'     { _scgKMSKeyId              :: !(Maybe Text)@@ -2776,11 +2810,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'scgKMSKeyId'+-- * 'scgKMSKeyId' - The unique identifier of the customer master key (CMK) in AWS KMS to which Amazon Redshift is granted permission. ----- * 'scgSnapshotCopyGrantName'+-- * 'scgSnapshotCopyGrantName' - The name of the snapshot copy grant. ----- * 'scgTags'+-- * 'scgTags' - A list of tag instances. snapshotCopyGrant     :: SnapshotCopyGrant snapshotCopyGrant =@@ -2817,6 +2851,8 @@  -- | Describes a subnet. --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'subnet' smart constructor. data Subnet = Subnet'     { _sSubnetStatus           :: !(Maybe Text)@@ -2828,11 +2864,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'sSubnetStatus'+-- * 'sSubnetStatus' - The status of the subnet. ----- * 'sSubnetIdentifier'+-- * 'sSubnetIdentifier' - The identifier of the subnet. ----- * 'sSubnetAvailabilityZone'+-- * 'sSubnetAvailabilityZone' - Undocumented member. subnet     :: Subnet subnet =@@ -2864,8 +2900,10 @@  instance NFData Subnet --- | Describes the status of a < RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot> operation.+-- | Describes the status of a 'RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot' operation. --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'tableRestoreStatus' smart constructor. data TableRestoreStatus = TableRestoreStatus'     { _trsStatus                :: !(Maybe TableRestoreStatusType)@@ -2888,33 +2926,33 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'trsStatus'+-- * 'trsStatus' - A value that describes the current state of the table restore request. Valid Values: @SUCCEEDED@ , @FAILED@ , @CANCELED@ , @PENDING@ , @IN_PROGRESS@ ----- * 'trsTargetSchemaName'+-- * 'trsTargetSchemaName' - The name of the schema to restore the table to. ----- * 'trsSnapshotIdentifier'+-- * 'trsSnapshotIdentifier' - The identifier of the snapshot that the table is being restored from. ----- * 'trsSourceDatabaseName'+-- * 'trsSourceDatabaseName' - The name of the source database that contains the table being restored. ----- * 'trsTableRestoreRequestId'+-- * 'trsTableRestoreRequestId' - The unique identifier for the table restore request. ----- * 'trsNewTableName'+-- * 'trsNewTableName' - The name of the table to create as a result of the table restore request. ----- * 'trsTargetDatabaseName'+-- * 'trsTargetDatabaseName' - The name of the database to restore the table to. ----- * 'trsSourceSchemaName'+-- * 'trsSourceSchemaName' - The name of the source schema that contains the table being restored. ----- * 'trsClusterIdentifier'+-- * 'trsClusterIdentifier' - The identifier of the Amazon Redshift cluster that the table is being restored to. ----- * 'trsRequestTime'+-- * 'trsRequestTime' - The time that the table restore request was made, in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). ----- * 'trsSourceTableName'+-- * 'trsSourceTableName' - The name of the source table being restored. ----- * 'trsTotalDataInMegaBytes'+-- * 'trsTotalDataInMegaBytes' - The total amount of data to restore to the new table, in megabytes (MB). ----- * 'trsProgressInMegaBytes'+-- * 'trsProgressInMegaBytes' - The amount of data restored to the new table so far, in megabytes (MB). ----- * 'trsMessage'+-- * 'trsMessage' - A description of the status of the table restore request. Status values include @SUCCEEDED@ , @FAILED@ , @CANCELED@ , @PENDING@ , @IN_PROGRESS@ . tableRestoreStatus     :: TableRestoreStatus tableRestoreStatus =@@ -2935,9 +2973,7 @@     , _trsMessage = Nothing     } --- | A value that describes the current state of the table restore request.------ Valid Values: 'SUCCEEDED', 'FAILED', 'CANCELED', 'PENDING', 'IN_PROGRESS'+-- | A value that describes the current state of the table restore request. Valid Values: @SUCCEEDED@ , @FAILED@ , @CANCELED@ , @PENDING@ , @IN_PROGRESS@ trsStatus :: Lens' TableRestoreStatus (Maybe TableRestoreStatusType) trsStatus = lens _trsStatus (\ s a -> s{_trsStatus = a}); @@ -2989,7 +3025,7 @@ trsProgressInMegaBytes :: Lens' TableRestoreStatus (Maybe Integer) trsProgressInMegaBytes = lens _trsProgressInMegaBytes (\ s a -> s{_trsProgressInMegaBytes = a}); --- | A description of the status of the table restore request. Status values include 'SUCCEEDED', 'FAILED', 'CANCELED', 'PENDING', 'IN_PROGRESS'.+-- | A description of the status of the table restore request. Status values include @SUCCEEDED@ , @FAILED@ , @CANCELED@ , @PENDING@ , @IN_PROGRESS@ . trsMessage :: Lens' TableRestoreStatus (Maybe Text) trsMessage = lens _trsMessage (\ s a -> s{_trsMessage = a}); @@ -3014,8 +3050,10 @@  instance NFData TableRestoreStatus --- | A tag consisting of a name\/value pair for a resource.+-- | A tag consisting of a name/value pair for a resource. --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'tag' smart constructor. data Tag = Tag'     { _tagValue :: !(Maybe Text)@@ -3026,9 +3064,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'tagValue'+-- * 'tagValue' - The value for the resource tag. ----- * 'tagKey'+-- * 'tagKey' - The key, or name, for the resource tag. tag     :: Tag tag =@@ -3059,6 +3097,8 @@  -- | A tag and its associated resource. --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'taggedResource' smart constructor. data TaggedResource = TaggedResource'     { _trTag          :: !(Maybe Tag)@@ -3070,11 +3110,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'trTag'+-- * 'trTag' - The tag for the resource. ----- * 'trResourceType'+-- * 'trResourceType' - The type of resource with which the tag is associated. Valid resource types are:      * Cluster     * CIDR/IP     * EC2 security group     * Snapshot     * Cluster security group     * Subnet group     * HSM connection     * HSM certificate     * Parameter group For more information about Amazon Redshift resource types and constructing ARNs, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/constructing-redshift-arn.html Constructing an Amazon Redshift Amazon Resource Name (ARN)> in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. ----- * 'trResourceName'+-- * 'trResourceName' - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) with which the tag is associated. For example, @arn:aws:redshift:us-east-1:123456789:cluster:t1@ . taggedResource     :: TaggedResource taggedResource =@@ -3088,23 +3128,11 @@ trTag :: Lens' TaggedResource (Maybe Tag) trTag = lens _trTag (\ s a -> s{_trTag = a}); --- | The type of resource with which the tag is associated. Valid resource types are:------ -   Cluster--- -   CIDR\/IP--- -   EC2 security group--- -   Snapshot--- -   Cluster security group--- -   Subnet group--- -   HSM connection--- -   HSM certificate--- -   Parameter group------ For more information about Amazon Redshift resource types and constructing ARNs, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/constructing-redshift-arn.html Constructing an Amazon Redshift Amazon Resource Name (ARN)> in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.+-- | The type of resource with which the tag is associated. Valid resource types are:      * Cluster     * CIDR/IP     * EC2 security group     * Snapshot     * Cluster security group     * Subnet group     * HSM connection     * HSM certificate     * Parameter group For more information about Amazon Redshift resource types and constructing ARNs, go to <http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/constructing-redshift-arn.html Constructing an Amazon Redshift Amazon Resource Name (ARN)> in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. trResourceType :: Lens' TaggedResource (Maybe Text) trResourceType = lens _trResourceType (\ s a -> s{_trResourceType = a}); --- | The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) with which the tag is associated. For example, 'arn:aws:redshift:us-east-1:123456789:cluster:t1'.+-- | The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) with which the tag is associated. For example, @arn:aws:redshift:us-east-1:123456789:cluster:t1@ . trResourceName :: Lens' TaggedResource (Maybe Text) trResourceName = lens _trResourceName (\ s a -> s{_trResourceName = a}); @@ -3120,6 +3148,8 @@  -- | Describes the members of a VPC security group. --+--+-- -- /See:/ 'vpcSecurityGroupMembership' smart constructor. data VPCSecurityGroupMembership = VPCSecurityGroupMembership'     { _vsgmStatus             :: !(Maybe Text)@@ -3130,9 +3160,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: ----- * 'vsgmStatus'+-- * 'vsgmStatus' - The status of the VPC security group. ----- * 'vsgmVPCSecurityGroupId'+-- * 'vsgmVPCSecurityGroupId' - The identifier of the VPC security group. vpcSecurityGroupMembership     :: VPCSecurityGroupMembership vpcSecurityGroupMembership =